Home

Kenwood CD-406 Stereo System User Manual

1. 69 ao E E ES co o D w o Creating a Performance How a Performance Is Organized In the XV 2020 s Performance mode you can play and control up to 16 instrument sounds at the same time including Patches and or Rhythm Sets Such a set of sounds as well as an effect setup can be saved as a Performance Each Performance is comprised of 16 Parts each of which controls one of its sounds Because the XV 2020 sound generator can play multiple sounds at the same time it s called a multitimbral sound module Performance Part 16 I Part11 Patch Rhythm set Part10 Patch Rhythm se Part 9 Patch Rhythm set Basic Ways to Use Performances There are three basic ways to use Performances Playing Multiple Layered Patches Layer You can set a number of Parts to the same MIDI reception channel so that their Patches sound at the same time This type of Performance is referred to as a Layer Performance MIDI data Channel 1 Part 2 Receive Channel 1 Receive Channel 1 Playing Different Patches In Different Areas of the Keyboard Split In a Performance you can divide the keyboard into separate ranges and assign a diffe
2. CLO CO CO CO OC oO O CO CO CO oO More Advanced Editing of Tones You can edit the Tones in a Patch with a tremendous degree of detail Editable parameters are separated into parameter groups as follows WG Selecting a Waveform p 44 LEO Applying Vibrato or Tremolo p 45 TVF Changing the Brightness with a Filter p 44 TVA Changing the Volume p 44 MFX Adjusting Effect Settings p 76 51 Creating a Patch Tips for Choosing a Waveform Because the XV 2020 is designed to create highly realistic sounds the success of the editing process depends to a large degree on the PCM waveforms upon which Tones are based Therefore if you try to create a sound that s totally different from the waveform s you re working with the desired result may be difficult or impossible to achieve The XV 2020 s internal waveforms fall into the following two groups One shot These waveforms contain sounds that have short decays A one shot waveform records the initial rise and fall of its sound Some of the XV 2020 s one shot waveforms are sounds that are complete in themselves such as percussive instrument sounds The XV 2020 also contains many other one shot waveforms that are elements of other sounds These include attack components such as piano hammer sounds and guitar fret noises Looped These waveforms include sounds with long decays as well as sustained sounds
3. 63 63 I SIN TRI SAW UP SAW DW SOR 4 I I l RND BEND UP BEND DW TRP S amp H 00 OD 000a aaaa MFX Control Assign 1 0 16 CHS I OFF 1 16 l 00 6E 0000 aaaa 00 OE 000a aaaa MFX Control Assign 2 0 16 l 0000 bbbb LFO1 Rate 0 149 OFF 1 16 0 127 MUSICAL NOTES 00 OF 000a aaaa MFX Control Assign 3 O 16 I 00 70 0000 Oaaa LFO1 Offset 0 4 I OFF 1 16 l 100 50 0 50 100 00 10 000a aaaa MEX Control Assign 4 0 6r 00 71 Oaaa aaaa LFO1 Rate Detune 0 127 OFF 1 16 00 72 Oaaa aaaa LFO1 Delay Time 0 127 00 11 0000 aaaa 00 73 000a aaaa LFO1 Delay Time Keyfollow 54 74 0000 bbbb I I 100 100 I 0000 cccc I 00 74 0000 OOaa LFO1 Fade Mode 0 3 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 1 12768 52768 l I ON IN ON OUT OFF IN OFF OUT 20000 20000 00 75 Oaaa aaaa LFO1 Fade Time 0 127 00 15 0000 aaaa 00 76 0000 000a LFO1 Key Trigger 0 1 0000 bbbb I l OFF ON 0000 cece I 00 77 Oaaa aaaa LFO1 Pitch Depth 1 127 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 2 12768 52768 I I 63 63 I 20000 20000 00 78 Oaaa aaaa LFO1 TVF Depth 1 127 13 00 19 0000 aaaa 63 63 0000 bbbb 00 79 Oaaa aa
4. lt gt 7 4_ You can give a Patch a name of up to 12 characters When using the XV editor click P gt on the left side to name the Tone CATEGORY Patch Category PIANO KEY amp ORG GTR BS OCH BRS SYN PAD ETHNIC RHY amp SFX Specifies the type or category of the Patch The Patch Finder uses this setting LEVEL Patch Level 0 127 Specifies the volume of the Patch You can specify the level of each Tone in a Patch using the Tone Level parameter TVA p 59 PAN Patch Pan L64 63R Sets the stereo position of the Patch L64 pans the Patch all the way to the left 0 is center and 63R pans it hard right You can specify the pan setting for each Tone in a Patch using the Tone Pan param eter TVA p 60 While each Tone in a Patch has its own Pan position the Patch pan setting shifts the entire Patch including all of its Tones leftward or rightward OUTPUT ASSIGN MEX A 1 2 TONE Specifies the output destination for the Patch MFX Sends the Patch into the Multi Effects The output destination is deter mined by the Multi Effects output setting A Output from OUTPUT 1 Output from L 2 Output from R TONE Sends each Tone in the Patch to its programmed output destination OCTAVE SHIFT 3 3 Sets the pitch of the Patch in units of an octave COARSE TUNE 48 48 Adjusts the pitch of all of the Patch s Tones simultaneously in semitone ste
5. 11 The SETUPINF dialog box will appear You are now ready to install the driver Do not click OK at this time CE aaa xl Ready to install the driver Please use a USB cable to connect the XV 2020 and your computer and then turn on the power of the XV 2020 The Insert Disk dialog box will appear Click the OK button The Files Needed dialog box will appear so inputthe name ofthe folder containing the driver 12 Connect the XV 2020 1 With the XV 2020 s power switch turned off connect it to the AC E Win2000 V 2020 into the Copy files from area and perform the installation After inputting the folder name click the OK button in the dialog box The setup program will finish adaptor 2 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC power outlet 3 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer 13 Set the XV 2020 s power switch to the ON position 14 The Insert Disk dialog box will appear Click OK amp Bee CG drive E and then click DK Cancel You can also click OK if you want files to be copied from an altemate location such as a floppy disk or a network server NEMO If you changed the File signature verification setting in step 5 restore the original setting after Windows restarts p 19 NEMO In this manual the location of folders and files is given in terms of the file path using N as the delimiter For example XV 2020 SETUPINF
6. I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 2C 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MEX Parameter 19 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 11 12768 52768 1 00 5D 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 30 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 20 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I 20000 20000 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 12 12768 52768 1 00 61 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 cccc 00 00 00 34 Total Size I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 21 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 65 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb O1 4 2 4 Rhythm Common Reverb I 0000 cece I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 22 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 Offset I I 1 00 69 0000 aaaa Address Description I 0000 bbbb I I I I 0000 cccc I I 00 00 0000 aaaa Reverb Type 0 1 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 23 12768 52768 OFF REVERB I I l 20000 20000 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Level 0 127 1 00 6D 0000 aaaa I I 00 02 0000 O0aa Reverb Output Assign 0 3 0000 bbbb A Betz C lt gt D lt gt 0000 cccc I H xi I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 24 12768 52768 00 03 0000 aaaa
7. 40 lx 1D Oaaa aaaa Keyboard Range Low 0 127 I 40 lx 1E Qaaa aaaa Keyboard Range High 0 127 40 1x 1F Oaaa aaaa CCl Controller Number 0 95 40 1x 20 Oaaa aaaa CC2 Controller Number 0 95 40 1x 21 Oaaa aaaa Chorus Send Level CC 93 0 127 40 1x 22 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Send Level CC 93 0 127 156 40 1x 23 0000 000a Rx Bank Select lt gt 0 1 i OFF ON 40 1x 24 0000 000a Rx Bank Select LSB lt gt 0 1 l OFF ON 40 1x 30 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 1 Vibrato Rate 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 31 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 2 Vibrato Depth 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 32 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 3 TVF Cutoff Freq 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 33 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 4 TVF Resonance 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 34 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 5 TVF amp TVA Env Attack 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 35 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 6 TVF amp TVA Env Decay 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 36 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 7 TVF amp TVA Env Release 0 127 I I 64 63 40 1x 37 Oaaa aaaa Tone Modify 8 Vibrato Delay 0 127 I I 64 63 S 40 1x 40 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning C 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 41 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning C 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 42 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning D 0 127 I I 64
8. 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 30 12768 52768 20000 20000 01 09 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 31 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 01 OD 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 32 12768 52768 20000 20000 00 00 01 11 Total Size I O1 4 1 3 Patch Common Chorus I I It I I Offset I I Address Description I 00 00 0000 aaaa Chorus Type 0 1 OFF CHORUS 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Chorus Level 0 127 00 02 0000 O0aa Chorus Output Assign 0 3 l l A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt 00 03 0000 O0aa Chorus Output Select 0 2 I l MAIN REV MAIN REV 00 04 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 1 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 08 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 2 12768 52768 20000 20000 00 OC 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cece 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 3 12768
9. 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 20 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 00 00 53 Total Size e Offset I I Address Description I 00 00 0000 aaaa Structure Type 1 amp 2 0 9 I I I 1 10 I 00 01 0000 OOaa Booster 1 amp 2 0 3 I I I 0 6 12 18 dB I 00 02 0000 aaaa Structure Type 3 amp 4 0 9 I I I 1 10 I 00 03 0000 OOaa Booster 3 amp 4 0 3 I I I 0 6 12 18 dB I 00 04 0000 O0aa TMT Velocity Control 0 2 i OFF ON RANDOM l I 00 05 0000 000a TMT1 Tone Switch 0 1 i OFF ON I 00 06 Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Keyboard Range Lower 0 127 C 1 UPPER I 00 07 Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Keyboard Range Upper 0 127 LOWER G9 I 00 08 Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Keyboard Fade Width Lower 0 127 I 00 09 Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Keyboard Fade Width Upper 0 127 I 00 OA Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 1 UPPER I 00 OB Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 I 00 OC Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 I 00 OD Oaaa aaaa TMT1 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 l I 00 OE 0000 000a TMT2 Tone Switch 0 1 OFF ON nee AA AA mt mn nn mt pores nes SS ee A ie saa che une ed e ee 00 OF Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Keyboard Range Lower 0 2127
10. 01 2B Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 1 Velocity Sens L 127 1 40 1x 06 0000 000a Rx Control Change 0 1 I I l 63 63 I I OFF ON I 01 2C Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 4 Velocity Sens 1 127 40 1x 07 0000 000a Rx Poly Pressure 1022 1 63 63 OFF ON I 01 2D Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 1 0 127 40 1x 08 0000 000a Rx Note Message 0 1 01 2E Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 2 0 127 OFF ON I 01 2F Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 3 0 127 40 1x 09 0000 000a Rx RPN 0 1 l 01 30 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 4 0 127 l l l OFF ON 01 31 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 0 0 127 40 1x OA 0000 000a Rx NRPN 0 1 01 32 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 1 0 127 OFF ON 01 33 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 2 0 127 40 1x OB 0000 000a Rx Modulation 0 1 01 34 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 3 0 127 l l l OFF ON I 01 35 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 4 0 127 40 1x OC 0000 000a Rx Volume 0 1 I 4 I I OFF ON 01 36 0000 Oaaa TVA Level Velocity Curve 0 7 l 40 1x 0D 0000 000a Rx Panpot 0 1 I FIXED 1 7 OFF ON 01 37 Oaaa aaaa TVA Level Velocity Sens 1 127 40 1x OE 0000 000a Rx Expression 0 Wy I l l l 63 63 OFF ON 01 38 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 1 Velocity Sens 1 127 40 1x OF 0000 000a Rx Hold 1 0
11. 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 2F 0000 O0aa WMT1 Wave Gain 0 3 I I 0 6 12 dB 00 30 0000 000a WMT1 Wave FXM Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 31 0000 O0aa WMT1 Wave FXM Color 0 3 I I 1 4 00 32 000a aaaa WMT1 Wave FXM Depth 0 16 00 33 0000 000a WMT1 Wave Tempo Sync 0 1 OFF ON 00 34 Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Wave Coarse Tune 16 112 I I 48 48 00 35 Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Wave Fine Tune 14 114 I I 50 50 00 36 Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Wave Pan 0 127 I I L64 63R 00 37 0000 000a WMT1 Wave Random Pan Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 38 0000 O0aa WMT1 Wave Alternate Pan Switch 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 39 Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Wave Level 0 127 00 3A Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 1 UPPER I 00 3B Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 00 3C Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 3D Oaaa aaaa WMT1 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 00 3E 0000 000a WMT2 Wave Switch 0 1 OFF ON l 00 3F 0000 OOaa WMT2 Wave Group Type 0 3 INT SR JV80 SRX SAMPLE lt gt 00 40 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT2 Wave Group ID 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 44 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT2 Wave Number L Mono 0 16384 I I OFF 1
12. I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 00 30 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 20 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 12 12768 52768 D 00 61 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I I I I 0000 cccc I 00 00 00 34 Total Size I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 21 12768 52768 I I I 20000 20000 1 00 65 0000 aaaa I I 0000 bbbb O1 3 4 Performance Common Reverb 0000 cccc I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 22 12768 52768 be ng I I I 20000 20000 Offset I I 00 69 0000 aaaa I I Address Description I 0000 bbbb I I I 0000 cccc I 00 00 0000 aaaa Reverb Type 0 1 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 23 12768 52768 I I OFF REVERB I I l 20000 20000 I 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Level 0 127 1 00 6D 0000 aaaa I I 00 02 0000 OOaa Reverb Output Assign 0 3 I 0000 bbbb I I I A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt I 0000 cccc I I I I 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 24 12768 52768 It 00 03 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 1 00 71 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 1 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 25 12768 52768 00 07 00
13. N Using the XV 2020 Effects 4 PHASER Adds a phase shifted sound to the original sound producing a swirling modulation that creates spaciousness and depth 7 AUTO WAH A filter that turns on and off to create a cyclical change in timbre Lin L out Lin Auto Wah R in R out R in Resonance Parameter Value Description Parameter Value Description Filter Type LPF BPF Type of filter Manual 100 8000 Hz Adjusts the basic frequency at which nae EE applied over the sound will be modulated BPF The wah effect is applied over a Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation narrow frequency range Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Sens 0 127 Adjusts the sensitivity with which Resonance 0 127 Amount of feedback the filter is controlled Mix Level 0 127 Level of the phase shifted sound Manual 0 127 Adjusts the center frequency at Level 0 127 Output Level which the effect is applied Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the PHASER output Peak 0 127 Adjusts the amount of the wah effect that occurs in the range of the center frequency Set a higher value for Q to narrow the 5 SPECTRU M range tobe affected Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation This is a type of filter that modifies the timbre by boosting or cutting Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation the level of specific frequencies It is similar to an equalizer but has Level 0 127 Output level eight frequen
14. f e ES PARAM C na 6 Make sure that STEP RATE is set to a note not a 7 Set the modulation depth as desired using LFO 1 Depth for HG numerical value If necessary reset it so that it is each Tone LFO1 Om 16 STEP FLAMBER Synchronizing Multi Effects to the System Tempo You can change Multi Effects parameter values in time with the System Tempo when you ve selected the following values for the Type MFX parameter 7 Click DETAIL for SYSTEM COMMON then set CLOCK SOURCE to INT Type MFX Parameter 16 STEP FLANGER Step Rate SYSTEM eg 19 TRIPLE TAP DELAY Delay C L R COMMON pr 20 QUADRUPLE TAP DELAY Delay 1 4 MASTER MASTER Here s an example in which STEP FLANGER is used for the Multi Effects 1 Click PATCH 2 Clickthe V for PATCH NAME to select the Patch to be used SYSTEM COMMON 3 Click DETAIL for PATCH COMMON then set CLOCK e SOURCE to SYSTEM can synchronize the LFO cycle to an external device 8 When TEMPO System Tempo changes the STEP FLANGER s Step Rate changes along with it PATCH COMMON 101 Examples of Applications Using the XV 2020 Making a Tone s Delay Time Playing Phrase Loops ata Match the System Tempo System s Tempo 1 Click PATCH An optional Wave Expansion Board can contain Patches based on waveforms that are timed in BPM phrase loops You can play 2 Click the Y for
15. l 20000 20000 1 00 27 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 10 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 2B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 11 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 2F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 12 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 33 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 13 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 37 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 14 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 3B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 15 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 3F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 16 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 43 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 17 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 47 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 18 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 4B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 19 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 l 00 4F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb
16. 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT3 Wave Number L Mono 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 65 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT3 Wave Number R 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 69 0000 O0aa WMT3 Wave Gain 0 3 I I 0 6 12 dB 00 6A 0000 000a WMT3 Wave FXM Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 6B 0000 O0aa WMT3 Wave FXM Color 0 3 I I 1 4 00 6C 000a aaaa WMT3 Wave FXM Depth 0 16 00 6D 0000 000a WMT3 Wave Tempo Sync 0 1 OFF ON 00 6E Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Wave Coarse Tune 16 112 I I 48 48 00 6F Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Wave Fine Tune 14 114 I I 50 50 00 70 Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Wave Pan 0 127 I I L64 63R 00 71 0000 000a WMT3 Wave Random Pan Switch 0 1 OFF ON l 00 72 0000 OOaa WMT3 Wave Alternate Pan Switch 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE l 00 73 Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Wave Level 0 127 00 74 Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 1 UPPER l 00 75 Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 I 00 76 Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 77 Oaaa aaaa WMT3 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 155 E Ko s E 2 ex E MIDI Implementation 00 78 0000 000a WMT4 Wave Switch 0 1 2 GS M d ID
17. MALAYSIA BENTLEY MUSIC SDN BHD 140 amp 142 Jalan Bukit Bintang 55100 Kuala Lumpur MALAYSIA TEL 03 2144 3333 PHILIPPINES G A Yupangco amp Co Inc 339 Gil J Puyat Avenue Makati Metro Manila 1200 PHILIPPINES TEL 02 899 9801 SINGAPORE Swee Lee Company 150 Sims Drive SINGAPORE 387381 TEL 6846 3676 CRISTOFORI MUSIC PTE LTD Blk 3014 Bedok Industrial Park E 02 2148 SINGAPORE 489980 TEL 6243 9555 TAIWAN ROLAND TAIWAN ENTERPRISE CO LTD Room 5 9fl No 112 Chung Shan N Road Sec 2 Taipei TAIWAN R O C TEL 02 2561 3339 THAILAND Theera Music Co Ltd 330 Verng NakornKasem Soi 2 Bangkok 10100 THAILAND TEL 02 2248821 VIETNAM Saigon Music 138 Tran Quang Khai St District 1 Ho Chi Minh City VIETNAM TEL 08 844 4068 AUSTRALIA Roland Corporation Australia Pty Ltd 38 Campbell Avenue Dee Why West NSW 2099 AUSTRALIA TEL 02 9982 8266 NEW ZEALAND Roland Corporation Ltd 32 Shaddock Street Mount Eden Auckland NEW ZEALAND TEL 09 3098 715 CENTRAL LATIN AMERICA ARGENTINA Instrumentos Musicales S A Av Santa Fe 2055 1123 Buenos Aires ARGENTINA TEL 011 4508 2700 BRAZIL Roland Brasil Ltda Rua San Jose 780 Sala B Parque Industrial San Jose Cotia Sao Paulo SP BRAZIL TEL 011 4615 5666 COSTA RICA JUAN Bansbach Instrumentos Musicales Ave 1 Calle 11 Apartado 10237 San Jose COSTA RICA TEL 258 0211 CHILE
18. Turning a Tone On or Off Confirming Tones mmmnasananaasasanananas Performance Par met ts ii ANA nn asuataka NBA TANA NINONG ENG NAN st ek Ea Adjusting Effect Settings 2NA KANA MP detre M detente ins 75 Saving Performa ices You Create sassa nes EE 75 Using the XV 2020 E CT Turning Effects Oni Off GN tin GANAN NBA aa a GANAN BNG ANNA O ENES Patch Rhythm Set Mode Settings Performance Mode Settings e Multi Effects Parameter M lti Effects Parameterg u a N S RNGA aa a GIKAN NBI Saving a Sound You Create Kama ANA NANINN GANANG GAAN Saving Edits to the XV 2020 s Internal Memory WRITE Initializing a Sound INITIALIZE ss Transmitting Sound Settings XFER Establishing Settings for an Entire XV 2020 SYSTEM COMMON 94 Other ul EE 95 Making USB Related Settings ege EENEG 95 Checking the Program Version 1033 ANAKAN BANGA Ana 95 Using the XV 2020 as a General MIDI Sound Module Entering E BCEE Initializing the Sound Generator for General MIDI System Basic Settings Playing Back a GM Score wo secseessssssesestessseseetessseseeseseens Making Effects Settings in GM Mode EFFECTS Making Settings for Each Part 2e nn aii a nn nine AGARANG Examples of Applications Using the XV 2020 Controlling the XV 2020 in real time Using an External MIDI
19. e Windows 2000 Me users gt The settings are completed Windows 98 users l Open Control Panel Click the Windows Start button and from the menu that appears select Settings Control Panel Multimedia Properties 2 Open the Multimedia Properties dialog box Audo ae MIDI CD Music Devices a In Control Panel double click the Pinta aga Multimedia icon to open the Multimedia o gg Properties dialog box mo 3 Click the MIDI tab 4 Set MIDI output boa Select Single instrument and choose the Deag z ROLAND XV 2020 B Click OK to complete the settings The settings are completed 22 For Those Using a Computer Enabling background services In Windows XP perform these settings to make MIDI processing occur more smoothly These settings are unavailable in Windows 2000 Me 98 l Click the Windows start button and from the menu that appears select Control Panel D D D 2 In Picka category click Performance and Maintenance 2 35 3 In or pick a Control Panel icon click the System icon 9 ES 4 Performance Options Click the Advanced tab THATS RES g gt Processor scheduling 5 a At the right of the Performance field click By default the computer is set to use a greater share of rocessor time to run your programs Settings The Performance Options SE dialog box will appear O Programs O Background services Memory usage 6 Click
20. l 20000 20000 1 00 37 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 14 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 lt 00 3B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 15 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 00 3F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 16 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 43 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 17 12768 52768 20000 20000 lt 00 47 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 18 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 4B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 19 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 4F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 20 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 I 00 00 00 53 Total Size A O1 4 2 5 Rhythm Tone Offset Address Description I 00 00 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 1 32 127 I 32 127 ASCII 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 2 325 127 I 32 127 ASCII 00 02 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 3 32 127 I 32 127 ASCII 00 03 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 4 32 127 l 32 127 ASCII 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 5 32 12
21. settings invert the phase J Half note Flg Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the flanger sound is heard Flg Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance between D0 100W the sound sent through the flanger W and the sound that s not sent through the flanger D Level 0 127 Output level 38 CHORUS DELAY The parameters are the same as for 35 CHORUS gt DELAY However the Delay Balance parameter adjusts the volume balance between the direct sound and the delay sound Balance D Feedback AISCH Q Balance W ja O Balance D Rin R out 39 FLANGER DELAY The parameters are the same as for 36 FLG gt DELAY However the Delay Balance parameter adjusts the volume balance between the direct sound and the delay sound Effects Balance D O Balance W Feedback Feedback O Balance D a N PA x o D wn D Lin Rin R out 91 Saving a Sound You Create Saving Edits to the XV 2020 s Internal Memory WRITE If you turn the power off or select another Patch Rhythm Set or Performance after you have modified a Patch Rhythm Set or Performance the changes you have made will be lost If you wish to preserve the data store it into the XV 2020 s USER memory Never turn off the power to the XV 2020 while data is being saved Saving a Patch Rhythm Set Performance Saving from the XV 2020
22. 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 20 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 61 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 21 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 65 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 22 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 69 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 23 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 6D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 24 12768 52768 It MIDI Implementation 20000 20000 I 00 71 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MEX Parameter 25 12768 52768 20000 20000 00 75 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 26 12768 52768 20000 20000 00 79 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 27 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 7D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 28 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 01 01 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 29 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 01 05 0000 aaaa
23. 04H Large Hall vv 08H Plate pp 1 Reverb Time vv 00H 7FH 0 127 EOX End Of Exclusive E s E E 2 a e gt 141 MIDI Implementation OChorus Parameters Status FOH Byte FOH F7H Data byte Status 7FH 7FH 04H 05H 01H 01H F7H 01H 01H 02H ppH vvH Explanation Exclusive status ID number universal realtime message Device ID Broadcast Sub ID 1 Device Control Sub ID 2 Global Parameter Control Slot path length Parameter ID width Value width Slot path MSB Slot path LSB Effect 0102 Chorus Parameter to be controlled Value for the parameter pp 0 Chorus Type vv 0 Chorus1 vv 1 Chorus2 vv 2 Chorus3 vv 3 Chorus4 vv 4 FB Chorus vv 5 Flanger pp 1 Mod Rate vv 00H 7FH 0 127 pp 2 Mod Depth vv 00H 7FH 0 127 pp 3 Feedback vv 00H 7FH 0 127 pp 4 Send To Reverb vv 00H 7FH 0 127 EOX End Of Exclusive OChannel Pressure Status FOH Byte FOH 7FH 7FH 09H OnH ppH F7H OController Status FOH Byte FOH Data byte Status 7FH 7FH 09H 01H 0nH ppH rrH F7H Explanation Exclusive status ID number universal realtime message Device ID Broadcast Sub ID 1 Controller Destination Setting Sub ID 2 Channel Pressure MIDI Channel 00 OF Controlled parameter Controlled range pp 0 Pitch Control rr 28H 58H 24 24 semitones ilter Cutoff Control tr 00H 7FH 9600 9450 ce
24. 061 927 8383 UKRAINE TIC TAC Mira Str 19 108 P O Box 180 295400 Munkachevo UKRAINE TEL 03131 414 40 UNITED KINGDOM Roland U K Ltd Atlantic Close Swansea Enterprise Park SWANSEA SA7 9FJ UNITED KINGDOM TEL 01792 700139 MIDDLE EAST BAHRAIN Moon Stores No 16 Bab Al Bahrain Avenue P O Box 247 Manama 304 State of BAHRAIN TEL 211 005 CYPRUS Radex Sound Equipment Ltd 17 Diagorou Street Nicosia CYPRUS TEL 022 66 9426 IRAN MOCO INC No 41 Nike St Dr Shariyati Ave Roberoye Cerahe Mirdamad Tehran IRAN TEL 021 285 4169 ISRAEL Halilit P Greenspoon amp Sons Ltd 8 Retzif Ha aliya Hashnya St Tel Aviv Yafo ISRAEL TEL 03 6823666 JORDAN AMMAN Trading Agency 245 Prince Mohammad St Amman 1118 JORDAN TEL 06 464 1200 KUWAIT Easa Husain Al Yousifi Est Abdullah Salem Street Safat KUWAIT TEL 243 6399 LEBANON Chahine S A L Gerge Zeidan St Chahine Bldg Achrafieh P O Box 16 5857 Beirut LEBANON TEL 01 20 1441 QATAR Al Emadi Co Badie Studio amp Stores P O Box 62 Doha QATAR TEL 4423 554 SAUDI ARABIA aDawliah Universal Electronics APL Corniche Road Aldossary Bldg 1st Floor Alkhobar SAUDI ARABIA P O Box 2154 Alkhobar 31952 SAUDI ARABIA TEL 03 898 2081 SYRIA Technical Light amp Sound Center Khaled Ebn Al Walid St Bldg No 47 P O BOX 13520 Damascus SYRIA TEL 011 223 5384 TU
25. 127 63 63 00 4D OOaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Destination 4 0 33 l OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVE DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 4E Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Sens 4 1 127 63 63 00 00 00 4F Total Size a O1 4 1 2 Patch Common MFX P Offset Address Description I 00 00 Oaaa aaaa MFX Type 0 40 00 01 Oaaa aaaa MEX Dry Send Level 0 127 00 02 Oaaa aaaa MEX Chorus Send Level 0 127 00 03 Oaaa aaaa MEX Reverb Send Level 0 127 00 04 0000 O0aa MFX Output Assign 0 3 Br BES CES DO bag np 00 05 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 1 Source 0 101 OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 06 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 1 Sens 1 127 63 63 00 07 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 2 Source 0 101 l OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 08 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 2 Sens 1 127 63 63 150 00 09 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 3 Source 0 101 I I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 I BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 OA Oaaa aaa
26. 2 2 Bellwave 2 2 Vibwave Digiwave DIGI Chime JD DIGIChime BrightDigi Can Wave 1 Can Wave 2 Vocal Wave Wally Wave Brusky Ip Wave Scan Wire String Nasty Wave Table Klack Wave Spark VOX JD Spark VOX Cutters EML 5th MMM VOX Lead Wave Synth Reed Synth Saw 1 Synth Saw 2 Syn Saw 2inv Synth Saw 3 JD Syn Saw 2 FAT Saw JP 8 Saw A JP 8 Saw B JP 8 Saw G P5 SawA P5 Saw B P5 Saw C P5 Saw2 A P5 Saw2 B P5 Saw2 C D 50 Saw A D 50 Saw B D 50 Saw C Synth Square JP 8 SquareA JP 8 SquareB JP 8 SquareC DualSquare A DualSquare C DualSquareA JD SynPulse1 JD SynPulse2 JD SynPulse3 JD SynPulse4 Synth Pulse1 Synth Pulse2 JD SynPulse5 Sync Sweep Triangle JD Triangle Sine Metal Wind Wind Agogo Feedbackwave Spectrum CrunchWind ThroatWind Pitch Wind JD Vox Noise Vox Noise BreathNoise Voice Breath White Noise Pink Noise Rattles Ice Rain Tin Wave Anklungs Wind Chimes Orch Hit Tekno Hit Back Hit Philly Hit Scratch 1 Scratch 2 Scratch 3 Shami Org Atk 1 Org Atk 2 Sm Metal StrikePole Thrill Switch Tuba Slap Plink Plunk EP Atk TVF_Trig Org Click Cut Noiz Bass Body Flute Click Gt amp BsNz MENU Ac BassNz 1 Ac BassNz 2 EI BassNz 1 EI BassNz 2 DistGtrNz 1 DistGtrNz 2 DistGtrNz 3 DistGtrNz 4 SteelGtrNz 1 SteelGtrNz 2 SteelGtrNz 3 SteelGtrNz 4 SteelGtrNz 5 SteelGtrNz 6 SteelGtrNz 7 Sea Thunder Windy Stream Bubble Bird Dog Bark Horse Telephone 1 Telephone 2 Creak Doo
27. 34 22H I 6 42H 98 62H I 3 03H 35 23H 67 43H 99 63H I 4 04H 36 24H 68 44H 100 64H I 5 05H 37 25H 69 45H 101 65H I 6 06H 38 26H 70 46H 102 66H I 7 O7H 39 27H 71 47H 103 67H I 8 08H 40 28H 72 48H 104 68H I 9 OSH 41 29H 73 49H 105 69H 10 OAH 42 2AH 74 4AH 106 6AH 11 OBH 43 2BH 75 4BH 107 6BH 12 OCH 44 2cH 76 ACH 108 6CH 13 ODH 45 2DH 77 4DH 109 6DH 14 OEH 46 Z2EH 78 4EH 110 6EH 15 OFH 47 2FH 79 4FH 111 6FH 16 10H 48 30H 80 50H 112 70H 17 11H 49 31H 81 51H 113 71H 18 12H 50 32H 82 52H 114 72H 19 13H 51 33H 83 53H 115 73H 20 14H 52 34H 84 54H 116 74H 21 15H 53 35H 85 55H 117 75H 22 16H 54 36H 86 56H 118 76H 23 17H 55 37H 87 57H 119 778 24 18H 56 38H 88 58H 120 78H 25 19H 57 39H 89 59H 121 79H 26 1AH 58 3AH 90 SAH 122 TAH 27 1BH 59 3BH 91 SBH 123 7BH 28 1CH 60 3CH 92 SCH 124 7CE 29 1DH 61 3DH 93 SDH 125 7DH 30 1EH 62 3EH 94 SEH 126 7EH 31 1FH II 63 3FH 95 SFH 127 7FH to Ha eea pampa D decimal H hexadecimal De
28. 63 63 00 3D Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 4 Velocity Sens 1 127 I 63 63 Offset l 00 3E 000a aaaa Pitch Env Time Keyfollow 54 74 Address Description I 100 100 I c 00 3F Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 1 0 127 00 00 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 1 32 127 oO l 00 40 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 2 0 127 I I 32 127 ASCII l 00 41 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 3 0 127 l 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 2 32 127 s 00 42 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 4 0 127 32 127 ASCII 5 l 00 43 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 0 1 127 I 00 02 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 3 32 127 I 63 63 l 32 127 ASCII T 00 44 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 1 1 127 00 03 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 4 32 127 Ki I 63 63 I I 32 127 ASCII l 00 45 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 2 1 127 I 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 5 32 127 I I 63 63 I 32 127 ASCII 00 46 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 3 1 127 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 6 32 127 a I 63 63 I 32 127 ASCII 00 47 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 4 1 127 I 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 7 32 127 I I 63 63 I 32 127 ASCII I I 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 8 32 127 00 48 0000 Oaaa TVF Filter Type 0 6 32 127 ASCII
29. 63 cent 40 1x 43 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning D 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 44 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning E 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 45 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning F 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 46 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning F 0 127 I l 64 63 cent 40 1x 47 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning G 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 48 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning G 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 49 Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning A 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 4A Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning A 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 1x 4B Oaaa aaaa Scale Tuning B 0 127 I I 64 63 cent 40 2x 00 Oaaa aaaa Mod Pitch Control 40 88 I I 24 24 semitone 40 2x 01 Oaaa aaaa Mod TVF Cutoff Control 0 127 I I 9600 9600 cent 40 2x 02 Oaaa aaaa Mod Amplitude Control 0 127 I I 100 0 100 0 5 40 2x 03 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO1 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 04 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO1 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 05 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFOL TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 06 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO1 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 5 40 2x 07 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO2 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 08 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO2 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 09 Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO2 TVF
30. MONO POLY MONO POLY Set Mono Poly to MONO when the GM Patch assigned to the Part is to be played mono Part MONO POLY phonically or to MONO when the GM Patch is to be played polyphonically For the Part to which the GM Rhythm Set is assigned this setting will be ignored PORTAMENTO SWITCH OFF ON Determines whether the Portamento effect will be applied ON or not OFF Turn this Part Portamento Switch parameter ON when you want to apply Portamento and OFF when you don t PORTAMENTO TIME 0 127 Adjusts the time over which the pitch will change Higher settings will cause the pitch Part Portamento Time change to the next note to take more time Examples of Applications Using the XV 2020 This section provides clear concrete examples describing how the included XV Editor is used with the XV 2020 Controlling the XV 2020 in real time Using an External MIDI Device External MIDI controllers modulation lever foot switch expression pedal etc can be used to modify Multi Effects settings or Tone settings in real time Changing Multi Effects Settings From an External MIDI Device The parameters that can be changed via MIDI are determined by the selected Multi Effects MFX Type This applies to the MFX Type parameters described in pages p 82 to p 91 that have an appended mark 1 Click PATCH or PERFORM 2 Click the Y for PATCH NAME or PERFORM NAME to select the Patch or Perf
31. gt 3 Pressing VALUE to set values Write gt B lt While holding down VOLUME press VALUE Changes made to the MIDI USB Thru and USB Descriptor settings are not reflected until the power is turned off then on again Performance Control Channel p 94 ENTER UTILI escriptor MIDI USB thru p 95 vol SE USB Descriptor p 95 Mester Tune PATCH parameter Parameter Page Procedure LEVEL p 46 Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up 5 PAN p 46 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt COARSE TUNE p 46 Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose the parameter you want to set gt FINE TUNE p 46 F Turn VALUE to select the desired setting gt OUTPUT ASSIGN p 46 I CUTOFF OFFSET p 47 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE RESONANCE OFFSET p 47 Pah TO ATTACK TIME OFFSET p 47 Qui Assign utoff RELEASE TIME OFFSET p 47 Resonance OCTAVE SHIFT p 46 Octave Shift ANALOG FEEL p 47 E PATCH PERFORMANCE parameter Parameter Page Procedure PART LEVEL p 72 Press VALUE to make the PERFORM indicator lights up gt PART PAN p 72 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt FART COARSE TUNE be Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose the parameter you want to set gt PART FINE TUNE p 72 Turn VALUE to select the desired setting gt PART OUTPUT ASSIGN p 73 PART VOICE RESERVE
32. re played hard Negative settings will reverse the direction of change ENV T1 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics velocity to affect T1 Pitch envelope time 1 velocity sen Time 1 of the pitch envelope With higher settings the T1 value will change more sitivity significantly depending on whether you play softly or with greater force With posi tive settings greater keyboard velocity will reduce the T1 setting With negative settings greater keyboard velocity will increase the T1 setting ENV T4 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want key off velocity the speed at which you release Pitch envelope time 4 velocity sen a key to affect T4 Time 4 of the pitch envelope With higher settings the T4 value sitivity will change more significantly depending on whether you release the key slowly or quickly With positive settings faster key off velocity will reduce the T4 setting With negative settings faster key off velocity will increase the T4 setting ENV T1 T4 0 127 Specify the pitch envelope times Higher settings lengthen the time until the next pitch Pitch envelope time 1 4 is reached For example T2 is the time over which the pitch changes from L1 to L2 ENV LO L4 63 63 Specify the pitch envelope levels They determine how much the pitch changes from Pitch envelope level 0 4 the reference pitch the value set with Coarse Tune and Fine Tune at each point Po
33. sz o o5 E o 2 st GO tO de la carte d expansion Wave clignotent deux fois sur l affichage Par exemple si la carte d expansion Wave SRX 01 Dynamic Drum Kits est install e A01 clignote deux fois sur l affichage 3 Tournez CATEGORY BANK pour s lectionner EXP A iB CATEGORY BANK USER PIANO PST A KEY amp ORG e PST B GTR BSS PST C OCH NG PST D rN GM EXP A Si 001 s affiche la carte d expansion Wave a t install e correctement Si est affich il est probable que la carte d expansion Wave n est pas correctement reconnue Suivez les tapes d crites la rubrique Eteindre l appareil p 12 pour teindre l appareil r installez ensuite la carte d expansion Wave en vous assurant de le faire correctement 109 Troubleshooting If an unexpected problem occurs while using the XV 2020 read this chapter first It contains numerous tips for resolving problems Ifa message appears during operation consult the following section Error Messages p 116 Problems when using the XV 2020 No sound Is the VOLUME lowered Check the VOLUME knob and the volume settings on the connected amp mixer etc e Have connections been made correctly If there is sound in the headphones it is possible that the connection cables are broken or that the amp or mixer is malfunctioning Check the connection cables and other devices once again e Is the Patch mode selected When
34. 00 04 00aa aaaa Master Key Shift 40 88 24 24 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Master Level es 1225 00 06 0000 000a Scale Tune Switch Dr zs S OFF ON 00 07 0000 000a Patch Remain Det OFF ON 00 08 0000 000a Mix Parallel lt gt 40 e EX i MIX PARALLEL I 00 09 000a aaaa Performance Control Channel 0 16 I 1 16 OFF 00 OA 000a aaaa reserved 00 OB 0000 aaaa Patch Receive Channel 03 15 16 00 OC Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for C 0 LAT 64 63 00 OD Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for C 0 127 64 63 00 OE Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for D 9 127 64 63 00 OF Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for D 055 1271 64 63 00 10 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for E CO 127 64 63 00 11 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for F 0 123 64 63 00 12 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for F CO 127 S64 463 00 13 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for G 0 1275 said 63 00 14 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for G O 2 127 64 63 00 15 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for A 0 LAN 64 63 00 16 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for A D 127 64 63 00 17 Oaaa aaaa Patch Scale Tune for B 0 127 64 63 I 00 18 Oaaa aaaa System Control 1 Source KO 2 913 l l OFF
35. 00H 4 04H 14 0EH 10 0AH the result is 00 04 0E OAH 158 Examples of Actual MIDI Messages lt Example1 gt 92 3E 5F 9n is the Note on status and n is the MIDI channel number Since 2H 2 3EH 62 and 5FH 95 this is a Note on message with MIDI CH 3 note number 62 note name is D4 and velocity 95 lt Example2 gt CE 49 CnH is the Program Change status and n is the MIDI channel number Since EH 14 and 49H 73 this is a Program Change message with MIDI CH 15 program number 74 lt Example3 gt EA 00 28 EnH is the Pitch Bend Change status and n is the MIDI channel number The 2nd byte 00H 0 is the LSB and the 3rd byte 28H 40 is the MSB but Pitch Bend Value is a signed number in which 40 00H 64 x 12 80 8192 is 0 so this Pitch Bend Value is 28 00H 40 00H 40 x 12 80 64 x 12 80 5120 8192 3072 If the Pitch Bend Sensitivity is set to 2 semitones 8192 00 00H will cause the pitch to change 200 cents so in this case 200 x 3072 8192 75 cents of Pitch Bend is being applied to MIDI channel 11 lt Example4 gt B3 64 00 65 00 06 OC 26 00 64 7F 65 7F BnH is the Control Change status and n is the MIDI channel number For Control Changes the 2nd byte is the control number and the 3rd byte is the value In a case in which two or more messages consecutive messages have the same status MIDI has a provision called running status which allows the status byte of the s
36. 1 l I PITCH NOTE 00 1D Oaaa aaaa Portamento Time 0 127 00 1E 0000 000a Patch Clock Source 0 1 l I PATCH SYSTEM 00 1F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb Patch Tempo 20 250 00 21 0000 000a One Shot Mode lt gt 0 1 I OFF ON zk 00 22 Oaaa aaaa Cutoff Offset 1 127 63 63 00 23 Oaaa aaaa Resonance Offset 1 127 l 63 63 00 24 Oaaa aaaa Attack Time Offset 1 127 l 63 63 00 25 Oaaa aaaa Release Time Offset 1 127 63 63 00 26 Oaaa aaaa Velocity Sens Offset 1 127 I I 63 63 00 27 0000 aaaa Patch Output Assign 0 13 MFX A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt l 1 2 3 lt gt 4 lt gt Benz 6 lt gt 7 lt gt Benz I TONE 00 28 0000 000a TMT Control Switch 12 I I OFF ON 00 29 OOaa aaaa Pitch Bend Range Up 0 48 00 2A 00aa aaaa Pitch Bend Range Down 0 48 00 2B Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Source 0 109 l I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 I BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 VELOCITY I KEYFOLLOW TEMPO LFO1 LFO2 l I PIT ENV TVF ENV TVA ENV 00 2C 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Destination 1 0 33 I I OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN l l DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 l I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE l I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I TVF ATK TVF DCY TVF REL I TVA ATK
37. 12 XV Upright BS 45 1 POLY 76 Bass Pizz STR 16 4 POLY 13 XV Ac Bass BS 46 4 POLY 77 JP 8 Str 1 STR 17 2 POLY 14 XV Fretless BS 47 1 POLY 78 JP 8 Str 2 STR 18 3 POLY 15 Basic F less BS 48 1 MONO 79 Deep Strings STR 19 2 POLY 16 8 str F less BS 49 2 POLY 80 Hold A Chord STR 20 6 POLY 17 LookMaNoF ret BS 50 3 MONO 81 Tape Strings STR 21 2 POLY 18 Slap Bass 1 BS 51 1 POLY 82 Symphonique ORC 22 4 POLY 19 Slap Bass 2 BS 52 1 MONO 83 Full Orchest ORC 23 4 POLY 20 Slap Bass 3 BS 53 2 POLY 84 My Orchestra ORC 24 4 POLY 21 Sub Zero SBS 54 4 MONO 85 Soft Symphny ORC 25 7 POLY 22 SinusoidRave SBS 55 1 MONO 86 Henry VIII ORC 26 8 POLY 23 808 SynBass SBS 56 3 MONO 87 Wood Symphny ORC 27 7 POLY 24 Acid TB SBS 57 1 MONO 88 Prelude ORC 28 4 POLY 25 MC TB Bass SBS 58 3 MONO 89 TudorFanfare ORC 29 4 POLY 26 TB Tra Bass SBS 59 3 MONO 90 Brassy Symph ORC 30 4 POLY 27 Cyber SynBs SBS 60 2 MONO 91 4 Hits 4 You HIT 31 4 POLY 28 2020 Reso Bs SBS 61 2 MONO 92 Impact HIT 32 4 POLY 29 Now Bass SBS 62 3 MONO 93 Phase Hit HIT 33 3 POLY 30 D9 Trcker SBS 63 2 MONO 94 Tekno Hit HIT 34 2 POLY 31 West End Bs SBS 64 5 MONO 95 Reel Slam HIT 35 4 POLY 32 TB Squelch SBS 65 2 POLY 96 OffTheRecord HIT 36 4 POLY 33 Detune Bass SBS 66 2 MONO 97 3rdTeenChrd HIT 37 4 POLY 34 FatPolyBass SBS 67 3 MONO 98 Auto Chord HIT 38 4 POLY 35 GarageBass SBS 68 2 MONO 99 MOVE HIT 39 6 MONO 36 2020 OrgBs SBS 69 3 MONO 100 Oboe mf WND 40 1 POLY 37 2020 JunoBs SBS 70 2 MONO 101 Clarinet mp WND 41 1 POLY 3
38. 146 Data larger than 256 bytes will be divided into packets of 256 bytes or less and each packet will be sent at an interval of about 20 ms 3 Parameter Address Map Transmission of marked address is diviedd to some packets For example ABH in hexadecimal notation will be divied to 0AH and 0BH and is sent received in this order lt gt marked adddress or parameters are ignored when the XV 2020 received them 1 XV 2020 ModelID 00H 10H Start I Address Description I 01 00 00 00 Setup 41 1 I 02 00 00 00 System 1 2 I d 10 00 00 00 Temporary Performance 1 3 11 00 00 00 Temporary Patch Rhythm Performance Mode Part 1 1 4 11 20 00 00 Temporary Patch Rhythm Performance Mode Part 2 Sall 14 60 00 00 Temporary Patch Rhythm Performance Mode Part 16 1F 00 00 00 Temporary Patch Rhythm Patch Mode I 20 00 00 00 User Performance 01 13 20 01 00 00 User Performance 02 I Sher l 20 3F 00 00 User Performance 64 I I 30 00 00 00 User Patch 001 xtti 30 01 00 00 User Patch 002 I Sg 1 I 30 7F 00 00 User Patch 128 I I 40 00 00 00 User Rhythm 001 ege 40 10 00 00 User Rhythm 002 I Sans I 40 30 00 00 User Rhythm 004 O1 2 System Offset Address Description I gt l 00 00 0
39. 31 SA Rhodes 2A 32 SA Rhodes 2B 33 SA Rhodes 2C 34 Dyn Rhd mp A 35 Dyn Rhd mp B 36 Dyn Rhd mp C 37 Dyn Rhd mf A 38 Dyn Rhd mf B 39 Dyn Rhd mf C 40 Dyn Rhd ff A 41 Dyn Rhd ff B 42 Dyn Rhd ff C 43 Wurly soft A 44 Wurly soft B 45 Wurly soft C 46 Wurly hard A 47 Wurly hard B 48 Wurly hard C 49 E Piano 1A 50 E Piano 1B 51 E Piano 1C 52 E Piano 2A 53 E Piano 2B 54 E Piano 2C 55 E Piano 3A 56 E Piano 3B 57 E Piano 3C 58 MK 80 EP A 59 MK 80 EP B 60 MK 80 EP C 61 EP Hard 62 EP Distone 63 Clear Keys 64 D 50 EPA 65 D 50 EP B 66 D 50 EP C 67 Celesta 68 Music Box 69 Music Box 2 70 Clav 1A 71 Clav 1B 72 Clav 1C 73 Clav 2A 74 Clav 2B 75 Clav 2C Clav 3A Clav 3B Clav 3C Clav 4A Clav 4B Clav 4C Clav Wave MIDI Clav HarpsiWave A HarpsiWave B HarpsiWave C Jazz Organ 1 Jazz Organ 2 Organ 1 Organ 2 Organ 3 Organ 4 60 s Organ1 60 s Organ2 60 s Organ3 60 s Organ4 Full Organ Full Draw Rock Organ RockOrg1 A RockOrg1 A RockOrg1 B RockOrg1 B RockOrg1 C RockOrg1 C RockOrg2 A RockOrg2 A RockOrg2 B RockOrg2 B RockOrg2 C RockOrg2 C RockOrg3 AL RockOrg3 A R RockOrg3 B L RockOrg3 B R RockOrg3 C L RockOrg3 C R Dist Organ Rot Org Slw Rot Org Fst Pipe Organ Soft Nylon A Soft Nylon B Soft Nylon C Nylon Gtr A Nylon Gtr B Nylon Gtr C Nylon Str 6 Str Gtr A 6 Str Gtr B 6 Str Gtr C StlGtr mp A StIGtr mp B StlGtr mp C StIGtr mf A StIGtr mf B StlGtr mf C StIGtr ff A StIGtr ff B StIG
40. 400 Hz Frequency of the low range Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range Mid1 Freq 200 8000 Hz Frequency of Middle Range 1 Mid1 Gain 15 15 dB Gain of Middle Range 1 Midi Q 0 5 1 0 2 0 4 0 Width of Middle Range 1 8 0 Select a higher Q value to narrow Middle Range 1 Mid2 Freq 200 8000 Hz Frequency of Middle Range 2 Mid2 Gain 15 15 dB Gain of Middle Range 2 Mid2 Q 0 5 1 0 2 0 4 0 Width of Middle Range 2 8 0 Select a higher Q value to narrow Middle Range 2 High Freq 2000 4000 8000 Frequency of the high range Hz High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Level 0 127 Output level 2 OVERDRIVE Creates a soft distortion similar to that produced by vacuum tube amplifiers L out LI Pan L Cy Pan R gt R out Parameter Value Description Drive 0 127 Amount of distortion Also changes the volume Amp Type SMALL Type of guitar amp BUILT IN SMALL small amp 2 STACK BUILT IN single unit type amp i 2 STACK large double stack amp SS 3 STACK large triple stack amp Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Level 0 127 Output level Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the OVERDRIVE output 3 DISTORTION Produces a more intense distortion than Overdrive The parameters are the same as for 2 OVERDRIVE gt L out imulator Simulato a pan R gt R out
41. 52768 20000 20000 13 00 1F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 8 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 23 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 9 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 27 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 10 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 2B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 11 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 2F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 12 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 33 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 13 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 37 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 14 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 3B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 15 12768 52768 20000 20000 LE 00 3F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 16 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 43 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 17 12768 52768 20000 20000 LE 00 47 0000 aaaa 0000 b
42. 76 Wood BlockHi PE Wood BlockLo ka 7 R8B Pizz 79 R amp B Gamelan EE Mute Triangl 81 Open Triangl E RB Thrill L 83 R amp B Thrill H 808 SN Zeng R amp B WoodBlk 86 R amp B Cga Slap ei 57 Dry Tom L 88 Lite Kick Hybrid Kick2 Em Old Kick 91 Pop Voice e Wind Agogo 93 OpHH FX 1 LEE Ankiungs 95 OpHH FX 2 Metronome 2 Zen R8 Click 98 Metronome 1 el op R amp B HClaps 100 Scratch 1 101 Scratch 2 102 Scratch 3 Nga Syn FX Loop 130 Set List 002 House Kit House Kick 6 House Kick 5 House CIHH 3 House Kick 4 Reso Stick House Kick 3 House Stick House SN 1 House Claps1 House SN 2 House NzTomL House CIHH 1 808 Tom L House CIHH 2 House NzTomM House OpHH 1 808 Tom M House NzTomH House CrCym 808 Tom H House FbkCym House SN 3 House FSnaps House CIHH 4 House Cowbel House CIHH 5 House WBlock House OpHH 3 House Cabasa House WCrak House VoxNz House Kick 7 Timpani House Bird House Gun 1 House FBell House Rattle House RvOHit House Noize1 House Noize2 House BongoL House BongoH House Tambrn House Heart House CgaSlp House CgMute House Tri House Vibra House FXLoop House Aplase House Chord House OrcHit House Spectr House Train House StrSip House Crunch House Tel House Bubble Bird House Gun 2 House Metro House BakHit House TekHit House SNRoll House Loop R8 Click Metronome Hand Claps House Tom L House Tom M House Rim House Tom H 003 Techno Kit Technokick 6 Technokick 5
43. CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 l BEND AFT 00 19 Oaaa aaaa System Control 2 Source Gus Ka l l OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 i BEND AFT 00 1A Oaaa aaaa System Control 3 Source Lt ER l j l OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT 00 1B Qaaa aaaa System Control 4 Source I Sry l l l OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 I BEND AFT 00 1C 0000 000a Receive Program Change D I 3 OFF ON 00 1D 0000 000a Receive Bank Select t0 54 OFF ON 00 1E 0000 000a System Clock Source 0 2 I INT MIDI USB 1 00 1F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb System Tempo 20 250 I 00 00 00 21 Total Size O1 3 1 Performance Common gt Offset Address Description tm 00 00 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 1 32 127 32 127 ASCII 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 2 132 1279 l l l 32 127 ASCII 00 02 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 3 32 127 l j l 32 127 ASCII 00 03 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 4 32 227 l l 32 127 ASCII 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 5 32 7 121 l l l 32 127 ASCII 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 6 32 227 l l 32 127 ASCII 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 7 32 127 l l l 32 127 ASCII 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 8 532 7 221 l l 32 127 ASCII 00 08 Oaaa aaaa
44. D c 0 ao rea e Using the XV 2020 as a General MIDI Sound Module The XV 2020 features a GM mode a convenient way to play back or create GM score data music files for General MIDI sound module You re able to play back commercial GM score data releases and even modify various parameter settings for enhanced musical expression Entering GM Mode Basically GM mode is similar to a special kind of Performance in which a General MIDI System Rhythm Set is assigned to Part 10 and General MIDI System Patches are assigned to other Parts But however you can t store GM mode settings in user memory Each time you enter GM mode the GM Drum Set is assigned to Part 10 and Piano 1 is assigned to other Parts You can also select other GM Patches and GM Drum Sets for each Part to match the performance You cannot use the included XV Editor to edit the parameters in GM mode Initializing the Sound Generator for General MIDI System Basic Settings To play back a GM score correctly the sound generator must first be initialized to basic GM system settings The XV 2020 s sound generator is initialized in the following situations When the XV 2020 is switched to GM mode When it receives a GM System On message from an external MIDI device When a GM System On message is encountered in the song data being played back When you execute the GM Initialize function Procedure E a a Press VALUE causing the GM indicator to
45. FULL I 00 2D Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 30 lt gt 0 64 I 0 63 FULL 00 2E Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 31 lt gt 0 64 I 0 63 FULL 00 2F Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 32 lt gt 0 64 I 0 63 FULL fe 00 30 OOaa aaaa MEX Source 0 32 I I PERFORM 1 16 17 32 lt gt 00 31 OOaa aaaa MEXB Source lt gt 0 32 I I I PERFORM 1 32 00 32 O0aa aaaa MFXC Source lt gt 0 32 l I PERFORM 1 32 I 00 33 O0aa aaaa Chorus Source 0 32 I PERFORM 1 16 17 32 lt gt 00 34 O0aa aaaa Reverb Source 0 32 I PERFORM 1 16 17 32 lt gt Es cb 00 00 00 35 Total Size O1 3 2 Performance Common MFX S Offset I Address Description I 00 00 Oaaa aaaa MFX Type 0 40 00 01 Oaaa aaaa MFX Dry Send Level 0 127 00 02 Oaaa aaaa MFX Chorus Send Level 0 127 00 03 Oaaa aaaa MFX Reverb Send Level 0 127 00 04 0000 00aa MFX Output Assign 0 3 I I I A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt I 00 05 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 1 Source 0 101 I I I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 06 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 1 Sens 1 127 63 63 00 07 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 2 Source 0 101 I I I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 08
46. Funk Bass2 Syn Bass A Syn Bass C Syn Bass Syn Bass 2 A Syn Bass 2 B Syn Bass 2 C Mini Bs 1A Mini Bs 1B Mini Bs 1C Mini Bs 2 Mini Bs 2 MC 202 Bs A MC 202 Bs B MC 202 Bs C Hollow Bs Flute 1A Flute 1B Flute 1C Jazz Flute A Jazz Flute B Jazz Flute C Flute Tone Piccolo A Piccolo B Piccolo C Blow Pipe Pan Pipe BottleBlow Rad Hose Shakuhachi Shaku Atk Flute Push Clarinet A Clarinet B Clarinet C Oboe mf A Oboe mf B Oboe mf C Oboe f A Oboe f B Oboe f C E Horn A E Horn B E Horn C Bassoon A Bassoon B Bassoon C T_Recorder A T_Recorder B T_Recorder C Sop Sax A Sop Sax B Sop Sax C Sop Sax mf A Sop Sax mf B Sop Sax mf C Alto mp A Alto mp B Alto mp C Alto Sax 1A Alto Sax 1B Alto Sax 1C T Breathy A T Breathy B T Breathy C SoloSax A SoloSax B SoloSax C Tenor Sax A Tenor Sax B Tenor Sax C T Sax mf A T Sax mf B T Sax mf C Bari Sax f A Bari Sax f B Bari Sax f C Bari Sax A Bari Sax B Bari Sax C Syn Sax Chanter Harmonica A Harmonica B Harmonica C OrcUnisonA L OrcUnisonA R OrcUnisonB L OrcUnisonB R OrcUnisonC L OrcUnisonC R BrassSectA L BrassSectA R BrassSectB L BrassSectB R BrassSectC L BrassSectC R Tpt Sect A Tpt Sect B Tpt Sect C Tb Sect A Tb Sect B Tb Sect C T Sax Sect A T Sax Sect B T Sax Sect C Flugel A Flugel B Flugel C FlugelWave Waveform List 121 Wave Name Wave Name Wave Name Wave Name Wave Name Trumpet 1A Trumpet 1B Trumpet 1C Trumpet 2A Tru
47. I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb 1 00 71 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 1 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MEX Parameter 25 12768 52768 00 07 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I It 00 75 0000 aaaa l 0000 cece 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 2 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 26 12768 52768 00 OB 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 13 00 79 0000 aaaa 0000 cccc I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 3 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 27 12768 52768 D 00 OF 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 1 00 7D 0000 aaaa I 0000 cece I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 4 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I 20000 20000 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 28 12768 52768 00 13 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 1 01 01 0000 aaaa 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 5 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 29 12768 52768 1 00 17 0000 aaaa I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb
48. I OFF LPF BPF HPF PKG LPF2 I 00 08 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 9 32 127 I I LPF3 I 32 127 ASCII l 00 49 Oaaa aaaa TVF Cutoff Frequency 0 127 I 00 09 Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 10 32 127 00 4A OOaa aaaa TVF Cutoff Keyfollow 44 84 I 32 127 ASCII I I 200 200 00 OA Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 11 32 127 00 4B 0000 Oaaa TVF Cutoff Velocity Curve 0 7 32 127 ASCII I I FIXED 1 7 00 OB Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Name 12 32 127 00 4C Oaaa aaaa TVF Cutoff Velocity Sens 1 127 32 127 ASCII I 63 63 I l 00 4D Oaaa aaaa TVF Resonance 0 127 I 00 0C Oaaa aaaa Rhythm Level 0 127 l 00 4E Oaaa aaaa TVF Resonance Velocity Sens 1 127 I 00 OD 0000 000a Rhythm Clock Source 0 1 I I 63 63 I I I RHYTHM SYSTEM I 00 4F Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Depth 1 127 00 OE 0000 aaaa I 63 63 0000 bbbb Rhythm Tempo 20 250 l 00 50 0000 Oaaa TVF Env Velocity Curve 0 7 00 10 0000 000a One Shot Mode lt gt 0 1 I FIXED 1 7 OFF ON 00 51 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Velocity Sens 1 127 I I I 63 63 00 11 0000 aaaa Rhythm Output Assign 0 13 00 52 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 1 Velocity Sens 1 127 MFX A Benz C lt gt D lt gt I I I 63 63 I 1 2 3 lt gt 4 lt gt Benz
49. L63 63R Adjusts the pan of each Part L64 is far left 0 is center and 63R is far right Part Pan COARSE TUNE 48 48 Adjusts the pitch of the Part s sound up or down in semitone steps 4 octaves Part Coarse Tune FINE TUNE 50 50 Adjusts the pitch of the Part s sound up or down in 1 cent steps 50 cents Part Fine Tune PART TYPE PATCH Sets the assignment of a GM Patch PATCH or GM Rhythm Set RHYTHM to each of RHYTHM the Parts NUMBER 001 256 Selects the desired GM Patch or Rhythm Set by its number 001 009 In GM mode Patches or Rhythm Sets other than the GM Patches and Rhythm Sets in PR H cannot be selected Furthermore GM Patches and Rhythm Sets cannot be edited CUTOFF OFFSET 64 63 Adjusts the cutoff frequency for the GM Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to a Part Part Cutoff Offset RESONANCE OFFSET 64 63 Adjusts the Resonance for the GM Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to a Part Part Resonance Offset ATTACK OFFSET 64 63 Adjusts the TVA Envelope Attack Time for the GM Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to a Part Attack Time Offset Part RELEASE OFFSET 64 63 Adjusts the TVA Envelope Release Time for the GM Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to a Part Release Time Offset Part BEND RANGE 0 24 Specifies the amount of pitch change in semitones 2 octaves that will occur when the Pitch Bend Range Pitch Bend Lever is moved The amount of change when the lever is tilted is set to the same value for both left and right sides
50. MAIN REV Output to the OUTPUT jacks in stereo and to Reverb in mono Used in Performance mode CHORUS PERFORM Selects the Chorus parameter settings that will be used by the Performance If you wish to use Chorus Source PART 1 16 the Performance settings select PERFORM If you wish to use the settings of the Patch Rhythm Set assigned to one of the Parts select the Part number Used in Performance mode PATCH PERFORMANCE REVERB Reverb Settings Parameter Value Description TYPE OFF REVERB This determines whether or not reverb is used Reverb Type LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the volume of the sound that has passed through Reverb Reverb Level REVERB PERFORM Selects the Reverb parameter settings that will be used by the Performance If you wish to use Reverb Source PART 1 16 the Performance settings select PERFORM If you wish to use the settings of the Patch Rhythm Set assigned to one of the Parts select the Part number Used in Performance mode Using the XV 2020 Effects PATCH RHYTHM PERFORM CHORUS Chorus Parameters Parameter Value Description RATE 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation DEPTH 0 127 Depth of modulation PRE DELAY 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the chorus is heard FEEDBACK 0 127 Adjusts the amount of the chorus sound that s fed back into the effect FILTER TYPE OFF LPF HPF Type of filter OFF no filter is used L
51. PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY Ly LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY No 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 Name Dimensional Jupiterings 3D Flanged Glassy Pad 2 2 Strings Moving Glass ShiftedGlass Heirborne Translucence Darkshine Shiny Pad Analog Drama BandPass Mod Air Pad Soundtraque Octapad Fat Pad GR700 Pad Rotary Pad Dawn 2 Dusk Aurora Morph Pad Sun Dive Sabbath Day OvertoneScan December Sky NothrnLights Vocals Boys St Choir Vocals Ooh Pvox Oooze RandomVowels Brite Vox Beauty Vox Longing Enlighten Arasian Morn Dark Vox Belltree Vox Spaced Voxx Glass Voices Doos Wavox Sitar Dulcimer Dulcitar Drone Split MountainFolk EastrnEurope Harp VelHarp Harm Celtic Harp AmbiPizza CheesyPluk 1 CheesyPluk 2 Taj Mahal Cairo lead Lochscapes Celtic Song Far East Slap Timps Tape Q Gruvacious Blue Notes Category SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD
52. Parameters for the currently selected Performance and the Patches and Rhythm Sets assigned to its Parts GM Mode Bank Select and Program Changes are transmitted not by Exclusive messages but by means of MIDI Channel messages For more on the MIDI Channel messages that are transmitted refer to the MIDI Implementation p 136 e Select the Performance Patch Rhythm Set or GM mode settings you wish to transfer While holding down VOLUME press VALUE Turn CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY PIANO Sy IN Rotate VALUE until dtr J appears in the display 5 When you press VALUE Sur flashes in the display and screen asking you to confirm whether or not you want to transmit appears 6 When you press VALUE once more the data is transmitted to the external MIDI device To cancel the procedure while holding down VOLUME and pressing VALUE 3 gt ke eh Ka bel D gt o Ka 93 Establishing Settings for an Entire XV 2020 SYSTEM COMMON SYSTEM COMMON Parameter Value Description MASTER LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the volume of the entire XV 2020 MASTER TUNE 415 3 466 2 Hz Adjusts the overall tuning of the XV 2020 The setting is expressed as the fre quency played by the A4 key PATCH REMAIN OFF ON This specifies whether you want the notes that are sounding to remain ON Patch Remain Switch or turn off OFF when yo
53. Performance Name 9 182 421 l l l 32 127 ASCII 00 09 Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 10 32 3 1277 l j l 32 127 ASCII 00 OA Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 11 32 227 l 32 127 ASCII 00 OB Oaaa aaaa Performance Name 12 32 127 l l l 32 127 ASCII 00 OC 00aa aaaa Solo Part Select O 327 I OFF 1 16 17 32 lt gt 00 OD 000a aaaa MFX Control Channel 00 146 MG gm kn re EEN MIDI Implementation 1 16 OFF I 00 OE 0000 000a MEX Control MIDI1 lt gt 0 1 I OFF ON 00 OF 0000 000a MEX Control MIDI2 lt gt 0 1 I I l OFF ON I I 00 10 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 1 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL 00 11 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 2 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL 00 12 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 3 0 64 I 0 63 FULL 00 13 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 4 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL I 00 14 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 5 0 64 I I I 0 63 FULL 00 15 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 6 0 64 0 63 FULL 00 16 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 7 0 64 I 0 63 FULL I 00 17 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 8 0 64 I I I 0 63 FULL I 00 18 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 9 0 64 I 0 63 FULL I 00 19 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 10 0 64 I I I 0 63 FU
54. Problems occurring only in Macintosh e35 Cannot install the driver correctly Is the CD ROM correctly inserted into your CD ROM drive Installation is not possible unless the CD ROM included with the XV 2020 is inserted in your CD ROM drive Make sure that the CD ROM is correctly inserted into your CD ROM drive Is the CD ROM or the lens of the CD ROM dirty If the CD ROM or the lens of the CD ROM drive is dirty the installer may not work correctly Clean the disc and or lens using a commercially available CD cleaner or lens cleaner Are you installing the software from a networked CD ROM drive The software cannot be installed from a networked CD ROM drive 111 Troubleshooting Windows Macintosh Macintosh 112 Is there sufficient free space on your hard disk Delete unneeded files to increase the amount of free space After deleting the unneeded files empty the recycling bin Is the XV 2020 connected correctly Make sure that the USB connector of your computer is connected to the XV 2020 by a USB cable Check this and if you are using Windows close the Sound and Multimedia Properties dialog box Multimedia Properties in Windows 98 re open the same dialog box once again and specify the audio and MIDI input output destinations Specifying the Output Destination for MIDI Data p 21 Is the power of the XV 2020 turned on Make sure that the XV 2020 s POWER switch has been pressed inward Check this
55. QQ OO Q O ND N N N N N N N N gt 2 A G D O O QI ON O oO O O1 G D D O O O AARON O O O1 PR GQ N OO Joo GO N O 124 Name Grand XV LFO Trance 808 SynBass 106 Strings Soft Lead XV Strings SmoothRhodes OSC Sync2020 Sugar Key Soft Perky Flying Waltz Silky Way Now Bass SteelRelease Ambi Voices 2020 Bell Voyager Brs 2020SquLead Rhodes Trem UltraSmooth Sub Zero JUNO Keys 2020 Digital RockPiano Ch Old School JX SqrCarpet Perky B P5 TB 5ths in 4ths GarageBass Streamer Hurtin Tubes PureSineKey Square Keys Clear Guitar Tap Bass Spectre Vox Analogue Str SQR Sub Bs My Orchestra Reel Slam LegatoBamboo Valve Job FatSynBrass Dreams East Solo SoprSax Saw n 202 Cyber Pad Cyber SynBs Pure Tibet Gluey Pad Hydrogen Vocals Boys CheesyPluk 1 Cairo lead Warm pF Mix Full Rhodes 2020 Reso Bs Rocker Org Soft Nylon Swell Strat Searing Lead XV Ac Bass D9 Trcker Category PNO PLS SBS BPD SLD STR EP HLD SYN ORG PLS SPD SBS SPD TEK BEL BRS SLD EP STR SBS SYN BPD PNO HLD SPD ORG HLD TEK SBS SYN DGT EP BEL EGT BS BPD SPD SBS ORC HIT FLT BRS SBR SYN SAX TEK PLS SBS FX SPD BPD VOX PLK ETH PNO EP SBS ORG SPD EGT DGT BS SBS Category No PIANO 1 SYN PAD 67 GTR BS 56 SYN PAD 143 SYN PAD 32 OCH BRS 1 PIANO 36 SYN PAD 10 SYN PAD 127 KEY amp ORG 31 SYN PAD 95 SYN PAD 164
56. REV RkTomM f REV RkTomH f REV RkFImL1 REV RkFImL2 REV RkFlm M REV RkFlm H REV JzTomL p REV JzTomM p REV JzTomH p REV JzTomL f REV JzTomM f REV JzTomH f REV JzFlm L REV JzFlm M REV JzFlm H REV MpITom2 REV MpITom4 REV 808Tom REV VerbTomH REV VerbTomL REV DryTom H REV DryTom M REV RkCIH1 p REV RkCIH1mf REV RkCIH1 f REV RkCIH2 p REV RkCIH2mf REV RKCIH2 f REV JzCIH1 p REV JzCIH1mf REV JzCIH1 f REV JZCIH2 p REV JzCIH2mf REV JzClH2 f REV CI HH 1 REV CIHH 2 REV CIHH 3 REV CIHH4 REV CIHH 5 REV RkOpHH p REV RkOpHH f REV JzOpHH p REV JzOpHHmf REV JzOpHH f REV Op HiHat REV OpHiHat2 REV RkPdHH p REV RkPdHH f REV JzPdHH p REV JzPdHH f REV PedalHH REV PedalHH2 REV Dance HH REV 70s CIHH REV 70s OpHH REV 606 CIHH REV 606 OpHH REV 909 NZHH REV 909 OpHH REV HClapsEQ REV TghtClps REV FingSnap REV RealCLP REV RkRCym1p REV RkRCym1f Wave Name REV RkRCym2p REV RkRCym2f REV JzRCym p REV JzRCymmf REV JzRCym f REV Ride 1 REV Ride 2 REV RideBell REV RkCCym1p REV RkCCym1f REV RkCCym2p REV RkCCym2f REV RkSplash REV JzCCym p REV JzCCym f REV CrashCym REV Crash 1 REV RkChina REV China REV Cowbell REV WoodBlck REV Claves REV Conga REV Timbale REV Maracas REV Guiro REV Tamb 1 REV Tamb 2 REV Cuica REV Timpani REV Timp3 pp REV Timp3 mp REV Metro 123 Waveform List USER No O JO O1 GQ N D O gt O O O O1 O1 O1 O1 O1 O1 O1 O1 O1 O1 P PB P QO QO GO QO GO QO
57. Status data byte status FOH 41H dev 00H 10H 11H aaH bbH ccH F7H ddH ssH ttH uuH vvH sum Byte Remarks FOH Exclusive status 41H ID number Roland dev device ID dev 10H 1FH 7FH 00H model ID 1 XV 2020 10H model ID 2 XV 2020 11H command ID RQ1 aaH address MSB bbH address ccH address ddH address LSB ssH size MSB ttH size uuH size vvH size LSB sum checksum F7H EOX End Of Exclusive The size of data that can be transmitted at one time is fixed for each type of data And data requests must be made with a fixed starting address and size Refer to the address and size given in Parameter Address Map p 146 For the checksum refer to p 159 OData set 1 DT1 12H Status Data byte Status FOH 41H dev 00H 10H 12H aaH bbH F7H ccH ddH eeH ffH sum Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 41H ID number Roland dev Device ID dev 00H 1FH 7FH 00H Model ID 1 XV 2020 10H Model ID 2 XV 2020 12H Command ID DT1 aaH Address MSB upper byte of the starting address of the data to be sent bbH Address upper middle byte of the starting address of the data to be sent ccH Address lower middle byte of the starting address of the data to be sent ddH Address LSB lower byte of the starting address of the data to be sent eeH Data the actual data to be sent Multiple bytes of data are transmitted in order starting from the address ffH Data sum Checksum
58. TVA DCY TVA REL l l TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 l I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 2D Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Sens 1 1 127 63 63 00 2E 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Destination 2 0 33 l I OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN l I DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 I I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 l I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE l I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I I TVE ATK TVF DCY TVF REL l I TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL l i TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 2F Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Sens 2 1 127 l 63 63 00 30 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Destination 3 0 33 l l OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN l I DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 l I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 l I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I I TVE ATK TVF DCY TVF REL l l TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL l I TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 l I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 31 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Sens 3 1 127 l 63 63 00 32 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 1 Destination 4 0 33 l I OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN I DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 l I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE l I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I I TVE ATK TVF DCY TVF REL l I TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL l I TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 33 Oaaa aaaa Ma
59. TechnoCIHH 4 TechnoKick 4 TechnoSNGhst Technokick 3 TechnoCIHH 3 TechnoKick 2 echnoStick TechnoSN 1 808 Clap TechnoSN 2 TechnoTomi L TechnoClHH 1 TechnoTom2 L TechnoCIHH 2 TechnoTom1 M TechnoOpHH TechnoTom2 M TechnoCrCym TechnoTom2 H TechnoCym TechnoRvSNRI 808 Crash TechnoBrSlap TechnoNzStik TechnoCIHH 5 TechnoSNRoll TechnoRvJzRI TechnoSiren TechnoLoop TechnoLoNz TechnoRdCym TechnoCowbel TechnoTel TechnoTimpni TechnoCIHH 6 TechnoRvOHit TechnoRvTHit TechnoRvBHt1 TechnoRvBHt2 TechnoWBlock TechnoKick 7 TechnoCIHH 7 TechnoRim 1 TechnoRim 2 TechnoBrRoll TehcnolcRain TechnoThrill TechnoSN 3 TechnoWCrak TechnoScrach TechnoBNz TechnoSN 4 TechnoPunch TehcnoPlink TechnoRvRoll TechnoOSC TechnoNz 1 TechnoTkHit TechnoBubble TechnoNz 2 TechnoNz 3 TechnoNz 4 TechnoPwChrd R8 Click TechnoNz 6 Hand Claps Technokick 8 Technokick 9 TechnoSN 5 TechnoClHH 8 004 Jazz Kit JazzDry Kick Pillow Kick Jazz Swish Hybrid Kick Snare Ghost MplLmtr Kick Jazz PdHH Jazz Kick SideStick Jz SN w Ghst Jazz SN Ghst Jz SN w Rim Jazz Tom L Jazz Pedel Jazz Film L Jazz CIHH Jazz Tom M Jazz OpHH Jazz Fim M Jazz Tom H Jazz CrCym Jazz Film H Jazz RdCym Rock RdCym1 Rock RdCym2 Tambourine Crash 1 Cowbell Lo Crash 2 Cowbell Hi Ride Bell Cga Mute Hi Cga Mute Lo Cga Slap Cga Open Hi Cga Open Lo Timbale Hi Timbale Lo AgogoBellsHi AgogoBellsLo Cabasa Up Maracas ShortWhistle Long W
60. The pitch begins changing immediately to the new note s pitch when NOTE The pitch begins changing to the new note s pitch only after it has first reached its original pitch destination PORTAMENTO TIME 0 127 Sets the time over which one pitch glides to the next PATCH STRUCTURE Parameter Value Description TYPE Determines how Tone 1 and 2 and Tone 3 and 4 Structure Type 1 amp 2 3 amp 4 1 10 are connected Tone G w 5 If Type 2 10 is selected turning off one Tone will cause the other Tone to be connected in the simple or der of WG TVF TVA The displayed symbols have the following mean ings B Booster R Ring Modulator What is a Booster A Booster amplifies the incoming signal causing it to distort This creates an effect similar to the dis tortion often used on an electric guitar What is a Ring Modulator A Ring Modulator mathematically multiplies two Tones creating a new sound that includes inhar monic overtones that were not present in either of the two original Tones Since the difference in pitch between the two Tones changes the overtone structure an un pitched metallic sound often results Ring mod ulation is therefore especially suitable for creating bells and other metallic sounds BOOSTER Booster Gain 1 amp 2 3 amp 4 0 6 12 18 dB Sets the Booster strength when Structure Type has been s
61. Tone Chorus Send Level MFX 024127 00 OE Oaaa aaaa Tone Reverb Send Level MFX 0 127 00 OF Oaaa aaaa Tone Chorus Send Level non MFX 0 127 00 10 Oaaa aaaa Tone Reverb Send Level non MFX 0 127 00 11 0000 aaaa Tone Output Assign O 12 I I MFX A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt Ly Ap BERRY ee OSI SE BP LISS BSE 00 12 0000 000a Tone Receive Bender 0 1 OFF ON 00 13 0000 000a Tone Receive Expression 0 1 OFF ON 00 14 0000 000a Tone Receive Hold 1 0 1 OFF ON 00 15 0000 000a Tone Receive Pan Mode D S CONTINUOUS KEY ON 00 16 0000 000a Tone Redamper Switch 0 1 OFF ON I 00 17 0000 O0aa Tone Control 1 Switch 1 O 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 18 0000 O0aa Tone Control 1 Switch 2 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 19 0000 O0aa Tone Control 1 Switch 3 Oa OFF ON REVERSE 00 1A 0000 00aa Tone Control 1 Switch 4 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 1B 0000 O0aa Tone Control 2 Switch 1 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 1C 0000 O0aa Tone Control 2 Switch 2 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 1D 0000 OO0aa Tone Control 2 Switch 3 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 1E 0000 O0aa Tone Control 2 Switch 4 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 1F 0000 O0aa Tone Control 3 Switch 1 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE
62. achieve the result you want Use enveloping to produce the desired changes in the decay portion of the sound Looped Portion Tone change stored with the wave Envelope for the TVF filter Resulting tone change It you try to make a wavetorm s attack seem brighter by lowering the high frequency content of its decay using the TVF filter consider the original timbral character of the waveform If you re making a part of the sound brighter than the original waveform you should first generate new upper harmonics not present in the original waveform by using the Wave FXM Color and Wave FXM Depth parameters before filtering This will help you achieve the desired result To make an entire waveform brighter try applying an effect such as an enhancer and equalizer before modifying the TVF parameter 52 Creating a Patch PATCH WG Patch Wave Group This set of parameters allows you to select the PCM waveform that serves as the basis for the currently selected Tone apply effects to the waveform and control its pitch Parameter Value Description WAVE GROUP INT EXP A EXP B Chooses the desired waveform s group Wave Group INT Internal EXP A B Wave Expansion Boards A B It s not possible to select EXP A B unless a wave expansion board is inserted into the corresponding slot WAVE NUMBER L 0001 1083 Chooses the desired waveform You
63. etc ETH ETHNIC Other Ethnic FRT FRETTED Fretted Inst Mandolin etc RHYTHM amp SFX PRC PERCUSSION Percussion SFX SOUND FX Sound FX BTS BEAT amp GROOVE Beat and Groove DRM DRUMS Drum Set CMB COMBINATION Other Patches which use Split and Layer Choosing a Performance The collected assignment of Patches or Rhythm Sets to the XV 2020 s sixteen Parts is referred to as a Performance Performance Part 10 Rhythm set Selecting Performances and Parts 1 Press VALUE so the PERFORM indicator lights up Only the PERFORM indicator should be lit 2 Turn VALUE to choose the Performance 3 Rotate PART to change the Part for the currently selected Performance Rotating PART while in Performance Play mode switches you to Performance Part Play mode Assigning a New Patch to a Part Here s how to change the Patch assigned to a Part in a Performance 1 Press VALUE a number of times until both the PERFORM and the PATCH indicators light up 2 Turn PART to choose the part 3 Rotate CATEGORY BANK to switch the bank then rotate VALUE to select the Patch 38 Nem Performances can only be selected when the CATEGORY BANK knob is pointed at either USER PST A or PST B So if you re unable to switch Performances check the position of the knob Playing Sounds Switching the Mode Patch Performance The XV 2020 s parameters are org
64. this instrument will turn to the GM mode OGM2 System On Status Data byte Status FOH 7EH 7FH 09H 03H F7H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7EH ID number Universal Non realtime Message 7FH Device ID Broadcast 09H Sub ID 1 General MIDI Message 03H Sub ID 2 General MIDI 2 On F7H EOX End Of Exclusive When this messages is received this instrument will turn to the GM mode OGM System Off Status Data byte Status FOH 7EH 7F 09H 02H F7H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7EH ID number Universal Non realtime Message 7FH Device ID Broadcast 09H Sub ID 1 General MIDI Message 02H Sub ID 2 General MIDI Off F7H EOX End Of Exclusive When this messages is received this instrument will return to the Performance mode Universal Realtime System Exclusive Messages OMaster Volume Status Data byte Status FOH 7FH 7FH 04H 01H IIH mmH F7H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7FH ID number universal realtime message 7FH Device ID Broadcast 04H Sub ID 1 Device Control 01H Sub ID 2 Master Volume UH Master Volume lower byte mmH Master Volume upper byte F7H EOX End Of Exclusive The lower byte 11H of Master Volume will be handled as 00H The Master Level parameter System Common will change OMaster Fine Tuning Status Data byte Status FOH 7FH 7FH 04H 03H LH mmH F7H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7FH ID number universal realtime messa
65. 1 I l 63 63 I I OFF ON 01 39 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 4 Velocity Sens 1 127 40 1x 10 0000 000a Rx Portamento 0 1 l 63 63 OFF ON 01 3A Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 1 0 127 40 1x 11 0000 000a Rx Sostenuto 0 1 01 3B Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 2 0 127 OFF ON I 01 3C Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 3 0 127 40 1x 12 0000 000a Rx Soft 0 1 01 3D Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 4 0 127 OFF ON l 01 3E Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Level 1 0 127 l a I l 01 3F Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Level 2 0 127 40 1x 13 Oaaa aaaa Mono Poly Mode 0 1 l 01 40 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Level 3 0 127 MODE POLY Ve H I 40 1x 14 Oaaa aaaa Assign Mode lt gt 0 2 00 00 01 41 Total Size I I I I SINGLE LIMITED MULTI I I FULL MULTI 40 1x 15 Oaaa aaaa Use for Rhythm Part 0 2 OFF MAP1 MAP2 I 40 1x 16 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Key Shift 40 88 I l 24 24 semitone I 401x 17 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb Pitch Offset Fine 8 248 I I 12 0 12 0 Hz 40 lx 19 Oaaa aaaa Part Level CC 7 0 127 40 lx 1A Oaaa aaaa Velocity Sens Depth 0 127 64 63 40 1x 1B Qaaa aaaa Velocity Sens Offset 0 127 I 64 63 I 40 lx 1C Oaaa aaaa Part Panpot CC 10 0 127 I I RANDOM L63 63R
66. 10 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 0AH vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Panpot 00H 40H 7FH Left Center Right 144 OPortamento Controller number 65 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 41H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 0 63 OFF 64 127 ON OResonance Controller number 71 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 47H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Resonance value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 ORelease Time Controller number 72 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 48H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Release Time value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 OAttack time Controller number 73 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 49H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Attack time value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 OCutoff Controller number 74 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4AH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Cutoff value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 ODecay Time Controller number 75 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4BH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Decay Time value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 OVibrato Rate Controller number 76 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4CH vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 n M
67. 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct sound D0 100W D and the flanger sound W Level 0 127 Output level 16 STEP FLANGER This is a flanger in which the flanger pitch changes in steps The speed at which the pitch changes can also be specified in terms of a Parameter Value Description note value based on a specified tempo Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Balance D Phase 0 180 deg Spatial spread of the sound Lin O L out Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the chorus T sound is heard O Balance W Filter Type OFF LPF Type of filter PEF LPF es SE range above the Feedback Cutoff Freq Feedback HPF cuts the frequency range below the Cutoff Freq Wa s Cutoff Freq 200 8000 Hz Basic frequency of the filter BEEN Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range Rin O D R out High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the chorus sound W Parameter Value Description Level 0 127 Output level Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the flanger sound that s fed back into the effect Negative settings invert the phase Pha
68. 2020 to your computer and use it This unit is equipped with protection circuit A brief interval a few seconds after power up is required before the unit will operate normally 15 o D SCH n D a S E L D E 3 2 E For Those Using a Computer Found New Hardware Wizard 1 5 Make sure that the Model field indicates Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware ES r SS ROLAND XV 2020 and click Next Select the manufacturer and model of your hardware device and then click Next If you Driver installation will be gin Dy have a disk that contains the diver you want to install cick Have Dis Z Show compatible hardware Model Roland XV 2020 This driver is not digitally signed Have Disk igitally sig H Tell me why driver signing is important ES Insert Disk 16 The Insert Disk dialog box will appear O S22 Diver instalation Dik mo your CD ROM Click OK drive E and then click OK You can also click OK if you want files to be copied from an altemate location such as a floppy disk or a network server Files Needed 17 The Files Needed dialog box will appear g s us In the Copy files from area type j 66 E AWi n2000 XV 2020 33 and click O K Dr the path where the file is located and then click Copy files from E Win2000 XV 2020 v Found New Hardware Wizard 18 The Found New Hardware wizard will Compl
69. 3 PIANO 41 KEY amp ORG 2 KEY amp ORG 36 GTR BS 50 GTR BS 71 OCH BRS 25 OCH BRS 32 OCH BRS 63 OCH BRS 83 SYN PAD 16 SYN PAD 33 SYN PAD 70 SYN PAD 134 GTR BS 78 SYN PAD 155 SYN PAD 180 ETHNIC 15 GTR BS 66 PIANO 14 PIANO 16 KEY amp ORG 47 GTR BS 13 GTR BS 72 SYN PAD 194 SYN PAD 17 SYN PAD 27 SYN PAD 49 SYN PAD 137 GTR BS 76 SYN PAD 150 SYN PAD 186 SYN PAD 205 ETHNIC 9 GTR BS 92 SYN PAD 56 SYN PAD 148 SYN PAD 189 PIANO 4 PIANO 34 KEY amp ORG 52 GTR BS 74 SYN PAD 190 SYN PAD 58 SYN PAD 117 GTR BS 64 SYN PAD 161 SYN PAD 197 RHY amp SFX 2 RHY amp SFX 3 Voice A O1 G O1 ND DN Q N N O G N N G N N N OO O1 N N O1 D N N N O1 G G G N N N HANNA ND O BR For more information on Category refer to p 37 Key A PO PO PO ssign LY LY LY MONO MONO PO PO PO LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY MONO MONO PO PO PO LY LY LY MONO PO PO LY LY MONO PO LY MONO PO PO PO LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY MONO PO LY MONO MONO MONO PO LY MONO PO PO PO PO LY MONO PO PO PO PO PO PO MONO PO PO PO MONO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY Preset A No Name Category Category No Voice Key Assign No Name Category Category No Voice Key Assign 1 Grand XV PNO PIANO1 4 POL
70. 3 6 POLY 127 Trombone Atm BRS 67 3 POLY 64 Sad Strings STR 4 6 POLY 128 Massed Horns BRS 68 3 POLY For more information on Category refer to p 37 126 Preset C No Name Category Category No Voice Key Assign No Name Category Category No Voice Key Assign 1 Voyager Brs BRS OCH BRS69 5 POLY 65 Velo Tekno TEK 45 2 POLY 2 3 Osc Brass SBR 70 3 POLY 66 Rezoid TEK 46 4 POLY 3 Poly Brass SBR 71 3 POLY 67 Booster Bips TEK 47 2 POLY 4 Brass It SBR 72 4 POLY 68 Mental Chord TEK 48 4 MONO 5 Archimede SBR 73 3 POLY 69 House Chord TEK 49 4 MONO 6 Breathy Brs SBR 74 3 POLY 70 GenderBender TEK 50 4 MONO 7 Triumph Brs SBR 75 3 POLY 71 MinorIncidnt TEK 51 4 MONO 8 P5 Polymod SBR 76 2 POLY 72 Winky TEK 52 8 POLY 9 FatSynBrass SBR 77 4 POLY 73 Dance Zipper TEK 53 4 MONO 10 True ANALOG SBR 78 2 POLY 74 5ths in 4ths TEK 54 4 POLY 11 Afro Horns SBR 79 3 POLY 75 Ambi Voices TEK 55 8 POLY 12 Sop Sax mf SAX 80 2 POLY 76 Intentions TEK 56 3 POLY 13 Solo SoprSax SAX 81 1 MONO 77 Pick It TEK 57 3 POLY 14 Alto Sax SAX 82 3 POLY 78 Analog Seq TEK 58 2 POLY 15 Solo AltoSax SAX 83 2 MONO 79 Sequalog TEK 59 4 POLY 16 XV DynoTenor SAX 84 3 POLY 80 Plik Plok TEK 60 2 POLY 17 Honker Bari SAX 85 2 POLY 81 Big BPF TEK 61 4 POLY sad 18 Sax Choir SAX 86 4 POLY 82 Agent X TEK 62 7 POLY 3 19 Full Saxz SAX 87 7 POLY 83 Keep TEK 63 2 POLY S 20 Swingin Bari SAX 88 3 POLY 84 Saw n 202 TEK 64 2 POLY P 21 P5_TB HLD SYN PAD1 2 MONO 85 RagelnYouth TEK 65 3 POLY 22 S
71. 42H I I I OFF ON oqe I 00 79 0000 00aa WMT4 Wave Group Type 0 3 I I I INT SR JV80 SRX SAMPLE lt gt 1 00 7A 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb OSystem Parameter I 0000 cece I 0000 dddd WMT4 Wave Group ID 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 Start I I 1 00 7E 0000 aaaa Address Description 0000 bbbb I j I 0000 cece I 40 00 00 0000 aaaa I 0000 dddd WMT4 Wave Number L Mono 0 16384 0000 bbbb I I I OFF 1 16384 I 0000 cccc I 4 01 02 0000 aaaa I 0000 dddd Master Tune 24 2024 I 0000 bbbb I I I I 100 0 100 0 cent l 0000 cccc I l 40 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Master Volume 0 127 0000 dddd WMT4 Wave Number R 0 16384 40 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Master Key Shift 40 88 I I I OFF 1 16384 I 24 24 semitone I 01 06 0000 OOaa WMT4 Wave Gain 0 3 I 40 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Master Pan 1 127 I I I 6 0 6 12 dB I I L63 63R I 01 07 0000 000a WMT4 Wave FXM Switch 0 1 l OFF ON I 40 00 7F Oaaa aaaa Mode Set 0 127 01 08 0000 00aa WMT4 Wave FXM Color 0 3 I GS RESET GS EXIT I 1 4 kes I 01 09 000a aaaa WMT4 Wave FXM Depth 0 16 I 01 0A 0000 000a WMT4 Wave Tempo Sync 0 1 I OFF ON OCommon Parameter 01 OB Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Wave Coarse Tune 16 112 I I I 48 48 SE 01
72. 5 12768 52768 00 45 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 1 00 18 0000 aaaa 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 14 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 6 12768 52768 00 49 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 1C 0000 aaaa 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 15 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 7 12768 52768 1 00 4D 0000 aaaa I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 00 20 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 16 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 8 12768 52768 1 00 51 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 24 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 17 12768 52768 I 0000 cece I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 9 12768 52768 00 55 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 28 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 18 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 10 12768 52768 00 59 0000 aaaa
73. 52768 I 20000 20000 00 10 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cece I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 4 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 14 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 5 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 18 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 6 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 1C 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 7 12768 52768 20000 20000 00 20 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 8 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 24 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cece I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 9 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 28 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 10 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 2C 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cece I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 11 12768 52768 20000 20000 00 30 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 12 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 00 00 34 Total Size I O1 4 1 4 Patch Common Reverb Offset I Address Description l 00 00 0000 aaaa Reverb Type 0 1
74. 909 HandClap Elec Snare 3 Room Tom 5 Close HiHat2 Room Tom 5 Pedal HiHat2 Room Tom 2 Open HiHat2 Crash Cym 1 Room Tom 2 Ride Cymbal ChinaCymbal Ride Bell Tambourine Splash Cym Cowbell Crash Cym 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal Power Kick1 Side Stick Dance Snare1 909 HandClap Elec Snare 3 Rock Tom 4 Close HiHat2 Rock Tom 4 Pedal HiHat2 Rock Tom 4 Open HiHat2 Ride Cymbal ChinaCymbal Ride Bell Tambourine Splash Cym Cowbell Crash Cym 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal Elec Kick 1 Side Stick Elec Snare 909 HandClap Elec Snare 2 Synth Drum 2 Close HiHat2 Synth Drum 2 Pedal HiHat2 Synth Drum 2 Open HiHat2 Crash Cym 1 Synth Drum 2 Ride Cymbal ReverseCymbl Ride Bell Tambourine Splash Cym Cowbell Crash Cym 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal TR 808 Kick 808 Rimshot 808 Snare 1 909 HandClap Elec Snare 3 808 Tom 2 TR 808 CHH 808 Tom 2 808 _ chh 808 Tom 2 TR 808 OHH 808 Crash 808 Tom 2 Ride Cymbal ChinaCymbal Ride Bell Tambourine Splash Cym 808cowbe Crash Cym 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal Jazz Kick 1 Side Stick Standard SN1 909 HandClap Elec Snare 3 Real Tom 6 Close HiHat2 Real Tom 6 Pedal HiHat2 Real Tom 4 Open HiHat2 o 3 Rhythm Set List Real Ride Cymbal ChinaCymbal Ride Bell Tambourine Splash Cym Cowbell Crash Cym 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal Bongo High Bongo Lo Mute H Conga Conga Hi Opn Conga Lo Opn High Timbale Low Timbale Agogo Agogo Cabasa Maracas g Shor
75. Cho Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the Flg Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation D0 100W direct sound D and the cho Flg Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the rus sound W flanger sound that s fed back Delay Time 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the delay into the effect Negative set is heard tings invert the phase Dly Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the de Flg Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the flanger lay sound that s fed back into is heard the effect Negative settings Flg Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be invert the phase D0 100W tween the sound sent through Dly HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above the flanger W and the sound BYPASS which sound fed back to the ef that s not sent through the fect is filtered out If you do not flanger D want to filter out any the high Level 0 127 Output level frequencies set this parameter to BYPASS Dly Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be D0 100W tween the sound sent through 34 EN HAN CER gt DELAY the delay W and the soin that s not sent through the de lay D Lin Level 0 127 Output level Mix Balance D Parameter Value Description Enhancer Sens 0 127 Sensitivity of the enhancer Enhancer Mix 0 127 Level of the overtones generat ed by the enhancer Delay Time 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the delay is heard Dly Feedback 98 98 A
76. Co gt Key DEIER ENV VEL SENS 63 63 Adjust this parameter when you want your keyboard playing Pitch Envelope Velocity dynamics velocity to affect the amount of pitch enveloping Sensitivity With higher settings there is a greater difference in the amount of enveloping when notes are played softly or when they re played hard Negative settings reverse the direction of change a ENV T1 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynam 2 Pitch Envelope Time 1 ics to affect T1 Time 1 of the pitch envelope If you want T1 P Velocity Sensitivity to be sped up for strongly played notes set this parameter to a O positive value If you want it to be slowed down set this to a negative value ENV T4 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want key release speed to affect Pitch Envelope Time 4 T4 Time 4 of the pitch envelope If you want T4 to be sped up Velocity Sensitivity for quickly released notes set this parameter to a positive value If you want it to be slowed down set this to a negative value ENV T1 T4 0 127 Specify the pitch envelope times Higher settings lengthen the Pitch Envelope Time1 4 time until the next pitch is reached For example T2 is the time over which the pitch changes from L1 to L2 ENV LO L4 63 63 Specify the pitch envelope levels They determine how much Pitch Envelope Level 0 4 the pitch changes from the reference pitch the valu
77. Comercial Fancy II S A Rut 96 919 420 1 Nataniel Cox 739 4th Floor Santiago Centro CHILE TEL 02 688 9540 EL SALVADOR OMNI MUSIC 75 Avenida Norte y Final Alameda Juan Pablo II Edificio No 4010 San Salvador EL SALVADOR TEL 262 0788 MEXICO Casa Veerkamp s a de c v Av Toluca No 323 Col Olivar de los Padres 01780 Mexico D F MEXICO TEL 55 5668 6699 PANAMA SUPRO MUNDIAL S A Boulevard Andrews Albrook Panama City REP DE PANAMA TEL 315 0101 PARAGUAY Distribuidora De Instrumentos Musicales J E Olear y ESQ Manduvira Asuncion PARAGUAY TEL 021 492 124 URUGUAY Todo Musica S A Francisco Acuna de Figueroa 1771 C P 11 800 Montevideo URUGUAY TEL 02 924 2335 VENEZUELA Musicland Digital C A Av Francisco de Miranda Centro Parque de Cristal Nivel C2 Local 20 Caracas VENEZUELA TEL 212 285 8586 AUSTRIA Roland Austria GES M B H Siemensstrasse 4 P O Box 74 A 6063 RUM AUSTRIA TEL 0512 26 44 260 BELGIUM HOLLAND LUXEMBOURG Roland Benelux N V Houtstraat 3 B 2260 Oevel Westerlo BELGIUM TEL 014 575811 DENMARK Roland Scandinavia A S Nordhavnsvej 7 Postbox 880 DK 2100 Copenhagen DENMARK TEL 3916 6200 FRANCE Roland France SA 4 Rue Paul Henri SPAAK Parc de l Esplanade F 77 462 St Thibault Lagny Cedex FRANCE TEL 01 600 73 500 FINLAND Roland Scandinavia As Filial Finland Lauttasaarentie 54 B Fin 00201 Helsinki FINLA
78. Creating a Patch e Choose a Patch that s similar to the sound you wish to create When you want to create a new sound it s a good idea to begin with a Patch that s close to the sound that you have in mind Starting with a Patch that bears no resemblance to the one you want to create is likely to result in much more programming work for you p 35 Decide which Tones will sound When creating a Patch it s important to decide which Tones you want to use It s also important to turn off unused Tones to avoid wasting voices unnecessarily reducing the number of simultaneous notes you can play p 45 e Check the way in which the Tones are combined Structure Type 1 amp 2 and 3 amp 4 are important parameters that determine how the four Tones are combined Before you select new Tones make sure you understand how the currently selected Tones are affecting each other p 48 Turn off effects Since the XV 2020 effects have such a profound impact on its sounds turn off a Patch s effects during programming so you can more clearly hear the changes you re making Actually sometimes just changing effects settings can give you the sound you want p 76 Choosing the Tones That Sound Tone On Off Here s how to turn on the Tones that you want to hear in a Patch You can also use the on off technique described in this section to audition an individual Tone by turning off all the other Tones in a Patch When using the editing softw
79. Cross Modulation 54 65 G GATED REVERB 5eme nie 88 Generali MIDD u a u Ga im 39 General MIDI 2 3 55 amenant 39 GM Mode scents miennes qua Da 96 GM GM2 System On Message en 96 H HEXA CHORUS sise 84 l IHR RE E EE 92 K Key Mode AssigN aasasasasssasssieasasasiessssas 47 L EEVA E ene 70 LEGATO RETRIGGER 47 Legato Switch ss 47 Level Shore tee Me PR Su ten nr s 80 GMA Rnb NN EN ns 98 Master ni etapta Reise 94 Se E 72 joe EE AP E 46 e EE 80 PhythM E seis stat tore ent minime 63 Rhythm tone uses 67 EE 64 LEO EE 45 55 LEO Weaverorm EE 56 IER 84 Low Frequency Oscillator 45 55 M MASTER KEY SHIFT ein 94 Mee ou ae i ee na AREA ve 76 MIDI Channels nakaa 35 MIDI USB THTU Estienne 95 e TEE 39 MODULATION DELAY 86 Miulti eff cts s upakuna uyayki Nana 76 Multi Effects Settings ue 80 multitimbral sound module 70 MUTE GROUP sana ANA RENA 68 O OCTAVE SHIFT eiert e deene AS eE 46 OFFSET ee eege EE 47 73 E117 taie nt GE nah BE Steg nabi GEN 25 Output Assign SE 79 Se txt Hose nin es ee tee nie dasa see tates 46 PHYA Set En es agian 63 TONG mali G rite Meter tan E 78 OVERDRIVE ees EEN EENEG 82 OVERDRIVE gt CHORUS 88 OVERDRIVE gt DETAY 89
80. Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x OA Oaaa aaaa Mod LFO2 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 40 2x 10 Oaaa aaaa Bend Pitch Control 64 88 I I 0 24 semitone 40 2x 11 Oaaa aaaa Bend TVF Cutoff Control 0 127 I I 9600 9600 cent 40 2x 12 Oaaa aaaa Bend Amplitude Control 0 127 I I 100 0 100 0 40 2x 13 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO1 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 14 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO1 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 15 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO1 TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 16 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO1 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 40 2x 17 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO2 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 18 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO2 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 19 Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO2 TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 1A Oaaa aaaa Bend LFO2 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 40 2x 20 Oaaa aaaa CAf Pitch Control 40 88 I I 24 24 semitone 40 2x 21 Oaaa aaaa CAf TVF Cutoff Control 0 127 I I 9600 9600 cent 40 2x 22 Oaaa aaaa CAf Amplitude Control 0 127 I I 100 0 100 0 5 40 2x 23 Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO1 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 24 Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO1 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 25 Oaaa aaaa CAf
81. Device ENEE Applications for Patches u nya aaah Sanu aaa ayasa Changing Part Settings from an External MIDI Device ee E EE Er Installing a Wave Expansion Board is 106 Installation de la carte d extension Wave French language for Canadian Safety Standard 108 Troubleshooting scene nb ent a be eA e aia aaae aaen E eini saa usaska 110 Problems when using the XV 2020 EE 110 Problems related to the USB driver s sscassnscessascossevensesgviaassevondoesdshcesouersencdscinanassgrneessavgnanasssenciee alang 111 Error E E 116 List of Parameters That Can Be Affected Using the XV 2020 117 XV Editor Screens Page to Turn to for Info on a Parameter 119 Waveform LIST GE 121 Patch KSE AA AA 124 Rhythm Set LiSt Tua aa aaa ausssuwu sasa sasawswsnasassasawaswatuausaawaagaassssasasssaaa was 130 Performance BC E 135 Demo Song MET WE 135 MIDI Implementation U GAGANA J J 136 Ge E 162 INDEX uuu eegene eege AT 163 64 Voice Polyphony and 16 Part Multitimbrality The XV 2020 is a 16 part multitimbral sound generator that produces up to 64 simultaneous polyphonic voices It provides ample polyphony even with Patches containing multiple Tones Create Amazingly Expressive Tones With Patches combining four tones using stereo waves stereo four wave rhythm tones and more you can create even more advanced and complex Patches XV 5080 5050 Wave Data
82. E D Ko D gt Ei a nem Turning the VALUE rapidly makes the value change in large increments Also you can go to the first patch of each category by pressing in VALUE while you rotate it Category XV Editor Category Contents Group Display PIANO PNO AC PIANO Acoustic Piano EP EL PIANO Electric Piano KEY amp ORGAN KEY KEYBOARDS Other Keyboards Clav Harpsichord etc BEL BELL Bell Bell Pad MLT MALLET Mallet ORG ORGAN Electric and Church Organ ACD ACCORDION Accordion HRM HARMONICA Harmonica Blues Harp GTR BS AGT AC GUITAR Acoustic Guitar EGT EL GUITAR Electric Guitar DGT DIST GUITAR Distortion Guitar BS BASS Acoustic and Electric Bass SBS SYNTH BASS Synth Bass OCH BRS STR STRINGS Strings OCH ORCHESTRA Orchestra Ensemble HIT HIT amp STAB Orchestra Hit Hit WND WIND Winds Oboe Clarinet etc FLT FLUTE Flute Piccolo BRS AC BRASS Acoustic Brass SBR SYNTH BRASS Synth Brass SAX SAX Sax 37 Playing Sounds Category XV Editor Category Contents Group Display SYN PAD HLD HARD LEAD Hard Synth Lead SLD SOFT LEAD Soft Synth Lead TEK TECHNO SYNTH Techno Synth PLS PULSATING Pulsating Synth FX SYNTH FX Synth FX Noise etc SYN OTHER SYNTH Poly Synth BPD BRIGHT PAD Bright Pad Synth SPD SOFT PAD Soft Pad Synth VOX VOX Vox Choir ETHNIC PLK PLUCKED Plucked Harp
83. F7H EOX End Of Exclusive The amount of data that can be transmitted at one time depends on the type of data and data will be transmitted from the specified starting address and size Refer to the address and size given in Parameter Address Map p 146 Data larger than 256 bytes will be divided into packets of 256 bytes or less and each packet will be sent at an interval of about 20 ms Regarding the checksum please refer to p 159 143 E s E E 2 a e gt MIDI Implementation 2 Data Transmission Channel Voice Messages When execute the Data Transfer following Control Changes and Program Change will transmit Control Change OBank Select Controller number 0 32 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 00H mmH BnH 20H IH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 mm ll Bank number 00 00H 7F 7FH bank 1 bank 16384 OPortamento Time Controller number 5 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 05H vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Portamento Time 00H 7FH 0 127 OData Entry Controller number 6 38 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 06H mmH BnH 26H IH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 mm ll the value of the parameter specified by RPN NRPN mm MSB Il LSB OVolume Controller number 7 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 07H vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Volume 00H 7FH 0 127 OPanpot Controller number
84. Film H Jazz RdCym Rock RdCym1 Rock RdCym2 Tambourine Crash 1 Cowbell Lo Crash 2 Cowbell Hi Ride Bell 003 XV Rust Kit 70s Kick 3 Old Kick Rock Roll 909 Kick 2 Rock Ghost 909 Kick 1 Rock PdHH Dance Kick 1 RockStick Old Fill SN Rock Ghost Rock SN Elec Tom L2 Rock CIHH1 Elec Tom L1 Rock CIHH2 Elec Tom M Rock OpHH Rock CrCym1 Elec Tom H Rock RdCym1 Rock CrCym2 Rock RdCym2 Tambourine 1 Rock Splash Cowbell China Cym Vibraslap 70s Kick 2 004 OrchestraKit Old Kick Round Kick SN Roll Jazz Kick Snare Ghost Verb Kick Pedal HiHat1 Concert BD 2 Concert BD 1 Side Stick Concert SN Snare Ghost Snare Roll Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Timpani Tambourine 1 Crash 1 Cowbell Crash 2 Ride 1 Cga Mute Hi Cga Mute Lo Cga Slap Cga Open Hi Cga Open Lo Timbale Hi Timbale Lo AgogoBellsHi AgogoBellsLo Cabasa Up Maracas ShortWhistle Cga Mute Hi Cga Mute Lo Cga Slap Cga Open Hi Cga Open Lo Timbale Hi Timbale Lo AgogoBellsHi AgogoBellsLo Cabasa Up Maracas ShortWhistle 70s Kick 1 Dry Stick 70s SN Finger Snaps HumanClapsEQ JD Cowbell 70s Cl HiHat AgogoBells 70s Cl HiHat 909 NZ HiHat 70s Op HiHat Cabasa Up Bongo Lo Cga Mute Hi Cga Open Hi Cga Open Lo Timbale Hi Timbale Lo AgogoBellsHi AgogoBellsLo Cabasa Up Maracas ShortWhistle Long Whistle Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Lo Mut
85. GTR BS 62 GTR BS 4 SYN PAD 55 KEY amp ORG 15 OCH BRS 69 SYN PAD 19 PIANO 32 OCH BRS 9 GTR BS 54 SYN PAD 119 SYN PAD 145 PIANO 2 SYN PAD 6 SYN PAD 168 KEY amp ORG 42 SYN PAD 1 SYN PAD 54 GTR BS 68 SYN PAD 124 GTR BS 35 PIANO 40 KEY amp ORG 8 GTR BS 14 GTR BS 41 SYN PAD 154 SYN PAD 167 GTR BS 77 OCH BRS 24 OCH BRS 35 OCH BRS 50 OCH BRS 60 OCH BRS 77 SYN PAD 126 OCH BRS 81 SYN PAD 64 SYN PAD 71 GTR BS 60 SYN PAD 107 SYN PAD 165 SYN PAD 160 SYN PAD 200 ETHNIC 11 ETHNIC 14 PIANO 11 PIANO 18 GTR BS 61 KEY amp ORG 34 GTR BS 2 GTR BS 20 GTR BS 30 GTR BS 46 GTR BS 63 Voice N O N GQ O Q N O N N N Q GQ ND G G N D N N G D D N N AN OP G N O1 D G GQ O1 G OO Key Assign PO PO LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO LY LY LY MONO PO PO LY LY MONO PO LY MONO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO LY LY LY MONO PO PO LY LY MONO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY MONO PO PO PO LY LY LY MONO PO LY MONO No 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
86. Hybrid Str 029 Seq NewAge 030 Dear Friends 062 Seq Orch 030 Dear Friends 030 Seq Orch 031 Pop Kit 063 Seq Film 031 Pop Kit 031 Seq Film 032 Bell Layer 064 Seq GM2Temp 032 Bell Layer 032 Seq GM2Temp Demo Song List Song Title Composer Copyright 1 U feel Me Kazuhiko Maeda 2002 Roland Corporation 2 Negativa Trance Mark Lawrence 2002 Roland Corporation 3 Eye on the Universe Takayuki Aihara STUDIO CARNAVAL 2002 Roland Corporation 4 First Impression Scott Wilkie 2002 Scott Wilkie ASCAP www scottwilkie com NOTE All rights reserved Unauthorized use of this material for purposes other than private personal enjoyment is a violation of applicable laws 135 MIDI Implementation Model XV 2020 Date 2002 6 4 Version 1 00 1 Receive data Channel Voice Messages Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Switch parameter Performance Part is OFF Note off Status 2nd byte 3rd byte 8nH kkH vvH 9nH kkH 00H n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 00H 7FH 0 127 kk note number vv note off velocity Not received when the Envelope Mode parameter Patch Tone and Rhythm Tone is NO SUS Note on Status 2nd byte 3rd byte 9nH kkH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 01H 7FH 1 127 kk note number vv note on velocity Polyphonic Key Pressure Status 2nd byte 3rd byte AnH kkH vvH n MIDI channel n
87. I ID 01 05 0000 aaaa I 0000 cece 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 6 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 30 12768 52768 00 1B 0000 aaaa I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb l 1 01 09 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 7 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 31 12768 52768 00 1F 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 1 01 OD 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 8 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 32 12768 52768 00 23 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 9 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 lt 00 27 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cecce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 10 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 2B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 11 12768 52768 20000 20000 lt 00 2F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 12 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 33 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 13 12768 52768
88. If it is set to Ignore simply click OK When you install new software the following verification settings will If itis not set to Ignore makeanote ofthe Pse S File signature verification current setting Warn or Block Then change the setting to Ignore and click OK Ignore Install all files regardless of file signature Warn Display a message before installing an unsigned File C Block Prevent installation of unsigned files Administrator option IV Apply setting as system default 6 Close the System Properties dialog box Click OK Cancel 7 Exitall currently running software applications Also close any open windows If you are using virus checking or similar software be sure to exit it as well 8 Prepare the CD ROM Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of your computer 9 Open the Run dialog box Click the Windows Start button From the menu that appears select Run In the dialog box that appears input the BE 10 In the dialog box that appears input th a ER n ee 5 following into the Open field and click Z Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it For you OK E Win2000 XV 2020 SETUPINF EXE The drive name E may be different for your system Specify the drive name of your CD ROM drive Open E Win2000 XV 2020 SETUPINF EXE be Cancel Browse
89. LFO1 TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 26 Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO1 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 40 2x 27 Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO2 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 28 Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO2 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 29 Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO2 TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 2A Oaaa aaaa CAf LFO2 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 of 40 2x 30 Oaaa aaaa PAf Pitch Control 40 88 I I 24 24 semitone 40 2x 31 Oaaa aaaa PAf TVF Cutoff Control 0 127 I I 9600 9600 cent 40 2x 32 Oaaa aaaa PAf Amplitude Control 0 127 I I 100 0 100 0 5 40 2x 33 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO1 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 34 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO1 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 35 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO1 TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 36 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFOL TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 40 2x 37 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO2 Rate Control 0 127 I I 10 0 10 0 Hz 40 2x 38 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO2 Pitch Control 0 127 I I 0 600 cent 40 2x 39 Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO2 TVF Depth 0 127 I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 3A Oaaa aaaa PAf LFO2 TVA Depth 0 127 I I 0 100 0 MIDI Implementation I f I 40 2x 40 Oaaa aaaa CC1 Pitch Control 40 88 I I I 24 24 semitone I 40 2
90. Level balance between Tones in a Patch O The overall volume of the Patch is set by the Patch Level PATCH COMMON p 46 set ting raising or lowering the Tone level settings of its individual Tones by the selected amount VEL CURVE FIXED 1 7 Chooses one of seven curves that determine how keyboard playing dynamics veloc TVA Level Velocity Curve ity influence the Tone s volume When set to FIXED the Tone s volume not affect ed by the force with which the keyboard is played 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VEL SENS 63 63 Use this setting when you want keyboard touch velocity to affect the Tone volume TVA Level Velocity Sensitivity Set this to a positive value to have the changes in tone volume increase the more force fully the keys are played to make the Tone play more softly as you play harder set this to a negative value BIAS Use the Bias parameter when you want the position of notes on a keyboard to affect the TVA level LOWER UPPER LOWER amp UPPER ALL Level Level Level Level 25 eae SC ia 0 0 mo 0 0 ae Paa AA SR ae Key Key asa aan Key Key C 1 Bias Point G9 CA Bias Point G9 C 1 Bias Point G9 C 1 Bias Point G9 BIAS LEVEL 100 100 Adjusts the slope of the volume change that occurs in the selected Bias Direction Higher settings produce greater amounts of cha
91. Mark of the Unicorn Inc IMPORTANT NOTES In addition to the items listed under USING THE UNIT SAFELY on p 3 please read and observe the following Power Supply Do not use this unit on the same power circuit with any device that will generate line noise such as an electric motor or variable lighting system The AC adaptor will begin to generate heat after long hours of consecutive use This is normal and is not a cause for concern Before connecting this unit to other devices turn off the power to all units This will help prevent malfunctions and or damage to speakers or other devices Placement Using the unit near power amplifiers or other equipment containing large power transformers may induce hum To alleviate the problem change the orientation of this unit or move it farther away from the source of interference This device may interfere with radio and television reception Do not use this device in the vicinity of such receivers e Noise may be produced if wireless communications devices such as cell phones are operated in the vicinity of this unit Such noise could occur when receiving or initiating a call or while conversing Should you experience such problems you should relocate such wireless devices so they are at a greater distance from this unit or switch them off To avoid possible breakdown do not use the unit in a wet area such as an area exposed to rain or other
92. Oaaa aaaa LFO2 Rate Detune 0 127 It 00 30 0000 aaaa I l 01 00 Oaaa aaaa LFO2 Delay Time 0 127 0000 bbbb I 01 01 000a aaaa LFO2 Delay Time Keyfollow 54 74 l 0000 cece I I 100 100 l 0000 dddd Wave Number R 0 16384 01 02 0000 00aa LFO2 Fade Mode 0 3 l I OFF 1 16384 l l ON IN ON OUT OFF IN OFF OUT l 00 34 0000 00aa Wave Gain 0 3 l 01 03 Oaaa aaaa LFO2 Fade Time 0 127 I I 6 0 6 12 dB I 01 04 0000 000a LFO2 Key Trigger 0 1 l 00 35 0000 OOOa Wave FXM Switch 0 1 OFF ON I OFF ON I 01 05 Oaaa aaaa LFO2 Pitch Depth 1 127 00 36 0000 OOaa Wave FXM Color 0 3 I I 63 63 I I 1 4 I 01 06 Oaaa aaaa LFO2 TVF Depth 1 127 l 00 37 OOOa aaaa Wave FXM Depth 0 16 I I 63 63 00 38 0000 000a Wave Tempo Sync 0 1 01 07 Oaaa aaaa LFO2 TVA Depth 1 127 l l l OFF ON I I 63 63 l 00 39 OOaa aaaa Wave Pitch Keyfollow 44 84 l 01 08 Oaaa aaaa LFO2 Pan Depth 1 127 l 200 200 I I 63 63 I I al I 00 3A 000a aaaa Pitch Env Depth 52 76 00 00 01 09 Total Size I l I 12 12 00 3B Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Velocity Sens 1 127 I 63 63 00 3C Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 1 Velocity Sens 1 127 O1 4 2 1 Rhythm Common I I
93. PATCH NAME to select the Patch to be used these phrase loops in sync with the System Tempo 1 Click PATCH 2 Clickthe Y for PATCH NAME and select the Patch being used in the phrase loop PATCH NAME 3 Click DETAIL for PATCH COMMON then set CLOCK SOURCE to SYSTEM PATCH COMMON 3 Click DETAIL for PATCH COMMON then set CLOCK SOURCE to SYSTEM PATCH COMMON 4 Click DETAIL for PATCH WG then set TONE DELAY TIME to the note length corresponding to the synchronization tempo ege Se not a numerical value in relation to the synchronization tempo 4 Click DETAIL for PATCH WG Press SELECT to find a Tone that uses phrase loop waveforms The wave name appears in the WAVE NUMBER L R column Waveform names that have a BPM number in the first part of the name such as 132 WAVE NAME are phrase loop waveforms Click DETAIL for SYSTEM COMMON then set CLOCK SOURCE to INT When the System Clock Source parameter is set to MIDI or USB you can synchronize the LFO cycle to an external device 6 When TEMPO System Tempo changes the Tone s delay 5 Set TONE DELAY TIME to 0 time changes along with it If you choose a value other than 0 a delay will be applied and you will not be able to play the Patch normally Si ALT SYSTEM COMMON MASTER MASTER LNG TUNE 102 Examples of Applica
94. Piano 1w 2 1 066 Mid Tone GTR 1 2 130 Fr Horn 2 2 1 194 Sitar 2 2 1 003 EuropeanPf 1 2 067 Muted Gt 1 0 29 131 Brass 1 3 0 62 195 Banjo 1 0 106 004 Piano 2 4 0 2 068 Funk Pop 1 1 132 Brass 2 2 1 196 Shamisen 1 0 107 005 Piano 2w 1 1 069 Funk Gt 2 2 2 133 Synth Brassi 2 0 63 197 Koto 2 0 108 006 Piano 3 1 0 3 070 Jazz Man 2 3 134 Pro Brass 2 1 198 Taisho Koto 1 1 007 Piano 3w 1 1 071 OverdriveGt 2 0 30 135 OctSynBrass 2 2 199 Kalimba 1 0 109 008 Honky tonk 2 0 4 072 Guitar Pinch 2 1 136 Jump Brass 3 3 200 Bagpipe 2 0 110 009 Honky tonk2 2 1 073 DistortionGt 2 0 31 137 SynthBrass2 2 0 64 201 Fiddle 1 0 111 010 E Piano 1 2 0 5 074 FeedbackGt 2 1 138 SynBrass sfz 2 1 202 Shanai 1 0 112 011 St Soft EP 2 1 075 DistRtmGTR 2 2 139 VeloBrass1 2 2 203 Tinkle Bell 3 0 113 012 FM SA EP 2 2 076 Gt Harmonics 1 0 32 140 Soprano Sax 1 0 65 204 Agogo 1 0 114 013 Wurly 2 3 077 Gt Feedback 1 1 141 Alto Sax 1 0 66 205 Steel Drums 1 0 115 014 E Piano 2 2 0 6 078 Acoustic Bs 1 0 33 142 Tenor Sax S 0 67 206 Woodblock 1 0 116 015 DetunedEP2 2 1 079 FingeredBs 1 0 34 143 Baritone Sax 1 0 68 207 Castanets 1 1 016 St FM EP 2 2 080 Finger Slap 2 1 144 Oboe 2 0 69 208 Taiko 3 0 117 017 EP Legend 2 3 081 Picked Bass 1 0 35 145 English Horn 1 0 70 209 Concert BD 2 1 018 EP Phase 2 4 082 Fretless Bs 1 0 36 146 Bassoon 1 0 71 210 Melo Tom 1 1 0 118 019 Harpsichord 1 0 7 083 Slap Bass 1 1 0 37 147 Clarinet 1 0 72 211 Melo Tom 2 1 1 020 Coupled Hps 2 1 084 Slap Bass 2 2 0 38 148 Pic
95. Request Clock Commands System Real Time il All Sound Off Reset All Controllers Local On Off All Notes Off Active Sensing System Reset 120 126 127 Aux Messages 123 127 XO KX lt gt lt XOOXOO 4 OX is selectable 2 Recognized as M 1 even if Mai 3 Can be changed settings 4 Transmits when Data Transfer is excuted received Mode 1 OMNI ON POLY Mode 3 OMNI OFF POLY Mode 2 OMNI ON MONO Mode 4 OMNI OFF MONO MIDI Implementation Chart i OXO00000000000000000000000000000000 O O ci li D N Date June 4 2002 Version 1 00 Remarks Bank select Modulation Breath type Foot type Portamento time Data entry Volume Balance Panpot Expression Hold 1 Portamento Sostenuto Soft Legato Foot Switch Hold 2 Resonance Release Time Attack Time Cutoff Decay Time Vibrato Rate Vibrato Depth Vibrato Delay fot a CH General Purpose Controller 5 General Purpose Controller 6 General Purpose Controller 7 General Purpose Controller 8 Portamento control General purpose effects 1 General purpose effects 3 CC1 2 General purpose controller 1 2 CC3 4 General purpose controller 3 4 NRPN LSB MSB RPN LSB MSB Program No 1 128 5 Transmits when Data Transfer is excuted or RQ1 O Yes X No Specifications XV 2020 64 Voice Sound Module conforms to General MIDI 2 System Parts 16 Maximum Polyphon
96. Rhythm Tone s low frequencies preserving its brighter qualities When Filter Type is PKG the cutoff frequency setting determines the range of frequencies to be em phasized RES Resonance 0 127 This increases the level of the cutoff frequency to add a popular classic synth character to the sound Excessively high settings can produce oscillation causing the sound to dis tort High Level 4 4 Frequency Ul Cutoff A Segen 4 gt parameter value D A bh Y Y Y 1 A JEF a i Low x TVF VELOCITY This sets the amount of change to the original cutoff frequency in response to differences in velocity as well as the velocity response curve and velocity s effect on Resonance RES VEL SENS TVF resonance velocity sensitivity 63 63 Use this parameter when you want velocity to affect the amount of Resonance With higher settings there is a greater difference in the amount of Resonance between softly and strongly played notes Negative values reverse the direction of the change 66 Creating a Rhythm Set Parameter Value Description VEL CURVE FIXED 1 7 This selects one of seven curves that determine how keyboard playing dynamics veloc TVF cutoff velocity curve ity influence the Rhythm Tone s cutoff frequency When V Curve is set to FIXED
97. Ride Cymbal Concert Gym AAH caleo Bongo High Bongo High Door gei 61 Bongo Lo Bongo Lo Scratch 62 Mute H Conga Mute H Conga Wind Chimes elei Conga Hi Opn Conga Hi Opn Car Engine 64 Conga Lo Opn Conga Lo Opn Car Stop High Timbale High Timbale Car Pass Ca Low Timbale Low Timbale Car Crash 67 Agogo Agogo Siren 68 Agogo Agogo Train 69 Cabasa Cabasa Jetplane ei 0 Maracas Helicopter 71 g Zen Short Guiro Short Guiro Machine Gun 74 Long Guiro Long Guiro Lasergun el 5 Claves Claves Explosion 76 Woodblock Woodblock Dog Woodblock Woodblock HorseGallop M zo Mute Cuica Mute Cuica Bird 79 Open Cuica Open Cuica Rain E MuteTriangl MuteTriangl Thunder 81 OpenTriangl OpenTriangl Wind E shaker Shaker Seashore 83 Jingle Bell Jingle Bell Stream Bell Tree Bell Tree Bubble Zen Castanets Castanets 3 3 UA 86 Mute Surdo Mute Surdo ei Ba Open Surdo Open Surdo o 88 Applause O PC Program Change Number Bank Select MSB is all 120 LSB is all 0 134 Performance List USER Preset A Preset B No Name No Name No Name No Name 001 BigSweepStak 033 Symphony2020 001 BigSweepStak 001 Symphony2020 002 Suger Bell 034 Barococo 002 Suger Bell 002 Barococo 003 R amp B Kit 035 ChildrenSplt 003 R amp B Kit 003 ChildrenSplt 004 Trance Split 036 Huge Space 004 Trance Split 004 Huge Space 005 My Orchestra 037 DulcitarStk 005 My Orchestra 005 DulcitarStk 006 Road2Glass 038 NebularVoxx 006 Road2Glass 006 NebularVoxx 007 Analog
98. Roland XV 2020 Driver Installation dek and then click OK Disk dialog box will appear Click OK Nem This unit is equipped with a protection circuit A brief interval a few seconds after power up is required before the unit will operate normally NOTE If you are using Windows 98 and the Insert Disk dialog box dose not appear e en iard TEE ai please read The Insert r NIN eee ner re ASE SOS fp nip dat on Roland xv 2020 Disk dialog box does not appear Insert Roland XV 2020 Driver Installation disk aaa appear p 114 In the Copy files from area type in the selected drive and click DK E Win98 XV 2020 and click OK E SSC NOTE 98 Xv 2020 e Browse ed If the New Hardware LL Once the driver has been installed New Hardware Found dialog box will close In the SETUPINF dialog box click OK The SETUPINF dialog box will close Found dialog box does not appear re install the driver using the same procedure as described in The Insert Disk dialog box does not g ES a D o la lt E uw i 2 E fo Next you need to make the driver settings gt Settings and checking p 21 Settings and checking appear p 114 Specifying the Output Destination for MIDI Data Windows XP 2000 Me users MEM 1 Open Control Panel Depending on hou OUR Click the Windows Start button and from the menu that appears select Settings C
99. SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD SPD VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX VOX PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK PLK ETH ETH ETH ETH ETH PRC SFX BTS CMB Category No 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 ETHNIC1 2 OD Joo G 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 RHY amp SFX1 2 3 4 Voice D OQ D Q D N AN DN G D D N G G D G O G G D QO N G ND Ad PS For more information on Category refer to p 37 Key A PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO ssign LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY LY GM General MIDI No Name Voice LSB PC No Name Voice LSB PC No Name Voice LSB PC No Name Voice LSB PC 001 Piano 1 4 0 1 065 Chorus Gt 2 1 129 French Horns 2 0 61 193 Sitar 1 0 105 002
100. TVF envelope time 1 4 frequency level is reached For example T2 is the time over which L1 changes to L2 ENV LO L4 0 127 Specify the TVF envelope levels These settings specify how the cutoff frequency changes TVF envelope level 0 4 at each point relative to the standard cutoff frequency RHYTHM KEY TVA Making the Volume Change The TVA Time Variant Amplifier controls the Rhythm Tone s volume changes and stereo positioning Parameter Value Description LEVEL 0 127 This sets the Rhythm Tone s basic volume This setting is useful primarily for adjusting Rhythm tone level the volume balance between Rhythm Tones in a Rhythm Set The overall volume of the Rhythm Set is set by the Level Rhythm Set Level p 63 setting raising or lowering the Tone level settings of its individual Rhythm Tones by the selected amount VEL CURVE FIXED 1 7 This setting allows you to select from seven velocity curves that determine how the TVA level velocity curve force with which the keyboard is played is to affect the Rhythm Tone s volume When set to FIXED the Rhythm Tone s volume will not be affected by the force with which the keyboard is played DEI SE 67 ao E 5 oO D gs w o Creating a Rhythm Set Parameter Value Description VEL SENS TVA level velocity sensitivity 63 63 Use this setting when you want keyboard touch velocity t
101. Triangl Cabasa Cut Spectrum Wind Chimes TT Wood Block Mute Surdo Open Surdo Lite Kick Hybrid Kick3 Old Kick Pop Voice Wind Agogo OpHH FX 1 Anklungs OpHH FX 2 R8 Click Metronome 1 Hand Claps Rock CrCym Rock RdCym2 Cowbell Lo Crash 1 131 Rhythm Set List Rhythm Set List 2 8 Z z e w wo i w oa C2 o ETE ala ES oa i ES bai C3 d a RK oa oa R O1 SN R oa o C4 bs N O i OQ BK D Q N 5 i mg O i C5 d EN o i vi wo R C6 d F ob Ce oO a o oa C7 o D z Ce e ojo O o Preset B Group 001 XV Rock Kit Dance Kick Round Kick Rock Roll Jazz Kick Rock Ghost Verb Kick Rock PdHH Rock Kick RockStick Rock SN 1 Rock Ghost Rock SN 2 Rock Tom L Rock CIHH 1 Rock Fim L Rock CIHH 2 Rock Tom M Rock OpHH Rock Film M Rock Tom H Rock CrCym1 Rock Film H Rock RdCym1 Rock China Rock RdCym2 Tambourine Rock CrCym2 Cowbell Lo Crash Cowbell Hi Ride Bell 002 Jazz Kit JazzDry Kick Pillow Kick Jazz Swish Hybrid Kick Snare Ghost MplLmtr Kick Jazz PdHH Jazz Kick SideStick Jz SN w Ghst Jazz SN Ghst Jz SN w Rim Jazz Tom L Jazz Pedel Jazz Fim L Jazz CIHH Jazz Tom M Jazz OpHH Jazz Flm M Jazz Tom H Jazz CrCym Jazz
102. Turn VALUE Listening to Demo Songs refer to p 1 118 XV Editor Screens Page to Turn to for Info on a Parameter PATCH MODE 44 92 76 45 48 49 50 50 51 94 46 53 55 57 59 45 XV 2020 Editor Untitle X22 B WD d OU P WN FR WAVE GROUP WAVE NUMBER aa Es 11 8 DR BEN IG PRP EPP PP PPP PPP TVA 9 DEPTH BC 15 R WAVEFORM aa Sale SE dE PAN n E 07 2 ke uw gt Ee 62 92 76 45 64 94 63 64 65 68 66 67 45 N OU P WNE PPPPPPPPPPPPP 119 XV Editor Screens Page to Turn to for Info on a Parameter PERFORMANCE MODE 120 XV 2020 Editor Untitle x22 a PE EYONAUBWNE PPPPPPPPPPP 70 92 78 45 71 71 74 75 94 71 45 No Wave Name Wave Name Wave Name Wave Name Wave Name 1 StGrand pA L 2 StGrand pA R 3 StGrand pB L 4 StGrand pB R 5 StGrand pC L 6 StGrand pC R 7 StGrand fA L 8 StGrand fA R 9 StGrand fB L 10 StGrand fB R 11 StGrand fC L 12 StGrand fC R 13 Ac Piano2 pA 14 Ac Piano2 pB 15 Ac Piano2 pC 16 Ac Piano2 fA 17 Ac Piano2 fB 18 Ac Piano2 fC 19 Ac Piano1 A 20 Ac Piano1 B 21 Ac Piano1 C 22 Piano Thump 23 Piano Up TH 24 Piano Atk 25 MKS 20 P3 A 26 MKS 20 P3 B 27 MKS 20 P3 C 28 SA Rhodes 1A 29 SA Rhodes 1B 30 SA Rhodes 1C
103. With looped waveforms the latter part of the sound plays over and over for as long as the note is held allowing wave memory to be used more efficiently The XV 2020 s looped waveforms also include components of other sounds such as piano string resonant vibrations and the hollow overtones of brass instruments The following diagram shows an example of a sound an electric organ that combines one shot and looped waveforms TVA ENV for looped Organ TVA ENV for one shot Key waveform sustain portion click waveform attack portion Resulting TVA ENV change kay off key off Notes for editing one shot waveforms You cannot give a one shot waveform a longer decay or make it into a sustaining sound by using an envelope If you were to program such an envelope you would be attempting to shape a portion of the sound that simply doesn t exist and the envelope would have no effect Notes for editing looped waveforms With many acoustic instruments such as piano and sax extreme timbral changes occur during the first few moments of each note This initial attack is what defines much of the instrument s character The XV 2020 provides a variety of waveforms containing realistic acoustic instrument attacks To obtain the maximum realism when using these waveforms it s best to leave the filter wide open during the attack so that all of these important timbral changes are heard If you use an envelope to modify the attack portion you may not
104. You cannot edit every parameter using the XV 2020 alone For details regarding the parameters that you can edit using only this device refer to the List of Parameters That Can Be Affected Using the XV 2020 p 117 Connecting the XV 2020 to your computer with a USB cable requires installation of the USB driver gt For Those Using a Computer p 13 For more on installing XV Editor gt Refer to p 30 The mode indicators change from solidly lit to flashing whenever a parameter is edited If you turn off the power or choose another Patch Rhythm set Performance while the indicator is blinked you new Patch Rhythm set Performance settings will be lost If you wish to preserve them save the changed settings using the Write operation p 92 Creating a Patch How a Patch Is Organized The type of sound most commonly played on the XV 2020 is called a Patch Each Patch can contain up to four Tones Patch Tone Tone Tone Tone 1 2 3 4 Example 1 A Patch consisting of only one Tone Example 2 A Patch consisting of four Tones Tones 2 4 are turned off You can turn the Tones in a Patch on or off Only Tones that are turned on are heard when you play the Patch p 45 You can also set the structure of a Patch to specify how Tones 1 and 2 and Tones 3 and 4 are combined p 48 How a Tone Is Organized Tones are the smallest programmable unit of sound on the XV 2020 and are the basic building blocks th
105. a Digital signature not found dialog box will appear Hardware Installation If What action do you want Windows to take is set to Warn Roland Xv 2020 has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility 8 D with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important 1 Click Co nti nue A nyway Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly 2 8 Continue the installation recommends that you stop this installation now and di contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing The software you are installing for this hardware D om D E 55 25 g2 85 E KO _ S ra Continue Anyway STOP Installation Hardware Installation If What action do you want Windows to The software you are installing for this hardware take is set to Block Pekeng 2 has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important 1 Click OK This hardware will not be installed Contact your system administrator 2 When the Found New Hardware Wizard appears click Finish 3 Perform the installation as described in the Troubleshooting section on Device Manager shows or USB Composite Device p 114 Next you need to make the
106. and if you are using Windows close the Sound and Multimedia Properties dialog box Multimedia Properties in Windows 98 re open the same dialog box once again and specify the MIDI input output destinations Using the procedure for Deleting the USB MIDI Driver p 23 delete the USB audio device driver installed in your computer and then re install the XV 2020 driver as described in Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows p 13 Also check whether there is any Unknown device in Other devices or Universal Serial Bus Controllers If you find any delete them Is OMS or FreeMIDI installed The XV 2020 driver cannot be installed unless OMS or FreeMIDI are installed Please install OMS or FreeMIDI OMS gt p 25 FreeMIDI gt p 28 XV 2020 is not detected when making OMS or FreeMIDI settings Is the XV 2020 detected Turn the power of the XV 2020 off then on again Reconnect the USB cable If other USB devices are connected connect only the XV 2020 It is possible that the Macintosh did not correctly detect and initialize the XV 2020 Leave the XV 2020 s USB cable connected and restart your Macintosh If it is still not detected shut down your Macintosh and then restart it The XV 2020 will not be detected if it is connected to the USB connector on the Macintosh keyboard Please connect the XV 2020 to a USB connector on the Macintosh itself Troubleshooting An Unknown driver found d
107. byte 3rd byte BnH 7CH 00H n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 The same processing will be carried out as when All Notes Off is received OMNI ON Controller number 125 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte p BnH 7DH 00H 2 n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 3 The same processing will be carried out as when All Notes Off is received OMNI ON 2 will not be turned on a MONO Controller number 126 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 7EH mmH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 mm mono number 00H 10H 0 16 The same processing will be carried out as when All Notes Off is received In Performance mode the Part Mono Poly parameter Performance Part will change POLY Controller number 127 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 7FH 00H n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 The same processing will be carried out as when All Notes Off is received In Performance mode the Part Mono Poly parameter Performance Part will change 139 MIDI Implementation mSystem Realtime Message Timing Clock Status F8H Active Sensing Status FEH When Active Sensing is received the unit will begin monitoring the intervals of all further messages While monitoring if the interval between messages exceeds 420 ms the same processing will be carried out as when All Sounds Off All Notes Off and Reset All Controllers are received and message interval monitoring will be halted 140 m
108. can choose a separate Wave Number Left waveform for the XV 2020 s left and right channels WAVE NUMBER R For monaural tones assign a waveform to the L channel No Wave Number Right sound will be heard if a waveform is set for only the R channel TONE DELAY This produces a time delay between the moment a key is pressed or released and the moment the Tone actually begins to sound Since you can adjust the timing of each Tone in a Patch you can create effects in which pressing a single key produces two or more sounds occurring at different times If you don t wish to use Tone Delay set Tone Dly to NORMAL and Tone Delay Time to 0 TONE DELAY MODE NORMAL HOLD KEY OFF NOR Sets the manner in which the Tone sounds KEY OFF DCY If you ve selected a Wave that is a decay type sound 1 e a sound that fades away naturally even if the key is not released selecting KEY OFF NOR or KEY OFF DCY may result in no sound being heard NORMAL The Tone sounds after the HOLD The Tone will only sound if the key is held for longer specified Delay Time than the specified Delay Time If the key is released before the Delay Time has elapsed the Tone will not sound Delay i Tone does i Delay Time Time not sound A A press key release key press key release key press key release key KEY OFF NOR The Tone doesn t KEY OFF DCY The Tone doesn t sound while the key is be sound while the key is being pressed but ing pressed but sounds after t
109. co oO N ri i w m C2 d zs T ES Le ES oa ES bai i C3 ES a o O1 O1 mm i O1 kdi R oa o C4 Q o z o D Se oo YI 2 Q 9 C5 Cat T i 2 F wo C6 Q Oo GM GM2 Group 001 PC 1 GM2 STANDARD High Q Slap ScratchPush ScratchPull Sticks SquareClick Mumm Click Mumm Bell Mix Kick 002 PC 9 GM2 ROOM High Q Slap ScratchPush ScratchPull Sticks SquareClick Mtrnm Click Mtrnm Bell Mix Kick Rhythm Set List 003 PC 17 GM2 POWER High Q Slap ScratchPush ScratchPull Sticks SquareClick Mtrnm Click Mumm Bell Mix Kick 004 PC 25 GM2 ELECTRIC High Q Slap ScratchPush ScratchPull Sticks SquareClick Mumm Click Mumm Bell Mix Kick 005 PC 26 GM2 ANALOG High Q Slap ScratchPush ScratchPull Sticks SquareClick Mtrnm Click Mtrnm Bell Mix Kick 006 PC 33 GM2 JAZZ High Q Slap ScratchPush ScratchPull Sticks SquareClick Mtrnm Click Mumm Bell Jazz Kick 2 Standard KK1 Side Stick Standard SN1 909 HandClap Elec Snare 3 Real Tom 6 Close HiHat2 Real Tom 6 Pedal HiHat2 Real Tom 4 Open HiHat2 Real Ride Cymbal ChinaCymbal Ride Bell Tambourine Splash Cym Cowbell Crash Cym 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal Standard KK1 Side Stick Standard SN1
110. effect Chorus or Reverb effect can be set for each Patch or Rhythm Set You cannot apply differing types of Multi effects Chorus or Reverb to each of the Tones or Rhythm Tones comprising the Patch or Rhythm Set Basic Process of Making Effects Settings When applying effects in Patch Rhythm Set mode the following procedure is used to make the settings 1 Setting the Output Method of the Direct Sound Output Assign gt p 78 Settings determining whether or not the signal passes through the Multi effects the jack used to output the sound and the type of output stereo or mono are made for each individual Patch or Rhythm Set or each Tone or Rhythm Tone 2 Setting the Amount of Each Effect Applied Send Level gt p 78 Set the level volume of each effect signal to be sent for each Tone or Rhythm Tone 3 Making Multi Effects Settings gt p 80 Select the type of Multi effects to be used and set the parameters for the selected Multi effect 4 Setting the Multi Effects Controller gt p 78 When using MIDI messages to change the Multi effects parameters in realtime select the Multi effects controller 5 Setting the Output Destination and Volume for the Sounds Passing Through the Multi Effects gt p 80 Select the output jack and set the output level volume of the sounds passing through the Multi effects You can also apply Chorus or Reverb to the sound that passes through Multi effects 6 Making Chorus S
111. effects by employing an LFO to change the cutoff frequency cyclically LPF2 Low Pass Filter 2 This reduces the volume of all frequencies above the cutoff frequency This differs from LPF in that you can control the amount of the reduction using the TVF ENVELOPE settings while still maintaining a fixed cutoff frequency This can be very effective with acoustic instrument based Tones since nothing is done to weaken the power and energy of the sound This disables the Resonance setting LPF3 Low Pass Filter 3 reduces the volume of frequencies above the cutoff frequency While similar to LPF2 it filter reduces the frequencies more gently than LPF2 This can be very effective with acoustic instrument based Tones since nothing is done to weak en the power and energy of the sound This disables the Resonance setting CUTOFF Cutoff frequency 0 127 This selects the frequency at which the filter begins to have an effect on the waveform s frequency components With LPF LPF2 LPF3 selected for the Filter Type parameter lower cutoff frequency settings reduce a Rhythm Tone s upper harmonics for a more rounded warmer sound Higher settings make it sound brighter When Filter Type is BPF the cutoff frequency setting determines the range of frequencies within the Rhythm Tone that will be heard This can be useful when creating distinctive sounds When Filter Type is HPF higher settings of the cutoff frequency decrease the lev el of the
112. is possible that the power has been turned off for the computer connected to the XV 2020 s USB connector Check the power of the connected computer It is possible that a USB cable has been pulled out or has a short Check the USB cable List of Parameters That Can Be Affected Using the XV 2020 Switching modes Mode Page Procedure Patch Play Mode p 35 Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up Performance Part Play Mode p 38 Press VALUE to make the PATCH RHYTHM and PERFORM indicators light Performance Play Mode p 38 Press VALUE to make the PERFORM indicator lights up Rhythm Play Mode p 35 Press VALUE to make the RHYTHM indicator lights up GM Play Mode p 96 Press VALUE to make the GM indicator lights up Patch Edit Mode p 44 In Patch Play Mode while holding down VOLUME press VALUE p Performance Edit Mode 70 In Performance Play Mode and Performance Part Play Mode while holding down VOLUME press VALUE Rhythm Edit Mode p 62 In Rhythm Play Mode while holding down VOLUME press VALUE GM Edit Mode p 96 In GM Play Mode while holding down VOLUME press VALUE SYSTEM parameter GE 23 px Parameter Page Procedure CS Master Tune p 94 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE 5 S Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose the parameter you want to set gt g Turn VALUE to select the desired setting
113. make sure to read the instructions below and the Owner s Manual tions on the unit or its AC adaptor The only exception would be where this manual provides specific instructions which should be followed in order to put in place user installable options see p 12 Do not attempt to repair the unit or replace parts S within it except when this manual provides specific instructions directing you to do so Refer all servicing to your retailer the nearest Roland Service Center or an authorized Roland distributor as listed on the Information page Do not open or perform any internal modifica Q Never use or store the unit in places that are e Subject to temperature extremes e g direct Lei sunlight in an enclosed vehicle near a heating duct on top of heat generating equipment or iN are e Damp e g baths washrooms on wet floors or are e Humid or are e Exposed to rain or are Dusty or are e Subject to high levels of vibration This unit should be used only with a rack or stand that is recommended by Roland AN The A symbol alerts the user to important instructions or warnings The specific meaning of the symbol is determined by the design contained within the triangle In the case of the symbol at left it is used for general cautions warnings or alerts to danger The symbol alerts the user to items that must never be carried out are forbidden The specific thing that
114. maximum For more on how to set each effect refer to the pages shown below MEMO Multi effects gt p 80 Chorus gt p 81 Reverb gt p 81 79 Using the XV 2020 Effects Multi Effects Parameter PATCH RHYTHM MFX PERFORM MFX Multi Effects Settings Parameter Value Description TYPE Multi Effects Type 00 THROUGH 40 Use this parameter to select from among the 40 available Multi effects For details on Multi effects parameters refer to Multi Effects Parameters p 82 Multi Effects Reverb Send Level SEND LEVEL DRY 0 127 Adjusts the volume of the sound that has passed through the Multi effects Multi Effects Dry Send Level SEND LEVEL CHO 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Chorus for the sound that passes through Multi ef Multi Effects Chorus Send Level fects If you don t want to add the Chorus effect set it to 0 SEND LEVEL REV 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Reverb for the sound that passes through Multi ef fects If you don t want to add the Reverb effect set it to 0 CONTROL SOURCE 1 4 Multi Effects Control Source OFF CC01 31 CC33 95 BEND AFTER SYS1 4 Selects the Control Source to be used for changing the Multi effects param eters DESTINATION 1 4 Multi Effects Control Destination 1 4 Refer to Multi Effects Parameters p 82 Selects the Multi effects parameter to be controlled using Ctrl Src 1 4 The param
115. must not be done is indicated by the design contained within the circle In the case of the symbol at left it means that the unit must never be disassembled The symbol alerts the user to things that must be carried out The specific thing that must be done is indicated by the design contained within the circle In the case of the symbol at left it means that the power cord plug must be unplugged from the outlet e When using the unit with a rack or stand recom mended by Roland the rack or stand must be carefully placed so it is level and sure to remain stable If not using a rack or stand you still need to make sure that any location you choose for placing the unit provides a level surface that will properly support the unit and keep it from wobbling the unit Also make sure the line voltage at the installation matches the input voltage specified on the AC adaptor s body Other AC adaptors may use a different polarity or be designed for a different voltage so their use could result in damage malfunction or electric shock Be sure to use only the AC adaptor supplied with O Do not excessively twist or bend the power cord nor place heavy objects on it Doing so can S damage the cord producing severed elements and short circuits Damaged cords are fire and shock hazards amplifier and headphones or speakers may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss Do not operate
116. out any high frequencies set au this parameter to BYPASS 7 Balance W z2 Dly Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be og D0 100W tween the sound sent through the Rin R out delay W and the sound that s not Mix Balance D sent through the delay D 5 Level 0 127 Output level Parameter Value Description Enhancer Sens 0 127 Sensitivity of the enhancer Enhancer Mix 0 127 Level of the overtones generated by the enhancer Cho Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Cho Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Cho Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the chorus is heard Cho Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be D0 100W tween the sound sent through the chorus W and the sound that s not sent through the cho rus D Level 0 127 Output level 89 Using the XV 2020 Effects 33 ENHANCER gt FLANGER 35 CHORUS gt DELAY Balance D Balance D Lin L out Lin J Balance W CY Balance W Rin R out Rin Mix Balance D Balance D Balance D Parameter Value Description Parameter Value Description Cho Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Enhancer Sens 0 127 Sensitivity of the enhancer Cho Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Enhancer Mix 0 127 Level of the overtones generated Cho Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the cho by the enhancer rus is heard Flg Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation
117. p 73 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE Wi PART REVERB SEND LEVEL p 79 PART CHORUS SEND LEVEL p 73 9 Output Assign Voice Reserve PART DRY SEND LEVEL p 73 Reverb Send PART TYPE PATCH RHYTHM p 72 Se PERFORMANCE MEX SOURCE p 80 T 117 List of Parameters That Can Be Affected Using the XV 2020 RHYTHM parameter Parameter Page Procedure LEVEL p 63 Press VALUE to make the RHYTHM indicator lights up gt OUTPUT ASSIGN p 63 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose the parameter you want to set gt Level Turn VALUE to select the desired setting gt Output Assign While holding down VOLUME press VALUE GM parameter Parameter Page Procedure PART LEVEL p 98 Press VALUE to make the GM indicator lights up gt Level Pan PART PAN p 98 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt We Ee E P Tum CATEGORY BANK to choose the parameter you ee Sena PART FINE TUNE p 98 want to set 5 chore send ry Sen PART TYPE PATCH RHYTHM p 98 Turn VALUE to select the desired setting gt PEN MEX Ea P98 While holding down VOLUME VALUE REVERB SEND LEVEL p 97 eee ee rer i CHORUS SEND LEVEL p 97 DRY SEND LEVEL p 97 UTILITY parameter Heading Page Procedure Patch Rhythm Set Performance p 92 While holding down VOLUME press V
118. right ward Negative settings cause them to be panned leftward Pan RANDOM PAN DEPTH 0 63 Use this parameter to activate random panning note by note Higher values result in Tone Random Pan Depth more extreme fluctuations in the Tone s stereo placement ALT PAN DEPTH L63 63R This setting causes panning to be alternated between left and right each time a key is Tone Alternate Pan Depth pressed Higher values result in a greater left right width You can select the stereo placement of the first key using this parameter its opposite is used for the second note and so on back and forth If you want to alternate the pan position of two Tones set them to the exact opposite L and R settings TVA ENVELOPE This specifies the manner in which keyboard ve locity affects the times of the TVA envelope Ti T2 T3 T4 Level Time key is pressed key is released ENV TIME KF 100 100 Use this parameter when you want a note s keyboard position to affect times T2 T4 of TVA Envelope Time Key follow the TVA envelope Higher settings change the times by a greater amount as you move away from Middle C C4 at Middle C the original T1 T4 settings are in effect Pos itive settings cause the times to shorten as you play above Middle C Negative settings cause the times to lengthen as you play above Middle C p 55 ENV T1 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics to affec
119. song data is played back in the Patch mode only the sound of a single Part is played Change to the Performance mode then play the song data p 39 e Is the MIDI receive channel correct Make sure that the MIDI transmit channel of the connected device matches the receive channel of the XV 2020 p 35 e Are the Tone Patch and Part level settings excessively low Check the level settings of each Tone Patch and each Part Patch p 46 Part p 72 e Are Tones or Parts turned off Check the on off settings of each Tone and each Part Tone p 46 Part p 71 e Are the key range settings correct Check the key range settings of each Tone and each Part Tone p 49 Part p 73 e Has the volume been lowered by volume expression messages received from an external device The volume will return to normal when the power is turned on once again e Are the effect settings correct Check settings such as Effect On Off p 76 and Effect Balance and Level p 76 e Are the output destination settings correct Check the Output Assign and MFX Output Assign settings p 80 e Is MIDI USB Thru turned on Turn the MIDI USB Thru parameter off or turn on the MIDI Thru parameter in the connected computer p 95 e Is the specified Wave Expansion Board properly installed EXP A B patches and rhythm sets cannot be selected unless the Wave Expansion Board is installed in the designated slot p 105 Pitch is wrong e Is the Master Tune setting cor
120. sparkle and brightness to the sound frequency rotor to reach the new ly selected speed when switch ing between fast and slow te speeds Lower values result in Lin rao out Inger transitions Mix Low Level 0 127 Volume of the low frequency ro tor Rin e R out High Slow 0 05 10 00 Hz Settings for the high frequency Mi EQ High Fast 0 05 10 00 Hz rotor High Accel 0 15 ana a SCH as for Parameter Value Description High Level 0 127 Ge Sens 0 127 Sensitivity of the enhancer Separation 0 127 Stereo width of the sound Mix 0 127 Level of the overtones generated by the Level 0 127 Output level enhancer Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range of fre quencies High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range of fre quencies Level 0 127 Output level 83 oi si gt x o lt D n D Effects Using the XV 2020 Effects 9 COMPRESSOR Flattens out high levels and boosts low levels smoothing out fluctuations in volume Lin gt L out LI Pan L CY Pan R Rin gt R out Parameter Value Description Attack 0 127 Sets the speed at which compression starts Sustain 0 127 Sets the duration of the compression Post Gain 0 6 12 18 dB Adjusts the output gain Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Level 0 127 Output level Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the COMPRES
121. the cutoff frequency remains unchanged regardless of how hard or soft the keys are played VEL SENS 63 63 RE sets the amount of MN to de ai setting to int as a result of changes TVF cutoff velocity sensitivity in playing velocity With higher settings there is a greater amount of change between softly and strongly played notes Negative settings reverse the direction of change TVF ENVELOPE These parameters determine the amount of filter enveloping changes to your original cutoff frequency setting that occur over time the effect of velocity on the TVF envelope and the basic characteristics of the TVF envelope itself Cutoff Frequency key is s ig GR pressed released ENV DEPTH 63 63 This adjusts the amount of filter enveloping Higher settings produce more change Neg TVF envelope depth ative values invert the effect of the TVF envelope ENV VEL CURVE FIXED 1 7 This selects one of seven velocity curves that determine how velocity will affect the depth TVF envelope velocity curve of the TVF Envelope The selected curve is displayed graphically to the right of its value When set to FIXED the TVF envelope depth remains unchanged regardless of how hard or soft you play ENV VEL SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics velocity to affect the depth TVF envelope velocity of the TVF Envelope With higher settings there is a greater difference in the TVF envelope sensitivity dep
122. the XV 2020 and any amp or mixer that is connected turned down to the lowest settings 2 Press XV 2020 s POWER to turn on the power 3 Turn on the power to connected external devices Turning Off the Power 1 Before turning off the power confirm the following Are the volume levels on the XV 2020 and any amp or mixer that is connected turned down to the lowest settings e Have you saved your data including data for any sounds you have created p 92 2 Turn off the power to connected external devices 3 Press XV 2020 s POWER to turn off the power Restoring the Factory Settings Factory Reset When using the XV 2020 for the first time start by returning the settings to their factory defaults so that the XV 2020 operates as described in the procedures in the owner s manual This returns all settings stored in memory in the XV 2020 to the values they had when the unit was shipped from the factory Roland XV 2022 D gt sax Expansion jajo RX CH BLUE sn one BANK e PHONES VOLUME MDI tue O mm GTR BS PERFORM Oz LI LI I Laya RHYTHM MIN MAX 0 USB MIDI PREVIE PUSH RHYASEX GM 1 1 3 4 5 2 1 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE The indication in the display begins flashing and the mode changes 2 Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose PIANO UTILITY 3 Rotate VALUE until Fct appears in the display 4 Press VALUE Sur flashes in the display and a confirmation
123. to set up your external MIDI controller refer to its owner s manual 2 Operate the external MIDI device adjust its controls play its sequencer etc to send the desired MIDI messages As sound changes occur displayed parameter values reflect the changes you make 104 About RPN RPN Registered Parameter Number is an extended MIDI message activated by a previous Control Change message Use an RPN when you want to remotely change the XV 2020 s Pitch or Pitch Bend range settings An RPN has an superior part RPN MSB and a subordinate part RPN LSB The RPN MSB Control Number 101 informs the XV 2020 that an RPN setting is to follow and the RPN LSB Control Number 100 value tells the XV 2020 which parameter is to be set Finally a Data Entry Control Change 6 message sets the desired value Once the XV 2020 has received an RPN parameter all further Data Entry messages on that MIDI channel are applied to that parameter In order to prevent accidental changes once the desired setting has been made for the parameter we recommend that RPN be set to Null For example to raise the pitch of a certain Part by one half step semitone send the following Control Change message from the external MIDI device Controller number 100 value 0 Controller number 101 value 2 Controller number 6 value 65 Controller number 100 value 127 lt RPN null Controller number 101 value 127 l
124. untouched will exit and installation will continue A dialog box will indicate Installation completed Click Restart to restart your Macintosh Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer 1 With the XV 2020 s power switch turned off connect it to the AC adaptor 2 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC power outlet 3 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer Switch ON the XV 2020 s Power switch NOTE This unit is equipped with a protection circuit A brief interval a few seconds after power up is required before the unit will operate normally For Those Using a Computer FreeMIDI settings 6 To prevent malfunction 1 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 and your Macintosh and or damage to speakers or other devices always Computer turn down the volume and USB cable SE turn off the power on all 5 gt ww S devices before making any 3 XV 2020 connections 8 If using a computer that is not equipped with a USB connector refer to p 30 NOTE x 8 If you are using the XV 2 Open the FreeMIDI Applications folder and double click the 2020 with a sequencer do not disconnect the MIDI FreeMIDI Setup icon FreeMIDI Setup cable connected to the XV 3 The first time FreeMIDI is started up a Welcome to FreeMIDI dialog box will 2020 while a song is appear Click Continue playing back If this
125. v Make this action the system default Exit all currently running software applications Also close any open windows If you are using virus checking or similar software be sure to exit it as well Prepare the CD ROM Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of your computer Open the Run dialog box Click the Windows start button From the menu that appears select Run A If you are using Windows XP Professional you must log on using a user name with an administrative account type e g Administrator For details on user accounts please consult the system administrator of your computer NEM Depending on how your system is set up the System icon may be displayed directly in the Control Panel the Classic display In this case double click the System icon NEMO If you changed What action do you want Windows to take in step 4 you must restore the previous setting after you have installed the driver p 17 MED In this manual the location of folders and files is given in terms of the file path using as the delimiter For example XV 2020 SETUPINF EXE indicates the SETUPINF EXE file found in the XV 2020 folder 9 Inthe dialog box that appears input the following into the Open field and click OK E Win2000 XV 2020 SETUPINF EXE The drive name E may be different for your system Specify the drive name of your CD ROM drive 10 T
126. 0 System Common 1 2 1 O1 4 Temporary Patch Rhythm Offset I I Address Description I I 2 00 00 00 Temporary Patch 1 4 1 10 00 00 Temporary Rhythm Bee bes O1 3 Performance offset I I I Address Description I I 00 00 00 Performance Common 1 3 1 I 00 02 00 Performance Common MFX I 00 04 00 Performance Common Chorus I 00 06 00 Performance Common Reverb I 00 10 00 Performance MIDI Channel 1 1 3 5 I 00 11 00 Performance MIDI Channel 2 I I I I 00 1F 00 Performance MIDI Channel 16 I I 00 20 00 Performance Part Part 1 1 3 6 I 00 21 00 Performance Part Part 2 I I Sat I I 00 2F 00 Performance Part Part 16 I O1 4 1 Patch Offset Address Description e Sch 00 00 00 Patch Common Steck 00 02 00 Patch Common MFX 1 4 1 2 00 04 00 Patch Common Chorus e mg Hl 00 06 00 Patch Common Reverb 1 4 1 4 00 10 00 Patch TMT Tone Mix Table 14 1 5 00 20 00 Patch Tone Tone 1 1 4 1 6 00 22 00 Patch Tone Tone 2 I 00 24 00 Patch Tone Tone 3 I 00 26 00 Patch Tone Tone 4 O1 4 2 Rhythm Offset l Address Description I 00 00 00 Rhythm Common 1 ha 00 02 00 Rhythm Common MFX te ge 00 04 00 Rhythm Common Chorus Sites 00 06 00 Rhythm Commo
127. 00 20 0000 O0aa Tone Control 3 Switch 2 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 21 0000 OOaa Tone Control 3 Switch 3 0 2k OFF ON REVERSE 00 22 0000 00aa Tone Control 3 Switch 4 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 23 0000 O0aa Tone Control 4 Switch 1 0 21 OFF ON REVERSE 00 24 0000 00aa Tone Control 4 Switch 2 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 25 0000 00aa Tone Control 4 Switch 3 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 26 0000 00aa Tone Control 4 Switch 4 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE I l 00 27 0000 OOaa Wave Group Type 0 3 INT SR JV80 SRX SAMPLE lt gt 13 00 28 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece ng I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l I Fi I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I mg I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l I I I I I I I I I I I I MIDI Implementation 0000 dddd Wave Group ID 0 16384 I I I CHS l I OFF 1 16384 1 00 7C 0000 aaaa l 00 2C 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb LFO2 Rate 0 149 0000 bbbb I 0 127 MUSICAL NOTES 0000 cccc l 00 7E 0000 Oaaa LFO2 Offset 0 4 0000 dddd Wave Number L Mono 0 16384 100 50 0 50 100 l I OFF 1 16384 l 00 7F
128. 00 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb 1 00 75 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 2 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 26 12768 52768 It 00 OB 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 1 00 79 0000 aaaa l 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 3 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 27 12768 52768 00 OF 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 1 00 7D 0000 aaaa l 0000 cece I l 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 4 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 28 12768 52768 1 00 13 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 1 01 01 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 5 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 29 12768 52768 D 00 17 0000 aaaa I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb l 1 01 05 0000 aaaa 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 6 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 14 00 1B 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 7 12768
129. 0000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 1 12768 52768 1 00 35 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb 00 08 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 10 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 2 12768 52768 00 39 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 OC 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 11 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 3 12768 52768 1 00 3D 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 10 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 12 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 4 12768 52768 1 00 41 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb 00 14 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc I 0000 bbbb 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 13 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 5 12768 52768 1 00 45 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 00 18 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 14 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Paramet
130. 0C Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Wave Fine Tune 14 114 Start I I I I 50 50 Address Description I 01 OD Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Wave Pan 0 127 I I l L64 63R 40 01 10 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 1 0 24 l 01 OE 0000 000a WMT4 Wave Random Pan Switch 0 1 40 01 11 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 2 0 24 I I l OFF ON l 40 01 12 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 3 0 24 01 OF 0000 OOaa WMT4 Wave Alternate Pan Switch 0 2 40 01 13 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 4 0 24 I I l OFF ON REVERSE 40 01 14 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 5 0 24 01 10 Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Wave Level 0 127 40 01 15 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 6 0 24 01 11 Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 40 01 16 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 7 0 24 I l 1 UPPER 40 01 17 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 8 0 24 01 12 Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 40 01 18 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 9 0 24 I I l LOWER 127 40 01 19 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 10 0 24 l 01 13 Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 40 01 1A Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 11 0 24 01 14 Oaaa aaaa WMT4 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 40 01 1B Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 12 0 24 I H I 40 01 1C Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 13 0 24 l 01 15 000a aaaa Pitch Env Depth 52 76 40 01 1D Oaaa a
131. 0H p 49 31H LU 81 51H Q 113 71H 1 q 50 32H 2 82 52H R 114 72H x 51 33H 3 83 53H S 115 73H s 52 34H 4 84 54H T 116 74H t 53 3541 SU 85 55H U 117 75H u 54 36H 6 86 56H V ll 118 76H v 55 378 7 l 87 S7H W 119 77H w 56 38H 8 88 58H X 120 78H x 57 39H 9 89 59H Y 121 79H y 58 3AH 90 SAH Z 122 7AH z 59 3BH 7 l 91 SBH 123 7BH 60 3CH lt 92 SCH VI 124 nl 61 3DH 93 SDH 125 WHI 62 3EH gt 94 SER 63 3FH zU 95 SFHI _ An D decimal H hexadecimal SP is space 160 SYNTHESIZER MODULE Model XV 2020 Default Changed Basic Channel Default Messages Altered x x Mode 3 4 M 1 kk kkk kkk kkk kkk Note x Number True Voice FTO II IK Note On Velocity Note Off Key s Channel s Pitch Bend 4 Control Change Tone 1 Level Tone 2 Level Tone 3 Level Tone 4 Level Reverb 93 Chorus 1 5 7 31 64 95 3 1 5 7 31 64 95 3 98 99 100 101 O x x X O O O X O x x O X x x x O O O O O O O O X x x x x O O X X x O O Program Change kk kkk kkk kkk kk True Number System Exclusive Song Position Song Select Tune
132. 1 Make sure that the Patch Rhythm Set Performance you wish to save is selected While holding down VOLUME press VALUE Turn CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY PIANO Powe IN Rotate VALUE until wrt H appears in the display 5 Press VALUE to display the write destination Patch Rhythm Set Performance number 6 Rotate VALUE to select the write destination Patch Rhythm Set Performance number 7 When you press VALUE Sur flashes in the display and a screen asking you to confirm whether or not you want to save appears 8 Press VALUE to save the Patch To cancel the procedure while holding down VOLUME and pressing VALUE When you save a Performance only the Performance settings are saved Settings for the Patches and Rhythm Sets assigned to Parts are not saved even when these are changed You cannot save GM Bank Patch and Rhythm Set settings Saving with the Included XV Editor When using XV Editor included with the XV 2020 you can click WRITE to save data To load saved Patches Rhythm Sets Performances click READ Initializing a Sound INITIALIZE This feature resets all of the parameters in the current Patch Performance Rhythm Set or Rhythm Tone to their standard INITIALIZE When you play a Patch Performance Rhythm Set or Rhythm Tone you re actually playing it from the XV 2020 s Temporary memory the Patch Perfor
133. 10 11 20022200 00 00 00 31 2 F7 a 3 4 5 address data checksum 6 1 Exclusive Status 2 ID Roland 3 Device ID 17 4 Model ID XV 2020 5 Command ID RQ1 6 End of Exclusive Then calculate the checksum 20H 02H 22H 00H 00H 00H 00H 31H 32 2 34 0 0 0 0 49 117 sum 117 sum 128 0 quotient 117 remainder checksum 128 117 remainder 11 0BH This means that F0 41 10 00 10 11 20 02 22 00 00 00 00 31 OB F7 is the message should be sent lt Example3 gt Getting Temporary Performance data RQ1 According to the Parameter Address Map p 146 the start address of Temporary Performance is assigned as following 10 00 00 00H Temporary Performance Common 10 00 20 00H Temporary Performance Part 1 10 00 2F 00H Temporary Performance Part 16 As the data size of Performance Controller is 00 00 00 31H summation of the size and the start address of Temporary Performance Part 16 will be 10 00 2F OOH 00 00 00 31H 10 00 2F 31H And the size that have to be got should be 10 00 2F 31H 10 00 00 00H 00 00 2F 31H Therefore the system exclusive message should be sent is FO 41 10 0010 11 10000000 00 00 2F 31 2 F7 1 2 3 4 5 address data checksum 6 E s E E 2 Si e gt 1 Exclusive Status 2 ID Roland 3 Device ID 17 4 Model ID XV 2020 5 Command ID RQ1 6 End of Exclusive Calculating the checksum as s
134. 127 I 64 63 00 14 Oaaa aaaa Part Release Time Offset CC 72 0 127 I 64 63 I 00 15 0000 Oaaa Part Octave Shift 61 67 3 43 00 16 Oaaa aaaa Part Velocity Sens Offset 1 127 63 63 00 17 Oaaa aaaa Keyboard Range Lower 0 127 C 1 UPPER 00 18 Oaaa aaaa Keyboard Range Upper 0 127 LOWER G9 00 19 Oaaa aaaa Keyboard Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 1A Oaaa aaaa Keyboard Fade Width Upper 0 127 I 00 1B 0000 000a Mute Switch 0 1 OFF MUTE I 00 1C Oaaa aaaa Part Dry Send Level 0 127 00 1D Oaaa aaaa Part Chorus Send Level CC 93 0 127 00 1E Oaaa aaaa Part Reverb Send Level CC 91 0 127 00 1F 0000 aaaa Part Output Assign 0 13 MEN A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt I Da By Bete ACES Bate GOD TEN BUD PATCH I 00 20 0000 00aa Part Output MFX Select 0 2 MFXA MFXB lt gt MFXC lt gt I 00 21 Oaaa aaaa Part Decay Time Offset CC 75 0 127 64 63 I 00 22 Oaaa aaaa Part Vibrato Rate CC 76 0 127 64 63 00 23 Oaaa aaaa Part Vibrato Depth CC 77 0 127 64 63 I 00 24 Oaaa aaaa Part Vibrato Delay CC 78 0 127 64 63 I 00 25 Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for C 0 127 64 63 00 2
135. 16384 00 48 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT2 Wave Number R 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 4C 0000 O0aa WMT2 Wave Gain 0 3 I I 0 6 12 dB 00 4D 0000 000a WMT2 Wave FXM Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 4E 0000 OOaa WMT2 Wave FXM Color 0 3 I I 1 4 00 4F 000a aaaa WMT2 Wave FXM Depth KO 167 00 50 0000 000a WMT2 Wave Tempo Sync 0 1 OFF ON 00 51 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Wave Coarse Tune 16 112 I I 48 48 00 52 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Wave Fine Tune 14 114 I I 50 50 00 53 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Wave Pan 0 127 I I L64 63R 00 54 0000 000a WMT2 Wave Random Pan Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 55 0000 O0aa WMT2 Wave Alternate Pan Switch 0 2 OFF ON REVERSE 00 56 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Wave Level 0 127 00 57 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 1 UPPER 00 58 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 l 00 59 Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 5A Oaaa aaaa WMT2 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 00 5B 0000 000a WMT3 Wave Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 5C 0000 O0aa WMT3 Wave Group Type 0 3 INT SR JV80 SRX SAMPLE lt gt 00 5D 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT3 Wave Group ID O 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 61 0000 aaaa I
136. 2 gt we get a message of FO 41 10 00 10 11 10 00 00 00 04 71 3F 41 7B F7 to be transmitted 159 MIDI Implementation The Scale Tune Feature address 40 1x 40 The scale Tune feature allows you to finely adjust the individual pitch of the notes from C through B Though the settings are made while working with one octave the fine adjustments will affect all octaves By making the appropriate Scale Tune settings you can obtain a complete variety of tuning methods other than equal temperament As examples three possible types of scale setting are explained below OEqual Temperament This method of tuning divides the octave into 12 equal parts It is currently the most widely used form of tuning especially in occidental music On the XV 2020 the default settings for the Scale Tune feature produce equal temperament Oyust Temperament Tonic of C The principal triads resound much more beautifully than with equal temperament but this benefit can only be obtained in one key If transposed the chords tend to become ambiguous The example given involves settings for a key in which C is the keynote OArabian Scale By altering the setting for Scale Tune you can obtain a variety of other tunings suited for ethnic music For example the settings introduced below will set the unit to use the Arabian Scale Example Settings Note name Equal Temperament Just Temperament Key toneC Arabian Scale E 0 0 6 C 0 8 45 D 0 4 2 Eb 0 1
137. 3 Morning Lite BEL 12 2 POLY 117 Muted Gtr EGT 22 1 POLY 54 HolidayCheer BEL 13 4 POLY 118 Velo Wah Gtr EGT 23 1 POLY 55 Prefab Chime BEL 14 3 POLY 119 Tube Smoke DGT 24 2 POLY 56 2020 Bell BEL 15 2 POLY 120 Creamy DGT 25 2 POLY 57 2 2 Bell Pad BEL 16 4 POLY 121 Blusey OD DGT 26 2 POLY 58 Tria Bells BEL 17 4 POLY 122 Crying Solo DGT 27 2 POLY 59 Music Bells BEL 18 2 POLY 123 Feed Me DGT 28 4 POLY 60 Childlike BEL 19 4 POLY 124 RockYurSocks DGT 29 4 MONO 61 Celestabox BEL 20 1 POLY 125 Searing Lead DGT 30 3 MONO 62 Chime Bells BEL 21 4 POLY 126 Loud Lead DGT 31 3 POLY 63 Belfry Chime BEL 22 3 POLY 127 OD 5ths DGT 32 3 POLY 64 True Vibe MLT 23 2 POLY 128 Crunch Split DGT 33 4 POLY For more information on Category refer to p 37 125 Preset B No Name Category Category No Voice Key Assign No Name Category Category No Voice Key Assign 1 Rezodrive DGT GTR BS34 2 MONO 65 Marcato STR 5 2 POLY 2 Hurtin Tubes DGT 35 3 POLY 66 String Ens STR 6 4 POLY 3 R amp R Chunk DGT 36 4 POLY 67 Marcato Str STR 7 4 POLY 4 Power Trip DGT 37 2 POLY 68 Fat Strings STR 8 3 POLY 5 Pick Bass BS 38 1 MONO 69 UltraSmooth STR 9 2 POLY 6 Hip Bass BS 39 2 POLY 70 HybStringsXV STR 10 4 POLY Se Homey Bass BS 40 2 MONO 71 ViolinCello STR 11 4 POLY 8 Tap Bass BS 41 1 POLY 72 Lead 4x Vlns STR 12 4 POLY 9 Pop Bass BS 42 1 POLY 73 ChmbrQuartet STR 13 4 POLY 10 TremCho Bs BS 43 2 POLY 74 FullChmbrStr STR 14 6 POLY 11 Nylon Bass BS 44 2 POLY 75 Film Octaves STR 15 4 POLY
138. 5 FIXED 1 7 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 62 Oaaa aaaa TVA Level Velocity Sens 1 127 00 06 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 1 Sens 1 127 I 63 63 63 63 00 63 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 1 Velocity Sens 1 127 l 00 07 Oaaa aaaa MEX Control 2 Source 0 101 I I 63 63 OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 00 64 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 4 Velocity Sens 1 127 I BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 I I l 63 63 00 08 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 2 Sens 1 127 00 65 000a aaaa TVA Env Time Keyfollow 54 74 63 63 l 100 100 00 09 Oaaa aaaa MEX Control 3 Source 0 101 l 00 66 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 1 0 127 OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 00 67 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 2 0 127 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 68 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 3 0 127 00 OA Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 3 Sens 1 127 l 00 69 Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Time 4 0 127 I I 63 63 00 6A Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Level 1 0 127 00 OB Oaaa aaaa MEX Control 4 Source 0 101 00 6B Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Level 2 0 127 OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 00 6C Oaaa aaaa TVA Env Level 3 0 127 I BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 I 00 0C Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 4 Sens 1 127 l 00 6D 0000 aaaa LFO1 Wave Form 0 10
139. 6 Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for Ct 0 127 64 63 I 00 27 Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for D 0 127 64 63 00 28 Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for D 0 127 64 63 00 29 Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for E 0 127 64 63 00 2A Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for F 0 127 I 64 63 00 2B Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for F 0 127 64 63 00 2C Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for G 0 127 64 63 00 2D Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for G 0 127 I 64 63 00 2E Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for A 0 127 64 63 00 2F Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for At 0 127 I 64 63 00 30 Oaaa aaaa Part Scale Tune for B 0 127 64 63 I 00 00 00 31 Total Size u O1 4 1 1 Patch Common Offset I I Address Description I 00 00 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 1 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 2 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 02 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 3 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII I 00 03 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 4 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 5 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 6 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII I 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 7 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Pat
140. 6 12 E 0 14 51 F 0 2 8 F 0 10 43 G 0 2 4 G 0 14 47 A 0 16 0 Bb 0 14 10 B 0 12 49 The values in the table are given in cents Convert these values to hexadecimal and transmit them as Exclusive data For example to set the tune C B of the Part 1 Arabian Scale send the following data FO 41 10 42 12 40 11 40 3A 6D 3E 34 OD 38 6B 3C 6F 40 36 OF 76 F7 HASCII Code Table Patch Name and Performance Name etc of MIDI data are described the ASCII code in the table below D H Char D H Char D H Char 32 20H SP 64 40H 96 6H 33 21H 65 41H A 97 61H a 34 22H 66 42H B 98 62H b 35 23H 67 43H C ll 99 63H c 36 24H 68 44H D 100 64H d 37 25H amp 69 45H E 101 65H e 38 26H amp l 70 46H F 102 66H f 39 27H 71 47H G 103 67H g 40 28H l 72 48H H 104 68H A I 41 298 ll 73 498 I 105 69H i 42 2AH 74 A4AH J 106 GAH j 43 2BH 75 ABH K 107 6BH k I 44 2H 76 4cH L ll 108 6CHI 1 45 2DH 77 4DH M 109 6DH m 46 2EH Il 78 4EH N 110 6EHI n 47 2FH 79 4FH O 111 6FH o 48 30H 0 ll 80 50 P ll 112 7
141. 606 CI HiHat House Noize2 TechnoWBlock 606 CI HiHat TUT House Bongol rr TechnoKick 7 606 Op HiHat House BongoH TechnoClHH 7 Long Guiro House Tambrn TechnoRim 1 Claves House Heart TechnoRim 2 Wood BlockHi House CgaSlp TechnoBrRoll Wood BlockLo House CgMute TehcnolcRain R amp B Pizz House Tri TechnoThrill R amp B Gamelan House Vibra TechnoSN 3 Mute Triangl House FXLoop TechnoWCrak Open Triangl House Aplase TechnoScrach R amp B Thrill L House Chord TechnoBNz R amp B Thrill H House OrcHit TechnoSN 4 BOB ENT House Specir Te echnoPunch rr R amp B WoodBlk House Train TehcnoPlink R amp B Cga Slap House StrSip TechnoRvRoll Dry Tom L House Crunch TechnoOSC Lite Kick House Tel TechnoNz 1 Hybrid Kick2 House Bubble TechnoTkHit Old Kick Bird TechnoBubble Pop Voice House Gun 2 TechnoNz 2 Wind Agogo House Metro TechnoNz 3 OpHH FX 1 House BakHit TechnoNz 4 Anklungs House TekHit TechnoPwChrd OpHH FX 2 House SNRoll TechnoBckHit Metronome2 UU House Loop CU TechnoNz 5 R8 Click R8 Click R8 Click Metronome 1 Metronome TechnoNz 6 R amp B HClaps Hand Claps Hand Claps Scratch 1 House Tom L Technokick 8 Scratch 2 House Tom M Technokick 9 Scratch 3 House Rim TechnoSN 5 Syn FX Loop House Tom H TechnoClHH 8 Cga Mute Hi Cga Mute Lo Cga Slap Cga Open Hi Cga Open Lo Timbale Hi Timbale Lo AgogoBellsHi AgogoBellsLo Cabasa Up Maracas ShortWhistle Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Lo Mute Cuica Open Cuica Mute Triangl Open
142. 63 I 40 01 3D Oaaa aaaa Chorus Rate 0 127 01 20 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 3 1 127 40 01 3E Oaaa aaaa Chorus Depth 0 127 I I l 63 63 40 01 3F Oaaa aaaa Chorus Send Level to Reverb 0 127 01 21 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 4 1 127 I I 63 63 I 01 22 0000 Oaaa TVF Filter Type 0 6 OPart Parameter I I OFF LPF BPF HPF PKG LPF2 l l I LPF3 l 01 23 Oaaa aaaa TVF Cutoff Frequency 0 127 Start I l 01 24 0000 Oaaa TVF Cutoff Velocity Curve 0 7 Address Description l FIXED 1 7 Es I I 01 25 Oaaa aaaa TVF Cutoff Velocity Sens G 127 I 40 1x 00 Oaaa aaaa Tone Number CC 00 Value 0 127 I I l 63 63 Oaaa aaaa Tone Number PC Value 0 127 01 26 Oaaa aaaa TVF Resonance 0 127 I 01 27 Oaaa aaaa TVF Resonance Velocity Sens 1 127 40 1x 02 Oaaa aaaa Rx Channel 0 16 I I l 63 63 1 16 OFF 01 28 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Depth 1 127 40 1x 03 0000 000a Rx Pitch Bend 0 1 I I l 63 63 I I OFF ON 01 29 0000 Oaaa TVF Env Velocity Curve Type 0 7 40 1x 04 0000 000a Rx Channel Pressure 0 1 I FIXED 1 7 l l l OFF ON 01 2A Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Velocity Sens 1 127 40 1x 05 0000 000a Rx Program Change 0 1 I 63 63 OFF ON
143. 7 l 32 127 ASCII 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 6 32 127 l 32 127 ASCII 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 7 32 127 l 32 127 ASCII 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 8 32 127 I 32 127 ASCII 00 08 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 9 32 127 I 32 127 ASCII 00 09 Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 10 32 127 l 32 127 ASCII 00 OA Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 11 32 127 l 32 127 ASCII 00 OB Oaaa aaaa Tone Name 12 32 127 l 32 127 ASCII I l 00 OC 0000 000a Assign Type 0 1 MULTI SINGLE 00 OD 000a aaaa Mute Group 0 31 l OFF 1 31 I 00 OE Oaaa aaaa Tone Level 0 127 00 OF Oaaa aaaa Tone Coarse Tune 0 127 C1 69 00 10 Oaaa aaaa Tone Fine Tune 14 114 50 50 00 11 000a aaaa Tone Random Pitch Depth 0 30 I 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 I 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 l 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 l 1200 00 12 Oaaa aaaa Tone Pan 0 127 l L64 63R 00 13 00aa aaaa Tone Random Pan Depth 0 63 00 14 Oaaa aaaa Tone Alternate Pan Depth 1 127 L63 63R 00 15 0000 000a Tone Env Mode 0 1 NO SUS SUSTAIN 00 16 Oaaa aaaa Tone Dry Send Level 0 127 00 17 Oaaa aaaa Tone Chorus Send Level 0 127 00 18 Oa
144. 7 12 byte tuning offset of 12 semitones from C to B 00H 64 cents 40H 0 cents equal temperament 7FH 63 cents EOX End Of Exclusive OKey based Instrument Controllers Status FOH Byte F7 Data byte Status 7FH 7FH 0AH 01H 0nH kkH nnH vvH F7H Explanation Exclusive status ID number universal realtime message Device ID Broadcast Sub ID 1 Key Based Instrument Control Sub ID 2 Controller MIDI Channel 00 0FH Key Number Control Number Value nn 07H Level vv 00H 7FH 0 200 Relative nn 0AH Pan vv 00H 7FH Left Right Absolute nn 5BH Reverb Send vv 00H 7FH 0 127 Absolute nn 5D Chorus Send vv 00H 7FH 0 127 Absolute EOX End Of Exclusive This parameter affects drum instruments only MIDI Implementation Data Transmission This instrument can use exclusive messages to exchange many varieties of internal settings with other devices The model ID of the exclusive messages used by this instrument is 00H 10H OData Request 1RQ1 11H This message requests the other device to transmit data The address and size indicate the type and amount of data that is requested When a Data Request message is received if the device is in a state in which it is able to transmit data and if the address and size are appropriate the requested data is transmitted as a Data Set 1 DT1 message If the conditions are not met nothing is transmitted
145. 7 This sets the highest velocity at which the waveform will sound This feature is useful Velocity Range Upper when you want different waveforms to be heard depending on how hard you play the Rhythm Set It is not possible to set the Lower value higher than the Upper value or the Upper value below the Lower value FADE UPPER 0 127 This determines what will happen to the waveform s level when it is played at a velocity Velocity Fade Width Upper upper than its specified velocity range Higher settings produce a more gradual change in volume If you don t want notes played outside the specified velocity range to be heard at all set this to 0 Level e Velocity 1 ii Lower Upper t L Fade value U Fade value RHYTHM KEY WMT Wave Mix Table With the XV 2020 up to four stereo Waves can be assigned to a single Rhythm Tone You can select the way tones sound according to the force with which the keys are played thus allowing you to create Rhythm Tones featuring great expressive power This function is called Wave Mix Table Parameters that can be set independently for each Waveform are indicated by Parameter Value Description WAVE GROUP INT EXP A This selects the desired waveform s group EXP B INT Internal EXP A B Wave Expansion Board A B It is not possible to select a Group of a Wave Expansion Board that is not installed WAVE NUMBER L 0001 1083 This selects the desired wavefor
146. 8 52768 I 0000 bbbb I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 cccc I 01 OD 0000 aaaa I I 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 4 12768 52768 I 0000 bbbb I I I I 20000 20000 0000 cccc I 00 21 0000 aaaa I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 32 12768 52768 I 0000 bbbb I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 cccc I I f I 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 5 12768 52768 00 00 01 11 Total Size I I I I 20000 20000 14 00 25 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 ccce O1 3 3 Performance Common Chorus I 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 6 12768 52768 I I I 20000 20000 D 00 29 0000 aaaa I Offset I I I 0000 bbbb I Address Description I I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 7 12768 52768 00 00 0000 aaaa Chorus Type me EX I I I 20000 20000 I I OFF CHORUS 1 00 2D 0000 aaaa I I 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Chorus Level 0 127 0000 bbbb I I 00 02 0000 O0aa Chorus Output Assign 0 3 0000 cece A Betz C lt gt D lt gt I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 8 12768 52768 I 00 03 0000 OOaa Chorus Output Select 0 2 20000 20000 MAIN REV MAIN REV 1 00 31 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 00 04 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 9 12768 52768 0000 cece I I I I 2
147. 8 Comp Bass SBS 71 1 MONO 102 SwellEnsembl WND 42 4 POLY 39 2020 Bass 1 SBS 72 1 MONO 103 ChamberWoods WND 43 3 POLY 40 2020 Bass 2 SBS 73 1 MONO 104 Flute Clari WND 44 2 POLY 41 StabSawBass SBS 74 2 MONO 105 Wind Wood WND 45 4 POLY 42 2020 SquBs SBS 75 2 MONO 106 Flute FLT 46 2 POLY 43 Square Bass SBS 76 2 MONO 107 Jazzer Flute FLT 47 2 POLY 44 SQR Sub Bs SBS 77 1 POLY 108 VOX Flute FLT 48 4 POLY 45 2020 Pls Bs SBS 78 1 MONO 109 Pan Pipes FLT 49 2 POLY 46 Grounded Bs SBS 79 2 MONO 110 LegatoBamboo FLT 50 4 MONO 47 2pole Bass SBS 80 2 MONO 111 The Andes FLT 51 1 POLY 48 4pole Bass SBS 81 2 MONO 112 Deja Vlute FLT 52 4 MONO 49 House Bass SBS 82 3 MONO 113 Majestic Tpt BRS 53 1 MONO 50 Bass Trap SBS 83 2 MONO 114 Ballad Trump BRS 54 4 POLY 51 Bass In Face SBS 84 2 MONO 115 Mute TP mod BRS 55 4 POLY 52 Ticker Bass SBS 85 4 MONO 116 Harmon Mute BRS 56 1 POLY 53 Klack Bass SBS 86 2 MONO 117 Tpt Sect BRS 57 4 POLY 54 Hugo Bass SBS 87 4 MONO 118 NewR amp RBrass BRS 58 8 POLY 55 Mg Bass SBS 88 2 MONO 119 Simply Brass BRS 59 2 POLY 56 New Acid Grv SBS 89 2 MONO 120 Valve Job BRS 60 4 POLY 57 8VCO MonoSyn SBS 90 8 MONO 121 Tower Trumps BRS 61 5 POLY 58 Wonder Bass SBS 91 3 MONO 122 BigBrassBand BRS 62 5 POLY 59 S Tone SYNBS SBS 92 2 MONO 123 Biggie Brass BRS 63 5 POLY 60 Booty Bass SBS 93 3 MONO 124 Lil BigHornz BRS 64 6 POLY 61 XV Strings STR OCH BRS1 3 POLY 125 Sm Brass Grp BRS 65 4 POLY 62 St Strings STR 2 2 POLY 126 Trombone BRS 66 1 POLY 63 Dolce p m f STR
148. 94 send the Bank Select number and Program Change messages Upon execution of Factory Reset Performance Ctrl Ch is set to 16 Here set the external MIDI device s send channel to 16 then try switching the Performance to PB029 Preset B No 29 o ko 5 ao E gt a D Use a MIDI cable to connect the MIDI OUT connector on the external MIDI device to the XV 2020 s MIDI IN connector Press VALUE to make the PERFORM indicator lights up The XV 2020 reverts to Performance play mode Set the external MIDI device s send channel to 16 For instructions on making this setting refer to the owner s manual for the external MIDI device Send a Bank Select MSB Control Number 0 with a value of 85 to the XV 2020 Next send a Bank Select LSB Control Number 32 with a value of 65 Send a Program Change with a value of 29 The Performance number appearing in the display changes to 29 Each Performance has a corresponding Bank Select number and Program number as shown below Performances Bank Select number Bank Number MSB USER 001 064 85 PST A PRESET A 001 032 85 PST B PRESET B 001 032 85 41 lt MEMO gt 42 Advanced Use Advanced Use Using the XV Editor software included with the XV 2020 together with your computer gives you more control in editing parameters and even greater freedom in creating sounds
149. 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 Name HybStringsXV Wind Wood NewR amp RBrass PortaSynLd Sine Lead Happy Brass GermanBounce Waspy Pulse 2020 SquBs Silicon Str 2 2 Strings Vocals Ooh MountainFolk 2020 JunoBs Contemplate Dreams Sine Funky D6 Rocker Spin LookMaNoFret Comp Bass Soft Symphny Impact Biggie Brass Solo AltoSax Classy Pulse House Piano Trance Fair 80s Retrosyn 2020 Pls Bs Digital Vox Heirborne Lochscapes Detune Bass Piano SftPad West Coast 96 Years Two Ensemble 2020 Bass 1 Morph Pad TubbyTriangl Basic Mg House Chord Trance Saws2 Square Bass Spectre Air Pad Brite Vox Celtic Harp S Tone SYNBS Intentions Soaring Hrns Fat Pad Hall Grand PsychoRhodes Wedding Mass StabSawBass GR700 Pad Analog Seq Predator 2 West End Bs BPFsweep Mod OvertoneScan Tape Q Gruvacious Category STR WND BRS HLD SLD TEK PLS SYN SBS BPD SPD VOX PLK SBS PNO ER KEY ORG BS SBS ORC HIT BRS SAX HLD TEK PLS SYN SBS BPD SPD ETH SBS PNO PNO ORG SPD SBS SPD HLD SLD TEK SYN SBS BPD SPD VOX PLK SBS TEK BPD SPD PNO EP ORG SBS SPD TEK SBS BPD SPD SFX BTS Category No OCH BRS 10 OCH BRS 45 OCH BRS 58 SYN PAD 9 SYN PAD 25 SYN PAD 66 SYN PAD 69 SYN PAD 132 GTR BS 75 SYN PAD 140 SYN PAD 177 SYN PAD 202 ETHNIC 5 GTR BS 70 PIANO
150. ALUE gt Push VALUE gt ENTER UTILITY Write Rotating CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY gt Rotating VALUE to select wrt gt Press VALUE to select the write destination Patch number rotating VALUE to select the write destination number gt Press VALUE to recheck gt Press VALUE to execute Transmitting Sound Settings p 93 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt Rotating CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY gt Rotating VALUE to select dtr gt Press VALUE to recheck gt Press VALUE to execute Initializing a Sound p 92 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt Rotating CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY gt Rotating VALUE to select ini gt Press VALUE to recheck gt Press VALUE to execute Restoring the Factory Settings p 12 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt Rotating CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY gt Rotating VALUE to select Fct gt Press VALUE to recheck gt Press VALUE to execute Checking the Program Version p 95 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE gt Rotating CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY gt The version is indicated when VALUE is rotated Others Heading Page Procedure Selecting a Part in a Performance p 71 Turn PART PATCH PART Receive Channel p 94 Turn PATCH RX CH PART Choosing a Patch p 35 Turn CATEGORY BANK
151. Adobe Acrobat Reader can be downloaded from the Adobe website http www adobe com This URL may change without notice 25 g a ko o la lt F uw D E 3 2 E For Those Using a Computer 8 If a message like the following is displayed click Continue This installation requires your computer to restart after installing this software Click Continue to automatically quit all other running applications Click Cancel to leave your disks untouched The other currently running applications will exit and installation will continue A dialog box will indicate Installation completed Click Restart to restart your Macintosh Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer 1 With the XV 2020 s power switch turned off connect it to the AC adaptor 2 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC power outlet 3 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer Set the XV 2020 s power switch to the ON position OMS settings 1 26 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 and your Macintosh Computer Roland XV 2020 USB cable CH XV 2020 Double click the OMS Setup icon 7 N e OMS ID 3 OMS Setup If the Apple Talk dialog box appears click Turn It Off Then in the dialog box that appears next click OK AppleTalk TING AppleTalk is on It is used for
152. Benz 7 lt gt Benz 00 53 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 4 Velocity Sens 1 127 TONE I I I 63 63 I l 00 54 000a aaaa TVF Env Time Keyfollow 54 74 00 00 00 12 Total Size I I I 100 100 I 00 55 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 1 0 127 l 00 56 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 2 0 127 00 57 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 3 0 127 O1 4 2 2 Rhythm Common MFX l 00 58 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Time 4 0 127 l 00 59 Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 0 0 127 00 5A Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 1 0 127 Offset I l 00 5B Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 2 0 127 Address Description I l 00 5C Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 3 0 127 I 00 5D Oaaa aaaa TVF Env Level 4 0 127 00 00 Oaaa aaaa MFX Type 0 40 I 00 01 Oaaa aaaa MEX Dry Send Level 0 127 00 5E OOOa aaaa Bias Level 54 74 00 02 Oaaa aaaa MFX Chorus Send Level 0 127 I I l 100 100 00 03 Oaaa aaaa MEX Reverb Send Level 0 127 00 5F Oaaa aaaa Bias Position 0 127 00 04 0000 OOaa MFX Output Assign 0 3 C 1 69 A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt l 00 60 0000 OOaa Bias Direction 0 3 I E LOWER UPPER LOWER amp UPPER ALL 00 05 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 1 Source 0 101 00 61 0000 Oaaa TVA Level Velocity Curve 0 7 OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC9
153. C 1 UPPER l 00 10 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Keyboard Range Upper 0 127 LOWER G9 00 11 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Keyboard Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 12 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Keyboard Fade Width Upper 0 127 00 13 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 1 UPPER 00 14 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 00 15 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 l 00 16 Oaaa aaaa TMT2 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 I 00 17 0000 000a TMT3 Tone Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 18 Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Keyboard Range Lower 0 127 C 1 UPPER 00 19 Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Keyboard Range Upper 0 127 LOWER G9 00 1A Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Keyboard Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 1B Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Keyboard Fade Width Upper 0 127 00 1C Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Velocity Range Lower 1 T27y 1 UPPER l 00 1D Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 00 1E Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Velocity Fade Width Lower 0 127 l 00 1F Oaaa aaaa TMT3 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 I _ 00 20 0000 000a TMT4 Tone Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 21 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Keyboard Range Lower 0 127 C 1 UPPER 00 22 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Keyboard Range Upper 0 127 LOWER G9 00 23 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Keyboard Fade Width Lower 0 127 00 24 Oaaa a
154. D CORPORATION All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form without the written permission of ROLAND CORPORATION For the U K IMPORTANT THE WIRES IN THIS MAINS LEAD ARE COLOURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODE BLUE NEUTRAL BROWN LIVE As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug proceed as follows The wire which is coloured BLUE must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured BLACK The wire which is coloured BROWN must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured RED Under no circumstances must either of the above wires be connected to the earth terminal of a three pin plug USING THE UNIT SAFELY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PREVENTION OF FIRE ELECTRIC SHOCK OR INJURY TO PERSONS About Z WARNING and AN CAUTION Notices About the Symbols Used for instructions intended to alert the user to the risk of death or severe Z WARNING injury should the unit be used improperly Used for instructions intended to alert the user to the risk of injury or material damage should the unit be used improperly CAUTION Material damage refers to damage or other adverse effects caused with respect to the home and all its furnishings as well to domestic animals or pets EE ALWAYS OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING Before using this unit
155. E Multi Effects Type SEND LEVEL DRY Multi Effects Dry Send Level SEND LEVEL CHO Multi Effects Chorus Send Level SEND LEVEL REV Multi Effects Reverb Send Level CONTROL SOURCE 1 4 Multi Effects Control Source1 4 DESTINATION 1 4 Multi Effects Control Destination 1 4 SENS 1 4 Multi Effects Control Sensitivity 1 4 PERFORM CHORUS Performance Chorus Parameter Description TYPE Chorus Type LEVEL Chorus Level Refer to p 80 OUTPUT SELECT Chorus Output Assign SOURCE Multi Effects Source PERFORM REVERB Performance Reverb Parameter Description TYPE Reverb Type LEVEL Refer to p 80 Reverb Level SOURCE Multi Effects Source Adjusting Effect Settings Refer to Multi Effects Parameters p 82 Refer to p 80 o E o E o D a D HS w D g O Saving Performances You Create Refer to Saving a Sound You Create p 92 75 Using the XV 2020 Effects This chapter explains how effects are applied in Patch Rhythm Set mode or Performance mode For information about the application of effects in GM mode refer to Making Effects Settings in GM Mode EFFECTS p 97 Effect Types The XV 2020 has the following four onboard effect processors and settings can be made independently for each MFX Multi Effect
156. EMO songs While holding down VOLUME il press VALUE H DEMO Rotate the CATEGORY BANK knob to the DEMO position Rotating PART while in Performance Play mode switches you to Performance Part Play mode The Patch Performance or Rhythm Set in use when the power was last turned off is automatically called up again the next time you turn on the power In Edit mode select the parameters to be edited with the CATEGORY BANK knob For more on the parameters refer to the EDIT PARAMETER SELECT table on the XV 2020 s upper panel Level Level Push VALUE ENTER UTILITY Pan Pan USB Descriptor Coarse Tune Coarse Tune SYSTEM MIDI USB Thru Fine Tune Fine Tune PFM Ctrl CH Output Assign Output Assign Master Tune Cutoff Voice Reserve Resonance Reverb Send Attack Chorus Send Release Dry Send Octave Shift Part Type Analog Fee PFM MFX Src PATCH PERFORM EDIT PARAMETER SELECT General MIDI is a set of recommendations that standardizes the MIDI capabilities of sound modules Sound modules and music files that adhere to the General MIDI standard bear the General MIDI logo Midi Music files bearing the General MIDI logo can be played back using any General MIDI sound module with essentially the same musical results The upwardly compatible General MIDI 2 WO recommendations pick up where General MIDI leaves off offering enhanced expressive capabilitie
157. EXE indicates the SETUPINF EXE file found in the XV 2020 folder NEMO This unit is equipped with protection circuit A brief interval a few seconds after power up is required before the unit will operate normally Nore If the Insert disk dialog box does not appear please read The The Insert Disk dialog box does not appear p 114 For Those Using a Computer 15 The Files Needed dialog box will xi appear Zi ei evn eeh Installation Disk is needed In the Copy files from area type PE e Type the path where the file is located and then click E Win2000 XV 2020 and click OK ER The drive name E may be different Ee for your system Specify the drive name Bees 2 gees of your CD ROM drive s 2 E O 16 The Found New Hardware Wizard may Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard g ES a ko o la lt uw be displayed Verify that ROLAND XV 2020 is displayed and click Finish A Roland XV 2020 Windows has finished installing the software for this device The hardware you installed will not work until you restart your computer 17 Restart Windows The System Settings Change dialog box may appear Click Yes Windows will To clase this wizard click Finish restart automatically bec If in step 5 the File signature verification setting was not set to Ignore a Digital signature n
158. FORM UU O RHYTHM O GM When you have a Wave Expansion Board installed roland XV 2020 is displayed when you turn on the power and then the letter for the connector to which the board is attached EXP A or B and the last two digits of the Wave Expansion Board s model name flash twice 2 o go aa Oc mo L t E SS O x Eu in the display For example If you have an SRX 01 Dynamic Drum Kits connected to the EXP A connector A01 will flash twice 3 Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose EXP A B CATEGORY BANK USER PIANO PST A KEY amp ORG e PST B GTR BSS PST C OCH FS PST D SIN GM EXP A EXP B If 001 appears in the display the Wave Expansion Board has been installed correctly Jr the display shows it s likely that the Wave Expansion Board is not being recognized correctly Follow the steps in Turning the Power On Off p 12 to switch off the power then reinstall the Wave Expansion Board making sure you do it correctly 107 Installation de la carte d extension Wave French language for Canadian Safety Standard French language for Canadian Safety Standard Deux cartes d expansion Wave s rie SRX vendues s par ment Insta Il ation d une ca rte peuvent tre install es dans le XV 2020 Les donn es Waveform les retouches et les groupes de rythme sont d ex pa nsion Wa ve stock s sur la carte d expansion Wave vous pouve
159. GE FO 41 10 00 10 12 IF0000 2601 35F7 Eine OV EA O E 4 Clickthe Y for SOURCE 1 through SOURCE 4 to select the parameter 5 Usingthe V for DESTINATION 1 through DESTINATION 4 select the parameter to be controlled and set the SENS and TONE 99 Using the XV 2020 n eg e w Q oN lt S ao 2 Si E S Ee ui Examples of Applications Using the XV 2020 Matrix Control Select the controllers you want to use to control a specific Tone parameter Four control sources are assigned to each Patch SOURCE 1 4 MATRIX CONTROL 1 4 SOURCE Assign one of the following controllers to Control Source 1 4 If you wish to use a controller that applies to all Patches or a controller that cannot be directly specified here choose SYS CTRL1 4 and then choose the controller using the Control Source 1 4 parameters SYSTEM CONTROL SOURCE OFF No controller is used CC01 95 Controller numbers 1 95 except for 32 PITCH BEND AFTERTOUCH SYS CTRL1 4 System Control 1 4 VELOCITY KEYFOLLOW TEMPO LFOI PITCH ENV Pitch Envelope TVF ENV TVF Envelope TVA ENV TVA Envelope MATRIX CONTROL1 4 This select the parameters to be controlled in the Matrix Control 1 4 Source and the Sens settings as well as the Tone to which they re applied Up to four parameters can be specified for each controller and controlled simultaneously DESTINATION1 4 MATRIX CO
160. I I OFF REVERB 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Level 0 127 00 02 0000 O0aa Reverb Output Assign 0 3 l A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt 00 03 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 151 E s c o E 2 Q MIDI Implementation 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 1 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 07 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 2 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 OB 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 3 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 1 00 OF 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 4 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 13 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 5 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 17 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 6 12768 52768 20000 20000 1 00 1B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 7 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 1F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 8 12768 52768 l 20000 20000 13 00 23 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 9 12768 52768
161. IDI channel number vv Vibrato Rate value relative change OVibrato Depth Controller number 77 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4DH vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 n MIDI channel number vv Vibrato Depth value relative change OVibrato Delay Controller number 78 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4EH vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 n MIDI channel number vv Vibrato Delay value relative change O Effect 1 Reverb Send Level Controller number 91 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 5BH vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 n MIDI channel number vv Reverb Send Level O Effect 3 Chorus Send Level Controller number 93 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 5DH vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 n MIDI channel number vv Chorus Send Level MIDI Implementation ORPN MSB LSB Controller number 100 101 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 65H mmH BnH 64H IH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 mm upper byte MSB of parameter number specified by RPN ll lower byte LSB of parameter number specified by RPN lt lt lt RPN gt gt gt Control Changes include RPN Registered Parameter Numbers which are extended When using RPNs first RPN Controller numbers 100 and 101 they can be sent in any order should be sent in order to select the parameter then Data Entry Controller numbers 6 and 38 should be sent to set the va
162. Included With 512 preset Patches and 256 GM2 Patches you get a total of 768 internal Patches The XV 2020 also comes equipped with 40 different types of Multi Effects MFX Accepts SRX Series Wave Expansion Boards You can install up to two SRX Series Wave Expansion Boards allowing you to create sounds built on large volumes of wave data Equipped with a USB Connector The XV 2020 has a USB connector on its front panel so that you can easily connect your computer Supports General MIDI system Level 2 The XV 2020 provides a mode compatible with General MIDI System Level 2 the standard format for desktop music DTM systems The upwardly compatible General MIDI 2 standards pick up where the original General MIDI standard left off offering enhanced expressive capabilities and even greater compatibility You can play back commercially available General MIDI compatible song data Easy to understand Easy to use Operations and Other Useful Features You can use the CATEGORY BANK knob to choose sounds by category There is a Phrase Preview that lets you audition patches through phrases using just the XV 2020 Editing Software Included The XV Editor software allows you to edit the XV 2020 s Patches Rhythms and Performances on your computer You can assign parameters to knobs and sliders for intuitive operation as you freely create sounds with your computer Front and Rear Panel Front Panel Roland XV 2020 2 sax
163. Jump 31 AirSoThin 32 Silicon Str 33 PWM Strings 34 Vintage Orch 35 106 Strings 36 Modular Life 37 2020 Digital 38 Oscillations 39 Greek Power 40 Soaring Hrns 41 Rolling 5ths 42 Spectre 43 Glass Orbit 44 Hush Pad 45 Pivotal Pad 46 Spectre Vox 47 Digital Vox 48 Stringsheen 49 Combing 50 5th Sweep 51 MG Sweep 52 Hydrogen 53 BPFsweep Mod 54 Mod DirtyWav 55 X mod Sweep 56 Silky Way 57 Gluey Pad 58 Dreamesque 59 Analogue Str 60 JX SqrCarpet 61 Pulsify 62 JP 8Haunting 63 Earth Blow 64 Jet Pad 128 Category Category No FX SYN PAD109 FX 110 FX 111 FX 112 FX 113 FX 114 FX 115 FX 116 FX 117 FX 118 SYN 119 SYN 120 SYN 121 SYN 122 SYN 123 SYN 124 SYN 125 SYN 126 SYN 127 SYN 128 SYN 129 SYN 130 SYN 131 SYN 132 SYN 133 SYN 134 SYN 135 SYN 136 SYN 137 SYN 138 SYN 139 BPD 140 BPD 141 BPD 142 BPD 143 BPD 144 BPD 145 BPD 146 BPD 147 BPD 148 BPD 149 BPD 150 BPD 151 BPD 152 BPD 153 BPD 154 BPD 155 BPD 156 BPD 157 BPD 158 BPD 159 BPD 160 BPD 161 BPD 162 BPD 163 SPD 164 SPD 165 SPD 166 SPD 167 SPD 168 SPD 169 SPD 170 SPD 171 SPD 172 Voice N N D Q N Q G N G QI Q G O O0 Q G ND OO G ND N N G G OO G N N N G G GQ N OO O OO GQ O Key Assign PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
164. KAG Playing Patches Phrase Preview sine din D3 BANGA Playing a Patch on the XV 2020 from an External MIDI Device MIDI Keyboard Choosing Patches seine aayqa dre d tenir artnet ir Choosing Patches by Category nn in nt intra Choosing a Performance a a Switching the Mode Patch Performance Using an External MIDI Device to Select Patches and Change Other Settings Advanced HI CN KT Grealing a Patch u wes BAGGAGE GERA NE GAGA How a Patch Is Organized u sa geed Tipsifor Creating a Raths aQ ees Choosing the Tones That Sound Tone On Off Confirming Tones set eege Ee AE AG NAA Bat kEarateter eege nain Ga HESE EE E dee q More Advanced Editing of Tones Tips f r Choosiniga Waveto mi AGAIN DNA aE ERRET EEEE REER EEEE Adjusting Effect Settings NGANGA KNANG ORGAN ea a ea NB BG Saving Patches You Create EE Creating a Rhyihm Setien caeaceeaasivawsiassandaawencadtinsaiieadaccanerabsusiiunnsenadenaecess How Percussion Instruments Are Organized ss Choosing the Tones That Sound Tone On Off Confirming Tomes eech EE Eder Rhythm Set Parameters Setting up Individual Rhythm Tones Tips for Choosing Rhythm Tone Waveforms REENEN Rhythm Parameter Adjusting Effect ett Saving Rhythm Sets You Create BANG KN puasa nas qn quna ESE S a ER RR Creating a Performance uuu uuu uu GANANG EES GG GAAN How a Performance Is Organized Basic Ways to Use Performances Switching Parts
165. KEYFOLLOW TEMPO LFO1 LFO2 PIT ENV TVF ENV TVA ENV 00 47 OOaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Destination 1 0 33 OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVE DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 48 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Sens 1 1 127 63 63 00 49 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Destination 2 0 33 OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVE DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 4A Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Sens 2 1 2127 63 63 00 4B OOaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Destination 3 0 33 l OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVE DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 4C Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Sens 3 D
166. LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVF DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 41 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Sens 2 L 127 63 63 00 42 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Destination 3 0 33 OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVE DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 43 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Sens 3 1 127 63 63 00 44 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Destination 4 0 33 OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATE PIT OCY PTT REL TVF ATK TVF DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 45 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Sens 4 1 127 63 63 00 46 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 4 Source 0 109 l l OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 VELOCITY
167. LL I 00 1A Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 11 0 64 I I I 0 63 FULL I 00 1B Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 12 0 64 0 63 FULL I 00 1C Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 13 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL 00 1D Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 14 0 64 I I I 0 63 FULL l 00 1E Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 15 0 64 0 63 FULL 00 1F Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 16 0 64 I l 0 63 FULL l 00 20 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 17 lt gt 0 64 l I I 0 63 FULL 00 21 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 18 lt gt 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL 00 22 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 19 lt gt 0 64 l I I 0 63 FULL I 00 23 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 20 lt gt 0 64 0 63 FULL 00 24 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 21 lt gt 0 64 0 63 FULL 00 25 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 22 lt gt 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL I 00 26 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 23 lt gt 0 64 I 0 63 FULL 00 27 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 24 lt gt 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL 00 28 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 25 lt gt 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL 00 29 Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 26 lt gt 0 64 0 63 FULL I 00 2A Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 27 lt gt 0 64 I 0 63 FULL l 00 2B Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 28 lt gt 0 64 I I 0 63 FULL I 00 2C Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 29 lt gt 0 64 I I 0 63
168. MC500 Beep 1 MC500 Beep 2 Low Saw Low Saw inv Low P5 Saw Low Pulse 1 Low Pulse 2 Low Square Low Sine Low Triangle Low White NZ Low Pink NZ DC REV Orch Hit REV TeknoHit REV Back Hit REV PhillHit REV Steel DR REV Tin Wave REV AmbiSNpL REV AmbiSNpR REV AmbiSNfL REV AmbiSNfR REV Wet SNpL REV Wet SNpR REV Wet SNfL Wave Name REV Wet SNfR REV Dry SN REV PiccloSN REV Maple SN REV OIdFilISN REV 70s SN REV SN Roll REV NatrISN1 REV NatrISN2 REV BalladSN REV RkSNpL REV RkSNpR REV RkSNmfL REV RkSNmfR REV RkSNfL REV RkSNfR REV RkRimpL REV RkRimpR REV RkRimmfL REV RkRimmfR REV RkRimfL REV RkRimfR REV RkGstL REV RkGstR REV SnareGst REV JzSNpL REV JzSNpR REV JzSNmfL REV JzSNmfR REV JZSNfL REV JzSNfR REV JzSNffL REV JzSNffR REV JzRimpL REV JzRimpR REV JzRimmfL REV JzRimmfR REV JzRimfL REV JzRimfR REV JzRimffL REV JzRimffR REV Brush 1 REV Brush 2 REV Brush 3 REV JzSwish1 REV JzSwish2 REV 909 SN 1 REV 909 SN 2 REV RkRoll L REV RkRoll R REV JzRoll REV Dry Stk REV DrySick REV Side Stk REV Way Stk REV RkStk1L REV RkStk1R REV RkStk2L REV RkStk2R REV Thrill REV Dry Kick REV Mpl Kick REV REKKik p REV Rkkik mf REV Rkkik f REV JzKik p REV JzKik mf REV JzKik f REV Jaz Kick REV Pillow K REV Jz Dry K REV LiteKick REV Old Kick REV Hybrid K REV HybridK2 Wave Name REV 70s K 1 REV 70s K 2 REV Dance K REV 909 K 2 REV RkTomL1p REV RkTomL2p REV RkTomM p REV RkTomH p REV RkTomL 1f REV RkTomL2f
169. MS Driver Search dialog box appears Click Search Click to check the external ports to search for MIDI interfaces D W I Modem Printer make sure that Roland XV 2020 is listed in the OMS Driver Setup dialog D box and click OK Su Driver DD QuickTime Music o D oe Yo OMS Driver Setup 25 ge OMS has detected the following devices installed on your computer This 6 D After the search has been completed list does not include external MIDI devices like sound modules keyboards 2 3 and drum machines i LL Studio Patches pgm chg Click OK if this list is correct Click Troubleshoot if this list is incorrect or incomplete Click Customize to add drivers manually Click Cancel to abort OMS setup Cancel Customize Troubleshoot OK OMS MIDI Device Setup i pa i Below is a representation of your studio setup Ports on which OMS 7 After making sure that the XV 2020 is ege which OMS detected no devices have keyboard question mark icons Check listed in the OMS MIDI Device Setup the MIDI ports you wish to use and leave the others unchecked 23 c Driver dialog box click the check box for XV Studio Patches pgm chg 2020 and click OK Du aucirime rie Roland XY 2020 x Click OK when this list is correct Click Troubleshoot if this list is inc
170. ND TEL 0 9 68 24 020 GERMANY Roland Elektronische Musikinstrumente HmbH Oststrasse 96 22844 Norderstedt GERMANY TEL 040 52 60090 GREECE STOLLAS S A Music Sound Light 155 New National Road Patras 26442 GREECE TEL 2610 435400 HUNGARY Roland East Europe Ltd Warehouse Area DEPO Pf 83 H 2046 Torokbalint HUNGARY TEL 23 511011 IRELAND Roland Ireland Audio House Belmont Court Donnybrook Dublin 4 Republic of IRELAND TEL 01 2603501 ITALY Roland Italy S p A Viale delle Industrie 8 20020 Arese Milano ITALY TEL 02 937 78300 NORWAY Roland Scandinavia Avd Kontor Norge Lilleakerveien 2 Postboks 95 Lilleaker N 0216 Oslo NORWAY TEL 2273 0074 POLAND P P H Brzostowicz UL Gibraltarska 4 PL 03664 Warszawa POLAND TEL 022 679 44 19 PORTUGAL Tecnologias Musica e Audio Roland Portugal S A Cais Das Pedras 8 9 1 Dto 4050 465 PORTO PORTUGAL TEL 022 608 00 60 ROMANIA FBS LINES Piata Libertatii 1 RO 4200 Gheorghehi TEL 095 169 5043 RUSSIA MuTek 3 Bogatyrskaya Str 1 k 1 107 564 Moscow RUSSIA TEL 095 169 5043 SPAIN Roland Electronics de Espa a S A Calle Bolivia 239 08020 Barcelona SPAIN TEL 93 308 1000 SWEDEN Roland Scandinavia A S SWEDISH SALES OFFICE Danvik Center 28 2 tr S 131 30 Nacka SWEDEN TEL 0 8 702 00 20 SWITZERLAND Roland Switzerland AG Landstrasse 5 Postfach CH 4452 Itingen SWITZERLAND TEL
171. NTROL 1 4 DESTINATION1 4 This chooses the parameters to be controlled OFF No control oe PITCH p 54 CUTOFF Cutoff Frequency p 57 RESONANCE p 57 LEVEL p 100 PAN p 100 DRY LEVEL p 78 CHORUS SEND Chorus Send Level p 78 REVERB SEND Reverb Send Level p 78 LFO1 2 PITCH DEPTH p 57 LFO1 2 TVF DEPTH p 57 LFO1 2 TVA DEPTH p 57 LFO1 2 PAN DEPTH p 57 LFO1 2 RATE p 56 PCH ENV A TIME Pitch Envelope Attack Time PCH ENV D TIME Pitch Envelope Decay Time p 54 PCH ENV R TIME Pitch Envelope Release Time TVF ENV A TIME TVF Envelope Attack Time TVF ENV D TIME TVF Envelope Decay Time p 58 TVF ENV R TIME TVF Envelope Release Time TVA ENV A TIME TVA Envelope Attack Time TVA ENV D TIME TVA Envelope Decay Time p 60 TVA ENV R TIME TVA Envelope Release Time TMT p 49 FXM DEPTH Wave FXM Depth p 54 MEX CTRL 1 4 MFX CONTROL 1 4 p 80 SENGT A MATRIX CONTROL SENS 1 4 This adjusts the amount of change that occurs in response to controller movements Negative values invert the change For example with LFO Depth the phase is reversed when a negative Sens value is chosen With LFO Rate setting Sens to a negative value increases the cycle length slowing down the LFO while setting it to positive value shortens the cycle speeding it up TONE1 4 MATRIX CONTROL1 4 TONE CONTROL SWITCH1 4 This selects the Tone to be co
172. OVERDRIVE gt FLANGER ooessessssssesssssseseessesrresessress 89 P SE GE 31 Part Chorus Send Level 111 11111 aaa 79 Part Coarse Tune aaa 72 Part Fine Tune a a ISR KANA AMAIA 72 Part Legato Switch ss nn 72 Part Mono Poly sipsons an 72 Part Octave Shift a ssp Saha NSS u u aqu 72 PartiPans setia sas unuqa ama Sauna 72 Part Pitch Bend Range EE 72 Part Velocity Sensitivity ccc cesses 72 Path NA E eS 31 44 Patch Clock Source 47 PATCH KEY RANGE us 49 Patch Matrix Control es 50 Patel Panas sen sana NA EE Ee 46 Patch Parameter aaa 46 Patch Remain Switch s 94 PATCH STRUCTURE aaa aaa 48 Pateh Tempo EE 47 Patch Rhythm Set Receive Channel 94 Patches gaya g et mete tate lge da han eae 34 Performance EE 31 38 Performance Control Channel sseesessesenssseseesensseeseee 94 Performance Parameters aaa 71 Phase Lock Switch 74 PHASER tS aa uapa paiay 83 Phrase Preview seins 34 PITCH BEND RANGE us 47 PITCH ENVELOPE 2 aaa an aaa aaa 54 65 Pitch Key follow assis i inana lib 54 Net e EE 47 72 PROGRAM VERSION a 95 Q QUADRUPLE TAP DELAY 87 R Rack Mount Adaptor u 10 Random pitch depth EE 65 Receive Bank Select Switch 74 94 Receive Channel u 111 aaa 74 Receive Channel Pressure Switch 1 1 1 74 Receive Ex
173. Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 2 Sens 1 127 63 63 00 09 Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 3 Source 0 101 I I I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 OA Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 3 Sens 1 127 63 63 00 OB Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 4 Source 0 101 I I I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 OC Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 4 Sens 1 127 63 63 I 00 OD 000a aaaa MEX Control Assign 1 0 16 I I I OFF 1 16 00 OE 000a aaaa MEX Control Assign 2 0 16 I I I OFF 1 16 00 OF 000a aaaa MEX Control Assign 3 0 16 I I OFF 1 16 I 00 10 000a aaaa MEX Control Assign 4 0 16 I I I OFF 1 16 Ip 00 11 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 1 12768 52768 20000 420000 00 15 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 ccce 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 2 12768 52768 20000 20000 MIDI Implementation MIDI Implementation 00 19 0000 aaaa I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 30 12768 52768 I 0000 bbbb I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 cccc I 01 09 0000 aaaa I I 0000 dddd MEN Parameter 3 12768 52768 I 0000 bbbb I I l 20000 20000 I 0000 cccc I 00 1D 0000 aaaa I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 31 1276
174. PF cuts the frequency range above the Cutoff Freq HPF cuts the frequency range below the Cutoff Freq CUTOFF 200 8000 Hz Basic frequency of the filter PHASE 0 180 deg Spatial spread of the sound PATCH RHYTHM PERFORM REVERB Reverb Parameters These settings allow you to select the desired type of reverb and its characteristics Parameter Value Description TYPE ROOM1 Type of reverb delay ROOM2 ROOM1 short reverb with high density STAGE ROOM2 short reverb with low density STAGE2 STAGE reverb with greater late reverberation HALLI STAGE2 reverb with strong early reflections oy HALL1 very clear sounding reverb p AN DEL AY HALL2 rich reverb DELAY conventional delay effect PAN DELAY delay effect with echoes that pan left and right TIME 0 127 Time length of reverberation Type ROOM1 HALL2 Delay time Type DELAY PAN DELAY HF DAMP 200 8000 Hz BYPASS Adjusts the frequency above which the high frequency content of the reverb sound is cut or damped If you don t want to damp the high frequencies set this parameter to BYPASS FEEDBACK 0 127 Adjusts the amount of delay feedback when the Type setting is DELAY or PAN DELAY 81 a O EN PA x o SE 5 EI d n D Effects Using the XV 2020 Effects Multi Effects Parameters The multi effects feature 90 different kinds of effects Some of the effects consist of two or more different effects connected in seri
175. R Stereo location of the overdrive Cho Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Cho Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Cho Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the chorus sound is heard Cho Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be D0 100W tween the sound sent through the chorus W and the sound that s not sent through the cho rus D Level 0 127 Output level 88 Using the XV 2020 Effects 27 OVERDRIVE gt FLANGER 29 DISTORTION gt CHORUS The parameters are essentially the same as in 26 OD gt CHORUS Balance D ean with the exception of the following two in O ou Feedback OD Drive gt Dist Drive OD Pan gt Dist Pan Balance W 6 Fanger Lin O L out Q Balance W Balance D KI Balance W Rin R out Distortion Balance D Balance W BEE Rin O R out Parameter Value Description Balance D OD Drive 0 127 Degree of distortion Also changes the volume OD Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the overdrive 30 DI STO RTIO N gt FLAN G ER Flg Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Flg Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation The parameters are essentially the same as in 27 OD gt Flg Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the FLANGER with the exception of the following two flanger sound that s fed back into the effect Negative set OD Drive gt Dist Drive OD Pan gt Dist Pan tings invert
176. RKEY Barkat muzik aletleri ithalat ve ihracat Ltd Sti Siraselviler Caddesi Siraselviler Pasaji No 74 20 Taksim Istanbul TURKEY TEL 0212 2499324 U A E Zak Electronics amp Musical Instruments Co L L C Zabeel Road Al Sherooq Bldg No 14 Grand Floor Dubai U A E TEL 04 3360715 NORTH AMERICA CANADA Roland Canada Music Ltd Head Office 5480 Parkwood Way Richmond B C V6V 2M4 CANADA TEL 604 270 6626 Roland Canada Music Ltd Toronto Office 170 Admiral Boulevard Mississauga On L5T 2N6 CANADA TEL 905 362 9707 U S A Roland Corporation U S 5100 S Eastern Avenue Los Angeles CA 90040 2938 U S A TEL 323 890 3700 As of December 1 2002 Roland For EU Countries This product complies with the requirements of European Directive 89 336 EEC For the USA FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE STATEMENT This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If thi
177. Roland XV EUEU 2x SRX EXPANSION OWNER S MANUAL Thank you and congratulations on your choice of the Roland XV 2020 Before using this unit carefully read the sections entitled IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS p 2 USING THE UNIT SAFELY p 3 and IMPORTANT NOTES p 5 These sections provide important information concerning the proper operation of the unit Additionally in order to feel assured that you have gained a good grasp of every feature provided by your new unit Owner s Manual should be read in its entirety The manual should be saved and kept on hand as a convenient reference Listening to the Demo Songs Roland XV 202 0 gt sax EXPANSION PART PATCH RX CH VALUE CATEGORY BANK eiser PHONES VOLUME 1 MDI JODE PUSH 16 2 PATCH I GTR BS of d RHYTHM ETHNI 9 GM USB MIDI PREVIEW PUSH Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose DEMO ALL flashes on the display Turn VALUE to choose the song you want to hear Press VALUE The display shows PLy and Demo Play starts Press VALUE once more to stop the Performance No data for the music that is played will be output from MIDI OUT MIDI messages received from external instruments are ignored while the Demo Play screen is displayed All rights reserved Unauthorized use of this material for purposes other than private personal enjoyment is a violation of applicable laws Copyright 2002 ROLAN
178. S o EI gs w o EFFECTS Patch Rhythm Set Mode Settings p 77 WMT Wave Mix Table Modifying a Rhythm Tone s Waveform and Panning p 64 RHYTHM CONTROL Other Settings p 68 PITCH Modifying a Rhythm Tone s Pitch p 65 TVF Modifying the Brightness of a Sound with a Filter p 66 TVA Making the Volume Change p 67 Tips for Choosing Rhythm Tone Waveforms Refer to p 52 63 Creating a Rhythm Set Rhythm Parameter RHYTHM KEY VELOCITY RANGE Parameters that can be set independently for each Waveform are indicated by Parameter Value Description VELOCITY CONTROL OFF ON This determines whether Velocity range settings will be recognized ON or ignored RANDOM OFF When set to RND the Rhythm Set s constituent Waves will sound randomly re gardless of any Velocity messages FADE LOWER 0 127 This determines what will happen to the waveform s level when it is played at a velocity Velocity Fade Width Lower lower than its specified velocity range Higher settings produce a more gradual change in volume If you don t want notes played outside the specified velocity range to be heard at all set this to 0 LOWER 1 UPPER This sets the lowest velocity at which the waveform will sound This feature is useful Velocity Range Lower when you want different waveforms to be heard depending on how hard you play the Rhythm Set UPPER LOWER 12
179. SOR output 10 LIMITER 11 HEXA CHORUS Uses a six phase chorus six layers of chorused sound to give richness and spaciousness to the sound Lin L out Balance D J Balance W Hexa Chorus O R out Rin Balance D Parameter Value Description Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Depth Deviation 20 20 Adjusts the difference in modula tion depth between each chorus layer Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until chorusing is heard Delay Deviation 0 20 Adjusts the differences in Pre De lay between each chorus layer Pan Deviation 0 20 Adjusts the difference in stereo lo cation between each chorus layer Compresses signals that exceed a specified volume level preventing 0 All chorus layers are in the center 20 The chorus layers are spaced at distortion from occurr Ing 60 degree intervals relative to the center Lin L out Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the di D0 100W rect sound D and the chorus mes LU Pan L sound W Level 0 127 Output level CT Pan R Rin R out 12 TREMOLO CHORUS Parameter Value Description E z Threshold T17 RIRE the volume at which com This is a chorus effect with added Tremolo cyclic modulation of pression begins volume Ratio 1 5 1 2 1 4 1 100 1 Compressio
180. See Waveform List p 121 All Rhythm Sets built into the XV 2020 consist of Rhythm Tones based on these waveforms TVF Time Variant Filter This sets how the frequency characteristics of the Rhythm Tone will change TVA Time Variant Amplifier This sets how the Rhythm Tone s volume and stereo positioning will change Envelope An envelope applies changes to the Rhythm Tone over time There are separate envelopes for pitch TVF filter and TVA volume For example you would use the TVA Envelope to modify the way in which the Rhythm Tone attacks and decays Choosing the Tones That Sound Tone On Off Refer to p 45 Confirming Tones Refer to p 45 The RHYTHM indicator change from solidly lit to flashing whenever a parameter is edited If you turn off the power or choose another Rhythm set while the indicator is blinked you new Rhythm sets settings will be lost If you wish to preserve them save the changed settings using the Write operation p 92 Creating a Rhythm Set Rhythm Set Parameters RHYTHM COMMON Settings Common to the Entire Rhythm Set Parameter Value Description RHYTHM NAME space A Z a z 0 9 amp You can name a Rhythm Set using up to 12 alphanumeric characters Rhythm set name 2 lt gt A _ When using the XV editor click B on the left side to name the Tone KEY NAME space A Z a z 0 9 amp You can name a pe
181. Stack 039 Asian Dream 007 Analog Stack 007 Asian Dream 008 Flying Keys 040 Pizz Stack 008 Flying Keys 008 Pizz Stack 009 House Kit 041 Pad SoftLd 009 House Kit 009 Pad SoftLd 010 Soaring 2020 042 Organ Lead 010 Soaring 2020 010 Organ Lead 011 Seven Hills 043 Bass Lead 011 Seven Hills 011 Bass Lead 012 TeknoSplit 1 044 S amp H Pad 012 TeknoSplit 1 012 S amp H Pad 013 Nirvana 2020 045 Drone Pipe 013 Nirvana 2020 013 Drone Pipe 014 StChorusStak 046 Seq Template 014 StChorusStak 014 Seq Template 015 Bell Stack 047 Seq R amp B 015 Bell Stack 015 Seq R amp B SC 016 Trance Fair 048 Seq Hip Hop 016 Trance Fair 016 Seq Hip Hop 3 s 017 AggressiveXV 049 Seq Techno 017 AggressiveXV 017 Seq Techno 8 2 018 Techno Kit 050 Seq House 018 Techno Kit 018 Seq House a 019 PhsDyno amp Bs 051 Seq Trance 019 PhsDyno amp Bs 019 Seq Trance E S 020 Dawn Choir 052 Seq Pop 020 Dawn Choir 020 Seq Pop 021 DulcimaSteel 053 Seq FunkRock 021 DulcimaSteel 021 Seq FunkRock 022 TeknoSplit 2 054 Seq HardRock 022 TeknoSplit 2 022 Seq HardRock 023 InstantScore 055 Seq Blues 023 InstantScore 023 Seq Blues 024 Voltage Ctrl 056 Seq Ac Jazz 024 Voltage Ctrl 024 Seq Ac Jazz 025 CrystalChoir 057 Seq Cont Jz 025 CrystalChoir 025 Seq Cont Jz 026 BlisteringLd 058 Seq BigBand 026 BlisteringLd 026 Seq BigBand 027 Asian Split 059 Seq Latin 027 Asian Split 027 Seq Latin 028 PhasePadStk 060 Seq World 028 PhasePadStk 028 Seq World 029 Hybrid Str 061 Seq NewAge 029
182. System Exclusive Message Status Data byte Status FOH HH ddH eeH F7H FOH System Exclusive Message status ii ID number an ID number manufacturer ID to indicate the manufacturer whose Exclusive message this is Roland s manufacturer ID is 41H ID numbers 7EH and 7FH are extensions of the MIDI standard Universal Non realtime Messages 7EH and Universal Realtime Messages 7FH dd ee data 00H 7FH 0 127 F7H EOX End Of Exclusive Of the System Exclusive messages received by this device the Universal Non realtime messages and the Universal Realtime messages and the Data Request RQ1 messages and the Data Set DT1 messages will be set automatically Universal Non realtime System Exclusive Messages Oldentity Request Message Status Data byte Status FOH 7EH dev 06H 01H F7H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7EH ID number Universal Non realtime Message dev Device ID dev 10H 1FH 7FH 06H Sub ID 1 General Information 01H Sub ID 2 Identity Request F7H EOX End Of Exclusive When this message is received Identity Reply message p 146 will be transmitted OGM1 System On Status Data byte Status FOH 7EH 7FH 09H 01H F7H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7EH ID number Universal Non realtime Message 7FH Device ID Broadcast 09H Sub ID 1 General MIDI Message 01H Sub ID 2 General MIDI 1 On F7H EOX End Of Exclusive When this messages is received
183. UP BEND DW TRP S amp H CHS SIN sine wave TRI triangle wave SAW UP sawtooth wave SAW DW sawtooth wave negative polarity SQR square wave RND random wave BEND UP Once the attack of the waveform output by the LFO is allowed to develop in standard fashion the wave form then continues without further change BEND DW Once the decay of the waveform output by the LFO is allowed to develop in standard fashion the wave form then continues without further change TRP trapezoidal wave S amp H sample amp hold wave LFO value is changed one time per cycle CHS chaos wave When setting BEND UP or BEND DW set the Key Sync pa rameter to ON If this is OFF BEND UP and BEND DW will have no effect LFO1 2 OFFSET 100 100 Adjusts the basic width of the LFO waveform LFO1 2 RATE VALUE 0 127 note Adjusts the basic modulation rate or speed of the LFO i The Chaos waveform has no wavelength When the Chaos wave A Ee 3 Sixty ourthnote A ee A Thirty second note form is selected the Rate setting has no effect A SE Wb A pored thirty second N Sixteenth note s Eighth note triplet Potted sixteenth h Eighth note ge Dotted eighth note J Quarter note ds Half note triplet J Dotted half note J Half note eg Whole note triplet Dotted half note o Whole note tog Double note triplet S SE Wer o Double note LFO1 2 RATE DETUNE 0 127 This sett
184. Y TVA REL l I TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 3A Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Sens 3 1 127 63 63 00 3B 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Destination 4 0 33 l I OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN I DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE l I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I TVE ATK TVF DCY TVF REL l I TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL I TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 3C Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Sens 4 D 3271 63 63 00 3D Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Source 0 109 OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 VELOCITY KEYFOLLOW TEMPO LFO1 LFO2 PIT ENV TVF ENV TVA ENV 00 3E OOaa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Destination 1 0 33 OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL TVF ATK TVE DCY TVF REL TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL TMT FXM MFX CTRL1 MFX CTRL2 MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 3F Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Sens 1 l 127 63 63 00 40 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 3 Destination 2 0 33 l OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT
185. Y 65 Warm Vibes MLT 24 2 POLY 2 RockPiano Ch PNO 2 3 POLY 66 Dyna Marimba MLT 25 1 POLY 3 Contemplate PNO 3 2 POLY 67 Ambient Wood MLT 26 2 POLY 4 Hall Grand PNO 4 2 POLY 68 Nomad Perc MLT 27 3 POLY 5 64voicePiano PNO 5 1 POLY 69 Exotic Velo MLT 28 4 POLY 6 Power Grand PNO 6 3 POLY 70 Islands Mit MLT 29 4 POLY F E Grand PNO 7 1 POLY 71 Steel Drums MLT 30 1 POLY 8 RD 1000 PNO 8 3 POLY 72 Soft Perky ORG 31 5 POLY 9 MIDled Grand PNO 9 3 POLY 73 Soft B ORG 32 2 POLY 10 SparklePiano PNO 10 6 POLY 74 Gospel Spin ORG 33 3 POLY 11 Warm pF Mix PNO 11 6 POLY 75 Rocker Org ORG 34 6 POLY 12 PianoStrings PNO 12 4 POLY 76 Velvet Organ ORG 35 4 POLY 13 Y2K Concerto PNO 13 8 POLY 77 Rocker Spin ORG 36 3 POLY 14 Piano SftPad PNO 14 4 POLY 78 Full Stops ORG 37 2 POLY 15 R amp Ballad Mix PNO 15 6 POLY 79 Ballad B ORG 38 3 POLY 16 West Coast PNO 16 4 POLY 80 Mellow Bars ORG 39 4 POLY 17 Hit Rhodes EP 17 3 POLY 81 Soap Opera ORG 40 1 POLY e 18 Full Rhodes EP 18 3 POLY 82 AugerMentive ORG 41 3 POLY 3 19 Player s EP EP 19 2 POLY 83 Perky B ORG 42 2 POLY S 20 Retro Rhodes EP 20 3 POLY 84 Klubb Organ ORG 43 4 POLY P 21 Fat Rhodes EP 21 3 POLY 85 Drew s Bee ORG 44 3 POLY 22 PingE Piano EP 22 2 POLY 86 Purple Spin ORG 45 4 POLY 23 Rholitzer EP 23 3 POLY 87 Surf s Up ORG 46 2 POLY 24 Dig Rhodes EP 24 2 POLY 88 96 Years ORG 47 1 POLY 25 Delicate EP EP 25 2 POLY 89 Glory Us Rok ORG 48 2 POLY 26 Rhodes Mix EP 26 3 POLY 90 D 50 Organ ORG 49 2 POLY 27 D 50 Rhodes EP 27 4 POLY 91 Ca
186. a MFX Control 3 Sens 1 127 I 63 63 00 OB Oaaa aaaa MEX Control 4 Source 0 101 I I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 I I BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 00 OC Oaaa aaaa MFX Control 4 Sens 1 127 I 63 63 00 OD 000a aaaa MEX Control Assign 1 0 16 I OFF 1 16 00 OE 000a aaaa MFX Control Assign 2 0 16 I I OFF 1 16 00 OF 000a aaaa MFX Control Assign 3 0 16 I OFF 1 16 00 10 000a aaaa MFX Control Assign 4 0 16 I OFF 1 16 00 11 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 1 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 15 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 2 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 19 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 3 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 1D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 4 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 21 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 5 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 25 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 6 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 29 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 7 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 2D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Par
187. aa Chorus Output Select 0 2 I I 20000 20000 I I l MAIN REV MAIN REV 1 00 31 0000 aaaa I f I 0000 bbbb In 00 04 0000 aaaa I I 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 9 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 1 12768 52768 1 00 35 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I In 00 08 0000 aaaa l 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 10 12768 52768 0000 ccce I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 2 12768 52768 1 00 39 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I In 00 OC 0000 aaaa I 0000 cece I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 11 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc 20000 20000 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 3 12768 52768 1 00 3D 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb In 00 10 0000 aaaa I 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 12 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 4 12768 52768 1 00 41 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I In 00 14 0000 aaaa l 0000 cece I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 13 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter
188. aa LFO1 TVA Depth 1 127 0000 cece I I I 63 63 I 0000 dddd MEX Parameter 3 12768 52768 l 00 7A Oaaa aaaa LFO1 Pan Depth 1 127 I 20000 20000 I I l 63 63 1 00 1D 0000 aaaa I I I l 0000 bbbb I I 00 7B 0000 aaaa LFO2 Wave Form 0 10 0000 cece I SIN TRI SAW UP SAW DW SOR 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 4 12768 52768 I I I RND BEND UP BEND DW TRP S amp H 20000 20000 00 21 0000 aaaa 153 MIDI Implementation I 0000 bbbb I I 20000 20000 0000 cece I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 5 12768 52768 00 00 01 11 Total Size I I I I 20000 20000 l 00 25 0000 aaaa I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 cccc I O1 4 2 3 Rhythm Common Chorus I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 6 12768 52768 I I I 20000 20000 1 00 29 0000 aaaa Offset I I 0000 bbbb I I Address Description I I 0000 cece E I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 7 12768 52768 00 00 0000 aaaa Chorus Type 0 1 I I 20000 20000 I I I OFF CHORUS 1 00 2D 0000 aaaa I I 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Chorus Level 0 127 I 0000 bbbb I I 00 02 0000 O0aa Chorus Output Assign 0 3 0000 ccce A B lt gt C lt gt D lt gt 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 8 12768 52768 00 03 0000 00
189. aa aaaa Tone Reverb Send Level 0 127 00 19 Oaaa aaaa Tone Chorus Send Level non MFX 0 127 00 1A Oaaa aaaa Tone Reverb Send Level non MFX 0 127 00 1B 0000 aaaa Tone Output Assign 0 12 l MERK By BOP Cake DOCS Dp Bp Deen ARO HELD GD TRE NG BRENT I 00 1C 00aa aaaa Tone Pitch Bend Range 0 48 00 1D 0000 000a Tone Receive Expression Q5 1 l OFF ON 00 1E 0000 000a Tone Receive Hold 1 0 1 OFF ON 00 1F 0000 000a Tone Receive Pan Mode 0 1 CONTINUOUS KEY ON I 00 20 0000 OOaa WMT Velocity Control 0 2 OFF ON RANDOM I a ca E an EE a EE ec Sa a a EA MIDI Implementation 00 21 0000 000a WMT1 Wave Switch 0 1 OFF ON l 00 22 0000 OOaa WMT1 Wave Group Type 0 3 INT SR JV80 SRX SAMPLE lt gt 00 23 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT1 Wave Group ID 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 27 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT1 Wave Number L Mono 0 16384 I I OFF 1 16384 00 2B 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc I 0000 dddd WMT1 Wave Number R 0
190. aaa TMT4 Keyboard Fade Width Upper 0 127 00 25 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Velocity Range Lower 1 127 1 UPPER 00 26 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Velocity Range Upper 1 127 LOWER 127 00 27 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Velocity Fade Width Lower 005 127 l 00 28 Oaaa aaaa TMT4 Velocity Fade Width Upper 0 127 I 00 00 00 29 Total Size O1 4 1 6 Patch Tone Offset l Address Description 00 00 Oaaa aaaa Tone Level 0 127 00 01 Oaaa aaaa Tone Coarse Tune 16 112 48 48 00 02 Oaaa aaaa Tone Fine Tune 14 114 50 50 00 03 000a aaaa Tone Random Pitch Depth O 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 l 1200 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Tone Pan 0 127 L64 63R 00 05 000a aaaa Tone Pan Keyfollow 54 74 100 100 00 06 00aa aaaa Tone Random Pan Depth O 63 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Tone Alternate Pan Depth 1 127 L63 63R 00 08 0000 000a Tone Env Mode KO aa S NO SUS SUSTAIN 00 09 0000 OOaa Tone Delay Mode 0 3 NORMAL HOLD KEY OFF NORMAL KEY OFF DECAY 1 00 OA 0000 aaaa I 0000 bbbb Tone Delay Time 0 149 I 0 127 MUSICAL NOTES I 00 OC Oaaa aaaa Tone Dry Send Level 0 127 00 OD Oaaa aaaa
191. aaa Voice Reserve 14 0 24 I I l 12 12 40 01 1E Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 15 0 24 l 01 16 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Velocity Sens 1 127 40 01 1F Oaaa aaaa Voice Reserve 16 0 24 I I 63 63 I 01 17 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 1 Velocity Sens 1 127 40 01 30 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Macro 0 7 l 63 63 I 40 01 31 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Character 0 7 l 01 18 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 4 Velocity Sens 1 127 40 01 32 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Pre LPF Ory I I l 63 63 40 01 33 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Level 0 127 01 19 Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 1 0 127 40 01 34 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Time 0 127 I 01 1A Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 2 0 127 40 01 35 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Delay Feedback 0 127 I 01 1B Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 3 0 127 I 40 01 36 Oaaa aaaa Reverb Send Level to Chorus lt gt 0 127 I 01 1C Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Time 4 0 127 l 01 1D Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 0 1 127 I 40 01 38 Oaaa aaaa Chorus Macro 0 7 I I l 263 463 40 01 39 Oaaa aaaa Chorus Pre LPF 0 7 01 1E Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 1 1 127 40 01 3A Oaaa aaaa Chorus Level 0 127 I I l 63 63 I 40 01 3B Oaaa aaaa Chorus Feedback 0 127 01 1F Oaaa aaaa Pitch Env Level 2 1 127 40 01 3C Oaaa aaaa Chorus Delay 0 127 I 63
192. aaa aaaa Drum Map Name 10 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 41 mO OA Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 11 32 127 I I 32 127 ASCII I 41 mO OB Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 12 32 127 32 127 ASCII s Es 41 ml rr Qaaa aaaa Play Note Number 0 127 41 m2 rr Oaaa aaaa Level 0 127 41 m3 rr Oaaa aaaa Assign Group Number 0 127 I I NON 1 127 41 m4 rr Oaaa aaaa Panpot 0 127 I RAMDOM L63 63R 41 m5 rr Qaaa aaaa Reverb Send Level 0 127 0 0 1 0 41 m6 rr Oaaa aaaa Chorus Send Level 0 127 Dale TO I 41 m7 rr 0000 000a Rx Note Off 0 1 OFF ON 41 m8 rr 0000 000a Rx Note On 0 1 I OFF ON I m Map number 0 MAP1 1 MAP2 rr drum part note number 00H 7FH 157 E s E o E 2 Si MIDI Implementation Decimal and Hexadecimal Table An H is appended to the end of numbers in hexadecimal notation In MIDI documentation data values and addresses sizes of Exclusive messages etc are expressed as hexadecimal values for each 7 bits The following table shows how these correspond to decimal numbers 1D H Ip H Ip 8 Laf H a h SIrL ga h I O OOH 32 20H 64 40H 96 60H I 1 O1H 33 21H 65 41H 97 61H 2 02H
193. ails refer to the owner s manual for your software 115 Error Messages An error message appears in the display when an error in operation occurs or if an operation cannot be processed correctly When this occurs continue by following the instructions indicated in the error message 116 g a Ki D lt Situation Action n D mA 00000 There is a problem with the MIDI cable con nected to the XV 2020 s MIDI IN connector or with an external device However this mes sage is also displayed when the power for the external device is turned off Check to make sure the MIDI cable is firmly and properly connected Otherwise confirm that there is no short in the MIDI cable try switching the MIDI cable to check this Dr a m OOOOO More MIDI messages were received in a short time than could be processed correctly Reduce the amount of MIDI messages that are trans mitted m Lm mm 00000 A system exclusive message that was re ceived had an incorrect check sum value Correct the check sum value a D In OOoOOoOO A system exclusive message was not proper ly received Repeated appearance of this same error message means that there is a problem with the MIDI message Check the content of the received system exclusive message C 2 DL ooo OO USER data has been damaged Restore the factory settings with the Factory Reset procedure D T 00000 It
194. ameter 8 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 31 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 9 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 35 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MEX Parameter 10 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 39 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 11 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 3D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 12 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 41 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MEX Parameter 13 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 45 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 14 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 49 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 15 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 4D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 16 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 51 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 17 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 55 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 18 12768 52768 I I 20000 20000 00 59 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 19 12768 52768 I 20000 20000 00 5D 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc
195. amount of the Tone applied more effective Furthermore you can take the Multi effects you have applied to a Patch in a Part and apply them to the entire Performance or just part of the Performance On the XV 2020 only the MFX A settings are valid in Performance mode Basic Process of Making Effects Settings When applying effects in Performance mode the following procedure is used to make the settings 1 Setting the Output Method Used by the Direct Sound Output Assign gt p 79 Settings determining whether or not the signal passes through the Multi effects the jack used to output the sound and the type of output stereo or mono for each Part You can also settings for a Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to a Part 2 Setting the Amount of Each Effect Applied Send Level gt p 79 Sets the level volume of each effect signal to be sent for each Part 3 Making Multi Effects Settings gt p 80 Select the type of Multi effects to be used and set the parameters for the selected Multi effect You can also Multi effects settings for a Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to a Part 4 Setting the Multi Effects Controller gt p 80 When using MIDI messages to change the Multi effects parameters in realtime select the Multi effects controller 5 Setting the Output Destination and Volume for the Sounds Passing Through the Multi Effects gt p 80 Select the output jack and set the output level volume of the sounds passing thro
196. and Service Center or authorized Roland distributor in your country as shown below EGYPT Al Fanny Trading Office 9 EBN Hagar A1 Askalany Street ARD El Golf Heliopolis Cairo 11341 EGYPT TEL 20 2 417 1828 REUNION Maison FO YAM Marcel 25 Rue Jules Hermann Chaudron BP79 97 491 Ste Clotilde Cedex REUNION ISLAND TEL 0262 218 429 SOUTH AFRICA That Other Music Shop PTY Ltd 1 Melle St Braamfontein Johannesbourg SOUTH AFRICA P O Box 32918 Braamfontein 2017 Johannesbourg SOUTH AFRICA TEL 011 403 4105 Paul Bothner PTY Ltd 7 Werdmuller Centre Main Road Claremont 7708 SOUTH AFRICA P O BOX 23032 Claremont 7735 SOUTH AFRICA TEL 021 674 4030 CHINA Roland Shanghai Electronics Co Ltd 5F No 1500 Pingliang Road Shanghai CHINA TEL 021 5580 0800 Roland Shanghai Electronics Co Ltd BEIJING OFFICE 10F No 18 Anhuaxili Chaoyang District Beijing CHINA TEL 010 6426 5050 HONG KONG Tom Lee Music Co Ltd Service Division 22 32 Pun Shan Street Tsuen Wan New Territories HONG KONG TEL 2415 0911 INDIA Rivera Digitec India Pvt Ltd 409 Nirman Kendra Mahalaxmi Flats Compound Off Dr Edwin Moses Road Mumbai 400011 INDIA TEL 022 2493 9051 INDONESIA PT Citra IntiRama J1 Cideng Timur No 15J 150 Jakarta Pusat INDONESIA TEL 021 6324170 KOREA Cosmos Corporation 1461 9 Seocho Dong Seocho Ku Seoul KOREA TEL 02 3486 8855
197. anized into ten different modes You can easily switch modes using the VALUE knob or VOLUME knob VALUE Om _ MODE PUSH parcH Patch Play Mode Patch Edit Mode O PERFORM n o RHYTHM Choose this mode when playing a single Patch from a keyboard Choose this mode when changing Patch settings Ojcm 0 mDI co Co co co lee Performance Part Play Mode PERFORM RHYTHM This is the mode in which Patches Rhythm Sets assigned to jem the Performance parts are played You can switch between ae Performance Edit Mode Play modes m efo Performance Play Mode Pad Choose this mode when changing Performance settings by pressing VALUE Ek ren Choose this mode when using the XV 2020 as a multitimbral ojom sound module Rhythm Edit Mode SI Choose this mode when changing Rhythm Set settings og oea Rhythm Play Mode p XV 2020 Rhythm Sets can be used in any Part Farm Choose this mode when playing Rhythm Sets from a keyboard in a Performance You can also select the desired 2 multi effects for a Rhythm Set olup nr GM Play Mode GM Edit Mode n UU fam Choose this mode when using the XV 2020 as a General MIDI 2 dE 0 s changing GM2 settings 2 ejon compatible sound module E a CATEGORY BANK VOLUME VALUE MODE PUSH To change to Edit mode own ofeach DEMO Mode A LL PERFORM x S i elen Choose this mode when listening the D
198. ap you may be unable to get MIDI data GS music data created especially for use only with the Sound Canvas series of devices to play back properly Using the XV 2020 as a General MIDI Sound Module Making Effects Settings in GM Mode EFFECTS In GM mode a GM exclusive Chorus and Reverb can be used Chorus and Reverb can be set independently e Chorus Adds depth and spaciousness to the sound e Reverb Adds the reverberation characteristics of halls or auditoriums In GM mode you cannot use Multi effects The XV 2020 s onboard effects can be turned on off as a whole For details refer to Turning Effects On Off p 76 OUTPUT Parameter Value Description OUTPUT LEVEL 0 127 Sets the direct sound s volume for each Part Dry Send Level CHORUS SEND LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Chorus for each Part If you don t want to add the Chorus effect set it to 0 REVERB SEND LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Reverb for each Part If you don t want to add the Reverb effect set it to 0 Chorus and Reverb are output in mono at all times GM CHORUS Parameter Value Description CHORUS TYPE CHORUS 1 4 Selects the type of Chorus FB CHORUS CHORUS 1 4 Chorus1 4 FLANGER FB CHORUS Feedback Chorus FLANGER Flanger CHORUS RATE 0 127 Specifies the modulation frequency of the Chorus sound CHORUS DEPTH 0 127 Sets the depth of the modulations of the C
199. are included with the XV 2020 make the settings in the following screen o 2 D w D g oO Confirming Tones You can confirm Tones you have selected by pressing the VOLUME knob p 34 You can also confirm the Tones using the Tone editor XV editor included with the unit Click and drag KEYBOARD CH to select the Patch s MIDI Transmit channel KEYBOARD si OCT VEL CH Click the keyboard to play the XV 2020 s sounds Click and drag KEYBOARD VEL to set the keyboard velocity Click OCT to change the pitch of the sound played in one octave units The PATCH indicator change from solidly lit to flashing whenever a parameter is edited If you turn off the power or choose another Patch while the indicator is blinked you new Patch settings will be lost If you wish to preserve them save the changed settings using the Write operation p 92 Creating a Patch Patch Parameter Tone Related Settings Parameter Value Description TONE SWITCH OFF ON Here s how to turn on the Tones that you want to hear in a Patch You can also use the on off tech nique described in this section to audition an individual Tone by turning off all the other Tones in a Patch TONE SELECT OFF ON Selects the Tone to be edited PATCH COMMON Settings Common to the Entire Patch Parameter Value Description PATCH NAME space A Z a z 0 9 1 amp
200. at make up a Patch You can t play a Tone by itself it can only be played as part of a Patch or Rhythm Set A Tone consists of the following five components KI ki kt Pitch TVF TVA Envelope Envelope Envelope IU audio signal control signal WG Wave Generator This selects the PCM waveform material that provides the basis of the Tone Two waveforms can be assigned to each Tone The XV 2020 has 1083 different waveforms See Waveform List p 121 All Patches built into the XV 2020 consist of combinations of Tones based on these waveforms TVF Time Variant Filter This specifies how the frequency components of the Tone change TVA Time Variant Amplifier This determines how the volume and panning of the Tone change Envelope Anenvelope applies changes to the Tone over time There are separate envelopes for pitch TVF filter and TVA volume For example you would use the TVA Envelope to modify the way in which the Tone attacks and decays 44 Creating a Patch LFO Low Frequency Oscillator Use the LFO to create cyclical changes or cyclical modulation in a Tone Each Tone has two LFOs An LFO can be applied to the Tone s pitch settings TVF filter and TVA volume When an LFO is applied to pitch a vibrato effect is produced When an LFO is applied to the TVF cutoff frequency a wah wah effect is produced When an LFO is applied to the TVA volume a tremolo effect is produced Tips for
201. ata byte Status FOH 7EH dev 06H 02H 41H 10H 01H F7H 00H 03H 00H 00H 00H 00H Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7EH D number Universal Non realtime Message dev Device ID dev 10H 1FH 06H Sub ID 1 General Information 02H Sub ID 2 Identity Reply 41H D number Roland 10H 01H Device family code 00H 03H Device family number code 00H 00H 00H 00H Software revision level F7H EOX End of Exclusive Data Transmission OData set 1 DT1 12H Status Data byte Status FOH 41H dev 00H 10H 12H aaH bbH F7H ccH ddH eeH ffH sum Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 41H ID number Roland dev Device ID dev 00H 1FH 7FH 00H Model ID 1 XV 2020 10H Model ID 2 XV 2020 12H Command ID DT1 aaH Address MSB upper byte of the starting address of the data to be sent bbH Address upper middle byte of the starting address of the data to be sent ccH Address lower middle byte of the starting address of the data to be sent ddH Address LSB lower byte of the starting address of the data to be sent eeH Data the actual data to be sent Multiple bytes of data are transmitted in order starting from the address ffH Data sum Checksum F7H EOX End Of Exclusive The amount of data that can be transmitted at one time depends on the type of data and data will be transmitted from the specified starting address and size Refer to the address and size given in Parameter Address Map p
202. atch VALUE Patch number gt x I IN Bank page Description USER p 124 There are 128 patches stored in memory which you can overwrite with patches you create your self PSTA B C D PRESET p 125 There are 512 patches with 128 Patches in a single bank stored in memory which cannot be overwritten GM General MIDI p 129 These are patches for the General MIDI System which is designed to standardize the specifica ory which cannot be overwritten tions for MIDI functions for all manufacturers and models There are 128 patches stored in mem EXP A B Ss These are banks for use with Wave Expansion Boards installed in the slots Patches are stored in memory on the separately available Wave Expansion Board and cannot be overwritten Procedure Roland XV 202D 2 sax EXPANSION PARTIPATCH RX cH VALUE CATEGORY BANK e amp gt PHONES VOLUME 1 mibi ODE PUSH USER PIANO PATCH KEYEORG GTR BS PERFORM OCH BRS SYN PAD S a 7 RHYTHM ETHNIC RHY amp SFX GM USB MIDI PREVIEW PUSH 1 Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up Press the knob several times until the PATCH indicator lights up 2 Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose the bank USER PST A B C D GM EXP A B 3 Turn VALUE to choose a Patch You can listen to the selected patch sound by holding down VOLUME At this time the currently selected preset bank USr USER and the patch number appear in alternat
203. bbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 18 12768 52768 20000 20000 l 00 4B 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb I 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 19 12768 52768 20000 20000 13 00 4F 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cccc 0000 dddd Reverb Parameter 20 12768 52768 20000 20000 _ _ _ 00 00 00 53 Total Size R O1 3 5 Performance MIDI is _ _ Offset Address Description I 00 00 0000 000a Receive Program Change 6014 37 OFF ON 00 01 0000 000a Receive Bank Select 0 1 OFF ON 00 02 0000 000a Receive Bender CO TY OFF ON 00 03 0000 000a Receive Polyphonic Key Pressure 0 1 OFF ON 00 04 0000 000a Receive Channel Pressure Oe sa Ei OFF ON 00 05 0000 000a Receive Modulation CO AG OFF ON 00 06 0000 000a Receive Volume 02 OFF ON 00 07 0000 000a Receive Pan a TY OFF ON 00 08 0000 000a Receive Expression Hp 3 OFF ON 00 09 0000 000a Receive Hold 1 0 1 OFF ON 00 OA 0000 000a Phase Lock tot OFF ON 00 OB 0000 Oaaa Velocity Curve Type 0 4 I OFF 1 4 I 00 00 00 OC Total Size Ga O1 3 6 Performance Part w Offset Address Description I 00 00 0000 aaaa Receive Chan
204. ber of Tones with two Waveforms and multiply this number by 2 Add the number of Tones that use one Waveform Multiply this total by the number of keys pressed The XV 2020 can play up to 64 Tones simultaneously When you re using the XV 2020 multitimbrally keep this in mind and adjust your Voice Reserve settings so that each Part is guaranteed at least the minimum number of voices it requires OFFSET You can determine how a Part plays a sound by setting it to modify the sound s programmed cutoff frequen cy Resonance and TVF and TVA Envelope attack and release time settings OFFSET COF 64 63 Raises or lowers the TVF cutoff frequency settings for each of the Tones in the Part s Part Cutoff Offset sound OFFSET RES 64 63 Raises or lowers the TVF Resonance settings for each of the Tones in the Part s sound Part Resonance Offset OFFSET ATK 64 63 Raises or lowers the TVF TVA attack time T1 settings for each of the Tones in the Part s Part Attack Time Offset sound OFFSET DCY 64 63 Raises or lowers the TVF TVA attack time T2 and T3 settings for each of the Tones in the Part Decay Time Offset Part s sound OFFSET REL 64 63 Raises or lowers the TVF TVA release time T4 settings for each of the Tones in the Part s Part Release Time Offset sound FADE LOWER 0 127 Determines what happens to the Part s level when a note that s lower than its specified Part Keyboard Fade Width keyboard range is played Higher s
205. cable gt p 30 Headphones Roland PHONES USB MIDI Computer AC adaptor L MONO To prevent malfunction and or damage to speakers or other devices always turn down the volume and turn off the power on all devices before making any connections MIDI OUT MIDI keyboard MIDI sequencer etc HEE Power amp Mixer etc Monitor speakers powered Stereo set etc 1 Before making any connections confirm that power to all devices has been turned off NEMO 2 Connect the included AC adaptor to the AC adaptor jack and plug the We recommend using a stereo connection in order adaptor into a power outlet to get the maximum performance from the XV I 2020 but for monaural use 3 Connect audio and MIDI cables as shown in the diagram If make he connection to the connecting headphones plug the headphones into the PHONES jack L MONO OUTPUT jack 11 Getting Ready to Play Turning the Power On Off Turning On the Power Once the connections have been completed p 11 turn on power to your various devices in the order specified By turning on devices in the wrong order you risk causing malfunction and or damage to speakers and other devices 1 Before turning on the power confirm the following Are all devices connected properly Are the volume levels on
206. ch Name 8 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 08 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 9 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 09 Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 10 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 0A Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 11 32 127 I I 32 127 ASCII I 00 OB Oaaa aaaa Patch Name 12 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII 00 OC Oaaa aaaa Patch Category 0 127 I 00 OD 0000 000a Tone Type lt gt 0 1 4TONES MULTI PARTIAL I 00 OE Oaaa aaaa Patch Level 0 127 I 00 OF Oaaa aaaa Patch Pan 0 127 I I L64 63R 00 10 0000 000a Patch Priority 0 1 LAST LOUDEST 00 11 Oaaa aaaa Patch Coarse Tune 16 112 48 48 00 12 Oaaa aaaa Patch Fine Tune 14 114 I 50 50 00 13 0000 Oaaa Octave Shift 61 67 3 43 00 14 0000 O0aa Stretch Tune Depth 0 3 I OFF 1 3 I 00 15 Oaaa aaaa Analog Feel 0 127 00 16 0000 000a Mono Poly 0 1 MONO POLY 00 17 0000 000a Legato Switch 0 1 OFF ON 00 18 0000 000a Legato Retrigger 1 OFF ON 00 19 0000 000a Portamento Switch 0 1 OFF ON I 00 1A 0000 000a Portamento Mode 0 1 NORMAL LEGATO 149 MIDI Implementation MIDI Implementation 00 1B 0000 000a Portamento Type 0 1 l I RATE TIME 00 1C 0000 000a Portamento Start 0
207. channel number vv Control value Ahold movement isn t done OResonance Controller number 71 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 47H vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Resonance value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Resonance Offset parameter Performance Part will change ORelease Time Controller number 72 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 48H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Release Time value relative change 8 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Release Time Offset parameter Performance Part will change OAttack time Controller number 73 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 49H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Attack time value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Attack Time Offset parameter Performance Part will change OCutoff Controller number 74 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4AH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Cutoff value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Cutoff Offset parameter Performance Part will change ODecay Time Controller number 75 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4BH vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Decay Time value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Decay Ti
208. chnoKick 4 R amp B SN Ghost Reso Stick TechnoSNGhst Round Kick House Kick 3 Technokick 3 R amp B PdHH House OpHH 2 TechnoCIHH 3 R amp B Kick 2 House Kick 2 TechnoKick 2 R amp B Kick 1 House Kick 1 Technokick 1 R amp B Stick House Stick TechnoStick R amp B SN 1 House SN 1 TechnoSN 1 Snare Ghost House Claps1 808 Clap R amp B SN 2 House SN 2 TechnoSN 2 R amp B Tom L House NzTomL TechnoTomi L R amp B CIHH 1 House CIHH 1 TechnoCIHH 1 Rock Fim L 808 Tom L TechnoTom2 L R amp B CIHH 2 House CIHH 2 TechnoCIHH 2 R amp B Tom M House NzTomM TechnoTom1 M R amp B OpHH House OpHH 1 TechnoOpHH Rock Fim M 808 Tom M TechnoTom2 M R amp B Tom HO House NzTomH T echnolomi H R amp B CrCym1 House CrCym TechnoCrCym Rock Fim H 808 Tom H TechnoTom2 H Rock RdCym1 House FbkCym TechnoCym R amp B CrCym2 House SN 3 TechnoRvSNRI Rock RdCym2 House FSnaps 808 Crash Tambourine House CIHH 4 TechnoBrSlap Rock CrCym House Cowbel TechnoNzStik Cowbell Lo House CIHH 5 TechnoCIHH 5 Crash House WBlock TechnoSNRoll Cowbell Hi House OpHH 3 TechnoRvJzRI Ride Bell House Claps2 TechnoSiren Bongo Hi House Cabasa TechnoLoop Bongo Lo House WCrak TechnoLoNz Cga Mute Hi House VoxNz TechnoRdCym Cga Open Hi House Kick 7 TechnoCowbel Cga Open Lo Timpani TechnoTel Timbale Hi House Bird TechnoTimpni Timbale Lo House Gun 1 TechnoClHH 6 R amp B AgBel1 House FBell TechnoRvOHit R amp B AgBel2 House Rattle TechnoRvTHit R amp B AgBel3 House RvOHit TechnoRvBHt1 Maracas House Noize1 TechnoRvBHt2
209. cimal values such as MIDI channel bank select and program change are listed as one greater than the values given in the above table A 7 bit byte can express data in the range of 128 steps For data where greater precision is required we must use two or more bytes For example two hexadecimal numbers aa bbH expressing two 7 bit bytes would indicate a value of aa x 128 bb In the case of values which have a sign 00H 64 40H 0 and 7FH 63 so that the decimal expression would be 64 less than the value given in the above chart In the case of two types 00 00H 8192 40 00H 0 and 7F 7FH 8191 For example if aa bbH were expressed as decimal this would be aa bbH 40 00H aa x 128 bb 64 x 128 Data marked Use nibbled data is expressed in hexadecimal in 4 bit units A value expressed as a 2 byte nibble 0a ObH has the value of a x 16 b lt Example1 gt What is the decimal expression of 5AH From the preceding table 5AH 90 lt Example2 gt What is the decimal expression of the value 12 34H given as hexadecimal for each 7 bits From the preceding table since 12H 18 and 34H 52 18 x 128 52 2356 lt Example3 gt What is the decimal expression of the nibbled value 0A 03 09 0D From the preceding table since NAH 10 03H 3 09H 9 ODH 13 10 x 16 3 x 16 9 x 16 13 41885 lt Example4 gt What is the nibbled expression of the decimal value 1258 Since from the preceding table 0
210. colo 1 0 73 212 Synth Drum 2 0 119 021 Harpsi w 1 2 085 SynthBass1 1 0 39 149 Flute 1 0 74 213 808 Tom 2 1 022 Harpsi o 2 3 086 SynthBass101 1 1 150 Recorder 1 0 75 214 Elec Perc 1 2 023 Clav 1 0 8 087 Acid Bass 1 2 151 Pan Flute 1 0 76 215 Reverse Cym 1 0 120 024 Pulse Clav 1 1 088 Clavi Bass 2 3 152 Bottle Blow 2 0 77 216 Gt FretNoise 1 0 121 025 Celesta 1 0 9 089 Hammer 2 4 153 Shakuhachi 2 0 78 217 Gt CutNoise 1 1 026 Glockenspiel 1 0 10 090 SynthBass2 2 0 40 154 Whistle 1 0 79 218 String Slap 1 2 027 Music Box 1 0 11 091 Beef FM Bass 2 1 155 Ocarina 2 0 80 219 Breath Noise 1 0 122 028 Vibraphone 2 0 12 092 RubberBass2 2 2 156 Square Wave 2 0 81 220 FI Key Click 1 1 029 Vibraphonew 2 1 093 Attack Pulse 1 3 157 MG Square 1 1 221 Seashore 1 0 123 030 Marimba 1 0 13 094 Violin 1 0 41 158 2600 Sine 1 2 222 Rain 1 1 031 Marimba w 1 1 095 Slow Violin 1 1 159 Saw Wave 2 0 82 223 Thunder 1 2 032 Xylophone 1 0 14 096 Viola 1 0 42 160 OB2 Saw 1 1 224 Wind 1 3 033 Tubular bell 1 0 15 097 Cello 1 0 43 161 Doctor Solo 2 2 225 Stream 2 4 034 Church Bell 1 1 098 Contrabass 1 0 44 162 NaturalLead 2 3 226 Bubble 2 5 035 Carillon 1 2 099 Tremolo Str 1 0 45 163 SequencedSaw 2 4 227 Bird 2 0 124 036 Santur 1 0 16 100 PizzicatoStr 1 0 46 164 Syn Calliope 2 0 83 228 Dog 1 1 037 Organ 1 2 0 17 101 Harp 1 0 47 165 Chiffer Lead 2 0 84 229 Horse Gallop 1 2 038 Trem Organ 2 1 102 Yang Qin 2 1 166 Charang 2 0 85 230 Bird2 1 3 039 60 s Organ 1 1 2 103 Timpani 1 0 48 167 Wire Lea
211. coming from external devices Before moving the unit disconnect the AC O Disconnect all cords coming from external devices O before moving the unit unplug the AC adaptor from the outlet p 12 e Before cleaning the unit turn off the power and Q in your area disconnect the AC adaptor from the outlet e Whenever you suspect the possibility of lightning O series Remove only the specified screws p 106 e Install only the specified circuit board s SRX O sure to put them in a safe place out of children s reach so there is no chance of them being swallowed accidentally Should you remove screws and rubber feet make Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Windows 98 is known officially as Microsoft Windows 98 operating system Screen shots in this documents are reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation Windows 2000 is known officially as Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system Windows Me is known officially as Microsoft Windows Millennium Edition operating system Apple and Macintosh are registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc MacOS is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc All product names mentioned in this document are trade marks or registered trademarks of their respective owners OMS is a registered trademark of Opcode Systems Inc FreeMIDI is a trademark of
212. connecting your computer to d i network services such as file servers and printers But it can make MIDI communication less reliable If you choose Turn It Off don t disconnect AppleTalk yet CAUTION OMS may not turn off AppleTalk as reliably as Apple s system software Leave It On Turn It Off The Create a New Studio setup dialog box appears Click OK Create a New Studio Setup A studio setup document is a list of your MIDI devices and cables between them You use it to tell applications what s in your studio Click OK to have OMS automatically locate your MIDI devices and build a new studio setup document NEMO This unit is equipped with a protection circuit A brief interval a few seconds after power up is required before the unit will operate normally A To prevent malfunction and or damage to speakers or other devices always turn down the volume and turn off the power on all devices before making any connections NEM If you are using the XV 2020 with a sequencer do not disconnect the MIDI cable connected to the XV 2020 while a song is playing back NEMO If the Create a New Studio setup dialog box does not appear click New Studio setup in the File menu For Those Using a Computer OMS Driver Search OMS will now search for MIDI cards interfaces and software synthesizers These devices are controlled by drivers 5 The O
213. connection Macintosh gt p 24 e Connecting with MIDI cables gt p 30 Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows What is a driver Application USB port Roland XV 202O0 oni USB cable XV 2020 Computer A driver is software that transfers data between the XV 2020 and application software running on your computer when your computer and the XV 2020 are connected by a USB cable The driver sends data from your application to the XV 2020 and from the XV 2020 to your application The following items are required for connections and installation Please have the following items ready e XV 2020 e AC adaptor e USB cable e XV Editor CD ROM The installation procedure will differ depending on your system Please proceed to one of the following sections depending on the system you use Windows XP users p 14 Windows 2000 users p 17 Windows Me 98 users p 20 o D N gt a E S LL 5 2 E For Those Using a Computer Windows XP users 14 l With the XV 2020 disconnected start up Windows 2 Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse if used Open the System Properties dialog box 1 Click the Windows Start menu and from the menu select Control Panel 2 In Pick a category click Performance and Maintenance 3 In or pick a Control Panel icon click the System icon Open the Driver Signing Op
214. created in Patch mode The selected scale applies to MIDI messages received from an external MIDI device as well as to local sound generation Parameter Value Description SCALE TUNE SWITCH OFF ON Turn this on when you wish to use a tuning scale other than equal temperament The XV 2020 allows you to use temperaments other than equal temperament KEY C B SCALE 64 63 Adjusts the pitch of each note in one cent steps 1 100th of a semitone relative to its Key Scale C B equal tempered pitch Equal Temperament This scale divides an octave into 12 equal parts using the tuning system that is most widely used in Western music Pure Temperament Tonic is C With this tuning the three fundamental chords sound richer compared to equal temperament This effect only applies to one key and transposition can produce less pleasing results Arabian Scale In this scale E and B are a quarter note lower and C F and G are a quarter note higher compared to equal temperament The intervals between G and B C and E F and G Bb and C and Eb and F have a natural third the interval between a major third and a minor third On the XV 2020 you can use Arabian temperament in the three keys of G C and F Example Tonic C Note name Equal tem Pure Arabian scale perament tonic C temperament 0 lt OO 2 bd a D w D 2 o C CH D Eb E F FH G G A Bb B
215. ctave pitch change over the span of 12 keys set this parameter to 200 Negative values cause the Tone s pitch to go down as you go up the keyboard If you want the same pitch to sound re gardless of what key is pressed set this parameter to 0 PITCH ENVELOPE These parameters determine the amount of pitch enveloping changes to your basic pitch settings that occur over time the effect of velocity on the pitch envelope and the basic characteristics of the pitch envelope it LO self Pitch _ bere oY keyis pressed released ENV DEPTH 12 12 Determines the amount of pitch enveloping to be used high Pitch Envelope Depth er settings result in more extreme enveloping Negative set tings invert the direction of the changes made by the Pitch 54 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description ENV TIME KF 100 100 Use this parameter when you want the keyboard location of Pitch Envelope Time Key notes to affect times T2 T4 of the pitch envelope Higher val follow ues for this parameter cause more extreme changes to the T2 T4 settings as you play further away from Middle C C4 at Middle C itself your original T2 T4 settings are in effect Pos itive settings cause the times to be shortened for notes above Middle C Negative settings cause the times to be lengthened for notes above Middle C Time 100 50 50 T2 4 C5
216. cy points fixed at locations most useful for adding character to the sound Lin gt L out Pan L Spectrum Pan R 8 ROTARY The Rotary effect simulates the sound of the rotary speakers often used with the classic electric organs Since the movement of the high range and low range rotors can be set independently the unique characteristics of these speakers can be simulated quite accurately Rin gt R out This effect is most suitable for electric organ Patches Parameter Value Description 250Hz Gain 15 15 dB Gain of each frequency band Lin L out 500Hz Gain 1000Hz Gain o 1250Hz Gain e 2000Hz Gain Rin R out 3150Hz Gain SE Cain Parameter Value Description Band WidthQ 0 5 1 0 2 0 4 0 Simultaneously adjusts the width Speed ees s S Da Me to 8 0 of the adjusted ranges for all of the een EE bands quency rotor and high frequency q y rotor Level 0 127 Output level SLOW Slows down the speed to Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the SPECTRUM the Slow Rate output FAST Speeds up the speed to the Fast Rate Low Slow 0 05 10 00 Hz Slow speed SLOW of the low 6 EN H A N CER frequency rotor Low Fast 0 05 10 00 Hz Fast speed FAST of the low fre Controls the overtone structure of the high frequencies adding quency rotor Low Accel 0 15 Adjusts the time it takes the low
217. d 2 1 231 Telephone 1 1 0 125 040 70 sE Organ 2 3 104 Strings 2 0 49 168 Solo Vox 2 0 86 232 Telephone2 1 1 041 Organ 2 2 0 18 105 Orchestra 3 1 169 5th Saw Wave 2 0 87 233 DoorCreaking 1 2 042 Chorus Or 2 2 1 106 60s Strings 2 2 170 Bass amp Lead 2 0 88 234 Door 1 3 043 Perc Organ 2 2 107 Slow Strings 1 0 50 171 DelayedLead 2 1 235 Scratch 2 4 044 Organ 3 2 0 19 108 Syn Strings1 2 0 51 172 Fantasia 2 0 89 236 Wind Chimes 2 5 045 Church Org 1 1 0 20 109 Syn Strings3 2 1 173 Warm Pad 1 0 90 237 Helicopter 2 0 126 046 Church Org 2 2 1 110 Syn Strings2 2 0 52 174 Sine Pad 2 1 238 Car Engine 1 1 047 Church Org 3 2 2 111 Choir Aahs 2 0 53 175 Polysynth 2 0 91 239 Car Stop 1 2 048 Reed Organ 1 0 21 112 ChorusAahs 2 1 176 Space Voice 2 0 92 240 Car Pass 1 3 049 Puff Organ 2 1 113 Voice Oohs 1 0 54 177 ltopia 2 1 241 Car Crash 2 4 050 Accordion Fr 2 0 22 114 Humming 2 1 178 BowedGlass 3 0 93 242 Siren 1 5 051 Accordion It 2 1 115 SynVox 1 0 55 179 Metal Pad 3 0 94 243 Train 1 6 052 Harmonica 1 0 23 116 Analog Voice 1 1 180 Halo Pad 2 0 95 244 Jetplane 2 7 053 Bandoneon 2 0 24 117 OrchestraHit 2 0 56 181 Sweep Pad 1 0 96 245 Starship 2 8 054 Nylon str Gt 1 0 25 118 Bass Hit 2 1 182 Ice Rain 2 0 97 246 Burst Noise 2 9 055 Ukulele 1 1 119 6th Hit 2 2 183 Soundtrack 2 0 98 247 Applause 2 0 127 056 Nylon Gt o 2 2 120 Euro Hit 2 3 184 Crystal 2 0 99 248 Laughing 1 1 057 Nylon Gt 2 2 3 121 Trumpet 1 0 57 185 Syn Mallet 1 1 249 Screaming 1 2 058 Steel str Gt 1 0 26 122 Da
218. de it delete this in the same way When you have finished deleting the unwanted devices click OK in the System Properties dialog box Turn off the power of the XV 2020 then delete the driver Deleting the USB MIDI Driver p 23 Restart Windows Then install the driver once again Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows p 13 w Operating system becomes unstable Operation becomes unsiable when the computer is started up with the XV 2020 already connected Please start up your computer with the XV 2020 disconnected and then connect the XV 2020 On a computer that uses a USB keyboard starting up the computer with the XV 2020 already connected may cause operation to become unstable In this case start up the computer with the XV 2020 disconnected and then connect the XV 2020 ment No sound 114 Have you specified the MIDI data output destination in your operating system On your computer you will need to specify the XV 2020 as the output destination for MIDI data For details on how to make this setting refer to Settings and checking Windows gt p 21 Macintosh gt p 26 p 29 Have you specified the audio data output destination for your playback software Depending on your software you may need to once again specify the XV 2020 as the MIDI data output destination For details on this setting refer to the operation manual for your application Macintosh Macintosh Windows Macintosh Troubles
219. djusts the amount of the de lay sound that s fed back into the effect Negative settings will invert the phase Dly HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above BYPASS which sound fed back to the ef fect is filtered out If you don t want to filter out any high fre quencies set this parameter to BYPASS Dly Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be D0 100W tween the sound sent through the delay W and the sound that s not sent through the de lay D Level 0 127 Output level 36 FLANGER gt DELAY Balance D O Balance D L out LI Balance W CT Balance W R out Balance D Balance D Parameter Value Description Fig Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Flg Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Flg Feedback 98 98 Yo Adjusts the amount of the flanger sound that s fed back into the ef fect Negative settings invert the phase Flg Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the flanger is heard Flg Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the flanger sound W Delay Time 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the delay sound is heard Dly Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that s fed back into the ef fect Negative settings invert the phase Dly HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above BYPASS which sound fed back to the effect is filtered
220. driver p 25 p 28 If you are using OMS If you are using FreeMIDI Either OMS or FreeMIDI must be installed in your Macintosh as appropriate for the sequencer software you are using Install OMS if using the XV Editor software included with the unit Installing the XV 2020 driver OMS Use the following procedure to install the XV 2020 driver The included XV 2020 OMS driver is an add on module for using the XV 2020 with OMS In order for you to use it OMS must already be installed on the hard disk from which you started up If you would like to learn more about OMS refer to OMS_2 3_Mac pdf online manual in the OMS2 3 8 folder within the OMS folder of the CD ROM Disconnect the XV 2020 from the Macintosh before you perform the installation 1 Exitall currently running software applications If you are using a virus checker or similar software be sure to exit this as well 2 Prepare the CD ROM Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive 3 Double click the OMS E icon found in the XV 2020 folder XV Driver E D folder of the CD ROM to start up the installer ne 4 Verify the installation location and click Install NEMO OMS can be found in the OMS2 3 8 folder within the OMS folder of the CD ROM NEMO About detailed information for OMS refer to the Owner s Manual of OMS MEMO You will need the Adobe Acrobat Reader in order to view OMS 2 3 Mac pdf The latest version of
221. driver settings gt Settings and checking p 21 Windows 2000 users 1 With the XV 2020 disconnected start up Windows Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse if used 2 Log on to Windows as a user with administrative privileges such as Administrator 3 Open the System Properties dialog box Click the Windows Start button and from the menu that appears select Settings Control Panel In Control Panel double click the System icon 4 Open the Driver Signing Options dialog General Network Identification Hardware User Profiles Advanced box Hardware Wizard k Se The Hardware wizard helps you install uninstall repair Click the Hardware tab and then click GES Unplug eject and corvioure vou hardware Driver Signing Hardware Wizard Device Manager ml J The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed ZA on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device Device Manager Hardware Profiles g Hardware profiles provide a way for you to set up and store pail different hardware contigurations Hardware Profiles OK Cancel Apply For Those Using a Computer 18 5 Make sure that File signature verification is set to Ignore Driver Signing Options GEZ To ensure their integrity all Files on the Windows 2000 CD are digitally signed by Microsoft and are automatically verified during ey e Setup
222. e Chorus Tone Chorus Send Level effect set it to 0 SEND LEVEL REV 0 127 Sets the reverb depth for individual Tone Rhythm Tone If you don t want to add the Reverb Tone Reverb Send Level effect set it to 0 OUTPUT ASSIGN MFX A 1 2 Sets the direct sound s output method for each Tone or Rhythm Tone Tone Output Assign MFX Output in stereo through Multi effects You can also apply Chorus or Reverb to the sound that passes through Multi effects A Output from OUTPUT 1 Output from L 2 Output from R e When the Output Assign parameter p 46 p 63 is set to anything but TONE the setting made here has no effect NOTE e When outputting in mono the Pan setting is disabled e Chorus and Reverb are output in mono at all times When the STRUCTURE PATCH COMMON parameter has a setting of Type 2 10 the outputs of Tones 1 and 2 will be HINT combined with Tone 2 and the outputs of Tones 3 and 4 will be combined with Tone 4 For this reason the setting of Tone 1 will follow the setting of Tone 2 and the setting of Tone 3 will follow the setting of Tone 4 p 48 For more on how to set each effect refer to the pages shown below NOTE e Multi effects gt p 76 e Chorus gt p 76 e Reverb gt p 76 Performance Mode Settings The Multi effect can be used in a Performance While you set the amount of effect applied separately to each individual part depending on the settings you can also make the
223. e Cuica Open Cuica Mute Triangl Open Triangl Cabasa Cut Spectrum Long Whistle Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Lo Mute Cuica Open Cuica Mute Triangl Open Triangl Cabasa Cut Spectrum Long Whistle REV RkOpHH f Tambourine 2 REV JzOpHH f Scratch Mute Triangl 909 Cl HiHat Open Triangl 909 Cl HiHat Cabasa 909 Op HiHat Spectrum Long Whistle Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Lo Cuica Hi Cuica Lo Mute Triangl Open Triangl Cabasa Cut Spectrum Wind Chimes Wood Block Mute Surdo Open Surdo Lite Kick Hybrid Kick Old Kick Pop Voice Wind Agogo OpHH FX 1 Anklungs OpHH FX 2 Wind Chimes Wood Block Mute Surdo Open Surdo Lite Kick Hybrid Kick Old Kick Pop Voice Wind Agogo OpHH FX 1 Anklungs OpHH FX 2 Maple Kick Woody Stick Maple SN SN Roll Maple Tom 909 Kick 1 Old Kick 808Kick Shrt 909 SN 2 909 SN 1 808 SN Dance Kick 2 Wind Chimes Wood Block Cga Slap Dry Tom Lo Applause Hybrid Kick2 Cl HiHat Round Kick Pedal HiHat2 Natural SN Op HiHat Brush Slap Metronome 2 R8 Click Metronome 1 Hand Cape Rock CrCym1 Rock China Rock RdCym2 Crash Metronome 2 R8 Click Metronome 1 Hand Claps Jazz CrCym Crash 2 Rock RdCym2 Crash 1 REV Timpani R8 Click Metronome 808 Claps Rock CrCym2 Rock Splash Rock RdCym2 Rock CrCym1 Brush Swish Brush Roll SN Roll Orch Cymbal Cabasa Cut Claves Tambourine 2 Orch Hit 132 z 2 O D
224. e Hold 1 Switch PHASE LOCK OFF ON This setting activates ON or de activates OFF synchronization of the timing of Phase Lock Switch Parts that share a common MIDI channel When Part sounds are layered on top of each other as a result of sharing a MIDI channel there may be a discrepancy in their timing The Phase Lock feature can synchronize the sounds so that they start precisely at the same time However since this delays the sounds slightly in order to line them up turn this feature off when it s not needed VELOCITY CURVE TYPE OFF 1 4 For each Part you can select from among four velocity curves to find the one that best matches the touch of the MIDI keyboard connected to the XV 2020 Set this to OFF if you re using the MIDI keyboard s own velocity curve LU 74 Creating a Performance PART SCALE TUNE One set of Scale Tune settings can be created in Performance mode The selected scale applies to MIDI messages received from an external MIDI device as well as to local sound generation Parameter Value Description SCALE TUNE SWITCH OFF ON The XV 2020 allows you to use temperaments other than equal temperament Turn this on when you wish to use a tuning scale other than equal temperament KEY C B SCALE 64 63 Adjusts the pitch of each note in one cent steps 1 100th of a semitone relative to its equal tem pered pitch PERFORM MFX Performance Multi effects Parameter Value TYP
225. e Surdo Open Surdo Bell Tree Castanets Mute Surdo Open Surdo PC Program Change Number Bell Tree Castanets Mute Surdo Open Surdo Bell Tree Castanets Mute Surdo Open Surdo Bank Select MSB is all 120 LSB is all 0 133 Rhythm Set List GM GM2 Group 007 PC 41 008 PC 49 009 PC 57 Note No GM2 BRUSH GM2 ORCHSTRA GM2 SFX E Hino Close Ha O rd 28 Slap Pedal HiHat2 29 ScratchPush Open HiHat2 CES ScratchPul Ride Cymbal 31 Sticks SUCKS ese ER SquareClick SquareClick 33 Mtrnm Click Mtrnm Click gt E Mtrnm Bel Mtrnm Bell 85 Jazz Kick 2 Concert BD C2 36 Jazz Kick 1 ConcertBD Mt gei 37 Side Stick Side Stick 38 Brush Swir ConcertSnr ER Brush Slap1 Castanets High Q 40 Brush Swirl Concert Snr Slap 41 Real Tom 6 Timpani ScratchPush KEI Close HiHat2 Timpani ScratchPull 43 Real Tom 6 Timpani Sticks LEE Pedal HiHat2 Timpani SquareClick 45 Real Tom 4 Timpani Mtrnm Click E Open HiHat2 Timpani Mtrnm Bell 2 Real Toma Timpani aaa PAT a ee ee aaa C3l48 Real Tom 1 Timpani Gt CutNoise Z Crash Cym 1 Timpani Gt CutNoise 50 Real Tom 1 Timpani String Slap ei zi Ride Cymbal Timpani Fl KeyClick 52 ChinaCymbal Timpani Laughing Ride Bell Timpani Screaming CR Tambourine Tambourine Punch 55 Splash Cym Splash Cym Heart Beat IE Cowbell Cowbell Footsteps 57 Crash Cym 2 Con Cymbal2 Footsteps E Vibraslap Vibraslap Applause
226. e Tuning mm ll 20 00H 40 00H 60 00H 4096 x 100 8192 0 4096 x 100 8192 cent In Performance mode the Part Fine Tune parameter Performance Part will change 00H 02H mmH Un Channel Coarse Tuning mm 10H 40H 70H 48 0 48 semitones Il ignored processed as 00H In Performance mode the Part Coarse Tune parameter Performance Part will change 00H 05H mmH Un Modulation Depth Range mm 00 00H 06 00H 0 16384 x 600 16384 cent Not received in Patch mode 138 7FH 7FH eat RPN null RPN and NRPN will be set as unspecified Once this setting has been made subsequent Parameter values that were previously set will not change mm ll ignored Program Change Status 2nd byte CnH ppH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 pp Program number 00H 7FH prog 1 prog 128 Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Program Change parameter Performance MIDI is OFF Channel Pressure Status 2nd byte DnH vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Channel Pressure 00H 7FH 0 127 Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Channel Pressure parameter Performance MIDI is OFF Pitch Bend Change Status 2nd byte 3rd byte EnH HH mmH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 00 00H 40 00H 7F 7FH 8192 0 8191 Not received when the Tone Receive Bender parameter Patch Tone is OFF mm ll Pitch Bend value Not rece
227. e Upper The Lower value cannot be set to a value greater than Upper value or vice versa FADE UPPER 0 127 Determines what happens to the Tone s level when a note that s higher than the Tone s specified keyboard range is played Higher settings result in a more gradual change in volume If you don t want the Tone to sound at all when a note above the keyboard range is played set this parameter to 0 Level Key number Upper 1 der U Fade value Lower L Fade value 49 s 2 bd a D S w D 2 oO Creating a Patch MATRIX CTRL Patch Matrix Control This selects the parameters to be controlled by Matrix Control Source 1 4 and the Sens settings as well as the specific Tones whose parameters you wish to control Up to four destination parameters can be selected for each controller and controlled simultaneously Parameters that can be set independently for each Tone are indicated by PIT ENV TVF ENV TVA ENV Parameter Value Description SOURCE1 4 OFF CC01 31 CC33 95 BEND AF Assign one of the following controllers to Control Source 1 4 If you wish Matrix Control TER SYS1 4 VELOCITY to use a controller that will apply to all Patches or a controller that cannot Source1 4 KEYFOLLOW TEMPO LFO1 LFO2 be directly selected here select SYS CTRL1 4 and then select the control ler using the Control Source 1 4 parameters SYSTEM COMMON DESTINATION 1 4 Mat
228. e amount of Chorus for each Part If you don t want to add the Chorus effect set it to 0 Part Chorus Send Level SEND LEVEL REV 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Reverb for each Part If you don t want to add the Reverb effect set it to 0 Part Reverb Send Level OUTPUT ASSIGN MFX A Sets the direct sound s output method for each Tone or Rhythm Tone Output Assign 1 2 PAT MFX Output in stereo through Multi effects You can also apply Chorus or Reverb to the sound that passes through Multi effects A Output to the OUTPUT jacks in stereo without passing through Multi effects 1 Output from L 2 Output from R PAT The Part s output destination is determined by the settings of the Patch or Rhythm Set assigned to the Part Effects e Chorus and Reverb are output in mono at all times e When the settings are such that signals are split and output from the L jack and R jack and no plug is inserted in the R jack the sounds from L and R are mixed together then output from the L jack This sound comprises When outputting in mono the Pan setting is disabled NO TE a au gt x o lt D wn D the sounds from the L and 2 jacks When the Output Assign parameter is set to PATCH the output level settings for the Patch or Rhythm Set as well as the Part HINT go into effect If you want the various level settings of the Patch Rhythm Set to be reflected as they are set the various Part levels to 127
229. e amount of the delay that s fed back into the effect Negative set tings invert the phase HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above which BYPASS sound fed back to the effect is filtered out If you do not want to filter out any high frequencies set this parameter to BYPASS Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the delay sound W Level 0 127 Output level Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the delay 22 2 VOICE PITCH SHIFTER Shifts the pitch of the original sound This 2 voice pitch shifter has two pitch shifters and can add two pitch shifted versions of the original sound Lin Level Balance A Balance D Balance D Balance W 2 Level Balance B R 1 4 Rin R out Balance D R Parameter Value Description Stereo location of each dela Coarse A 1 24 12 semi Adjusts the pitch of Pitch Shift A in y semitone steps Parameter Value Description Fine A 1 100 100 cent Adjusts the pitch of Pitch Shift A in 2 Delay 1 200 1000 Adjusts the time until the delay sound is cent steps Delay 2 ms note 1 heard Pre Dly A 0 0 500 ms Adjusts the time until Pitch Shift A is heard Delay s Pan A L64 63R Stereo location of Pitch Shift A pay Coarse B 2 74 417 semi Settin
230. e basic pitch at which the Rhythm Tone will play Rhythm tone coarse tune FINE TUNE 50 50 This adjusts the pitch of the percussion instrument sound in 1 cent steps 1 100th of Rhythm tone fine tune a semitone over a range of half a semitone up or down RANDOM PITCH 0 1200 This specifies the width of random pitch deviation that will occur each time a key is Random pitch depth pressed If you don t want random pitch changes set it to 0 The parameter can be ad justed in units of 1 cent 1 100th of a semitone PITCH ENVELOPE These parameters determine the amount of pitch enveloping changes to your basic pitch settings that occur over time the effect of velocity on the pitch envelope and the basic characteristics of the LO Pitch ao E o EI gs w o pitch envelope itself key is released y key is pressed ENV DEPTH 12 12 This determines the amount of pitch enveloping to be used higher settings result in Pitch envelope depth more extreme enveloping Negative settings invert the direction of the changes made by the Pitch Envelope ENV VEL SENS 63 63 Adjust this parameter when you want your keyboard playing dynamics velocity to Pitch envelope velocity sensitivity affect the amount of pitch enveloping With higher settings there will be a greater dif ference in the amount of enveloping when notes are played softly or when they
231. e dans les trous de celle ci e Conservez le sachet d origine dans lequel tait la carte lors de l envoi et remettez la carte dedans si vous devez la ranger ou la transporter Support d extension NG Ne pas toucher aux circuits imprim s ou aux connecteurs Wave Ne jamais forcer lors de l installation de la carte de circuits imprim s Si la carte s ajuste mal au premier essai enlevez la carte et recommencez l installation Connecteur Quand l installation de la carte de circuits imprim s est termin e rev rifiez si tout est bien install A l aide de l outil fourni cet effet avec la carte faire tourner en position LOCK le support carte afin de bien la fixer LOCK 6 Remettre la plaque sa place et la fixer l aide des vis enlev es l tape 2 Ceci compl te l installation de la carte d extension 108 Installation de la carte d extension Wave French language for Canadian Safety Standard Assurez vous que la carte a t bien install e 1 Appuyez sur le commutateur du XV 2020 pour l allumer 2 Appuyez sur PATCH pour que les lampes t moins PATCH s allument MODE PUSH O MIDI PATCH mm O PERFORM LU I O RHYTHM O GM vu Lorsqu une carte d expansion Wave est install e et que vous allumez l appareil vous voyez d abord l affichage roland Xv 2020 et ensuite les deux derniers chiffres du num ro de mod le 5 S
232. e eelere 59 Booster aaa a KAN anan ni NGANGA 48 Bulk Dump NBA KANAN teehee ia 93 C Category usasapa Ae 35 37 CHOPS EE 76 CHORUS 5 DELAY E 90 CHORUS gt FLANGER EE 91 Chorus Parameters ss 81 Chorus Send Level Multi Effects ss a Ka a AUNG 80 TOME an Banna NANAIG ANG AE NAIN 78 Chorus Settings ss 80 Ch rus Sources ds NGA sr iere 80 CHORUS DELAY sanu aaalunhaniuin asada 91 CHORUS PL ANGER e 91 COARSE TUNE naa Nan NAKAKAING 46 COMPRESSOR seine 84 Cutoff Frequency ss 57 Cutoff frequency ss 66 Cutoff Frequency Velocity Curve 58 Cutoff Frequency Velocity Sensitivity 58 Cutoff Key follow ss 58 CUTOFF OFFSET un 47 D DISTORTION cesi henee aaa aa ua ala asia 82 DISTORTION gt CHORUS ss 89 DISTORTION gt DELAY ss 89 Driver Deleting EE 23 Install Macintosh AAA 24 Install Windows a 13 Settings and checking l 21 Dry Send Level OT E E 80 PARLE En pan a mua uy ahipa 79 EE 78 E ENHANCER babaan INA entrent 83 ENHANCER gt CHORUS EE 89 Envelope u aa ah sasa a Bukas NAKA a ares 44 62 Expansion Board 106 F Factory Reset ENEE 12 FB TICELSHII TER SSS s nsan sanan na Sasu 88 Filter gue et etc eieiei 57 PINE TUND Sa asha ua tt tn 46 FLANGER Su s cnt athe apama awu dee EE dee 85 FLANGER DELAY J l u ua Sa Sus 91 FreeMID Lanang nnaman Eege bi 28 FXM Frequency
233. e set with Coarse Tune and Fine Tune at each point Positive settings cause the pitch to be higher than the standard pitch and neg ative settings cause it to be lower PATCH LFO Applying Vibrato or Tremolo The LFO Low Frequency Oscillator can alter various Tone settings in a back and forth cyclic manner Each Tone has two LFOs and each can apply the desired amount of repetitive change to the Tone s Pitch TVF cutoff frequency TVA Level and TVA Pan settings This can be used as the Matrix Control source p 50 How to Use the LFO Applying an LFO to the Tone s Pitch settings creates vibrato applying it to its TVF cutoff frequency creates a wah wah and applying it to its TVA Level creates tremolo When an LFO is applied to the Tone s TVA Pan the sound moves back and forth from one side to another in the stereo field Depending on your settings an LFO can also be used to cyclically exchange two Tones For example if you wish to shift back and forth between Tones 1 and 2 select the same LFO settings for both but set their LFO TVA Depth settings to opposite polarities set one to a value and the other to a value LFO Since both LFOs have the same parameters the following explanations apply to both 55 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description LFO1 2 WAVEFORM SIN TRI SAW UP SAW DW SOR RND Chooses the waveform the LFO is to use LFO Waveform BEND
234. e unknown device and click Delete In the dialog box that asks you to confirm the deletion click OK Verify that Other device or Unknown device is not displayed in the list and click Close to close the dialog box Found unknown device appears even though you installed the driver Windows If your computer or USB hub has two or more USB connectors and you connect the XV 2020 to a USB connector to which the XV 2020 has never been connected before the Unknown device dialog box may appear even on a computer onto which you have already installed the driver Refer to Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows p 13 and install the driver once again This is not a malfunction Can t install delete use the driver in Windows XP 2000 Did you log on to Windows as a user with administrative privileges In order to install delete re install the driver in Windows XP 2000 you must be logged into Windows as a user with administrative privileges such as Administrator For details please contact the system administrator for your computer system Did you make Driver signature settings In order to install re install the driver you must make Driver Signing Windows XP gt p 14 Windows 2000 gt p 17 113 Troubleshooting Windows XP 2000 displays a Digital signature was not found dialog box Windows Windows The Insert Disk dialog box does not appear D
235. e until the vibrato pitch modulation effect begins Higher set Part Vibrato Delay tings will produce a longer delay time before vibrato begins while lower settings pro duce a shorter time 72 Creating a Performance Parameter Value Description SEND LEVEL DRY Part Output Level SEND LEVEL CHO Part Chorus Send Level SEND LEVEL REV EE Part Reverb Send Level OUTPUT ASGN Part Output Assign OUTPUT SELECT Part Output MFX Select Parameter Value Description VOICE RESERVE 0 63 FULL Specifies the number of voices that reserved for each Part when more than 64 voices are played simultaneously It is not possible for the settings of all Parts to total an amount greater than 64 Calculating the Number of Voices Being Used The number of notes or voices that the XV 2020 can sound simultaneously depends on the number of Tones in the Patches you re using and the number of keys being pressed For example if you play one note using a Patch that consists of only one Tone you ll use up one voice of polyphony XV 2020 Tones may use two Waveforms If a Patch s Tone uses two Waveforms the number of voices it requires is doubled If two keys are pressed with a Patch that has four Tones and each Tone uses two Waveforms a total of sixteen voices are used This number is obtained by performing the following calculation Count the num
236. econd and following messages to be omitted Thus the above messages have the following meaning B3 64 00 MIDI ch 4 lower byte of RPN parameter number 00H B3 65 00 MIDI ch 4 upper byte of RPN parameter number 00H B3 06 0C MIDI ch 4 upper byte of parameter value 0CH B3 26 00 MIDI ch 4 lower byte of parameter value 00H B3 64 7F MIDI ch 4 lower byte of RPN parameter number 7FH B3 65 7F MIDI ch 4 upper byte of RPN parameter number 7FH In other words the above messages specify a value of 0C 00H for RPN parameter number 00 00H on MIDI channel 4 and then set the RPN parameter number to 7F 7FH RPN parameter number 00 00H is Pitch Bend Sensitivity and the MSB of the value indicates semitone units so a value of OCH 12 sets the maximum pitch bend range to 12 semitones 1 octave On GS sound generators the LSB of Pitch Bend Sensitivity is ignored but the LSB should be transmitted anyway with a value of 0 so that operation will be correct on any device Once the parameter number has been specified for RPN or NRPN all Data Entry messages transmitted on that same channel will be valid so after the desired value has been transmitted it is a good idea to set the parameter number to 7F 7FH to prevent accidents This is the reason for the B3 64 7F B3 65 7F at the end It is not desirable for performance data such as Standard MIDI File data to contain many events with running status as given in lt Example 4 gt T
237. er the controller selected in EFX Control Source to control the delay time and pitch in realtime Lengthening the delay lowers the pitch and shortening it raises the pitch Rin R out Balance D Parameter Value Description Delay C 200 1000 Adjusts the time until the delay sound is Delay L ms note 1 heard Delay R Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that s fed back into the effect Negative settings invert the phase HF Damp 200 8000 Adjusts the frequency above which sound Hz BYPASS fed back to the effect is filtered out If you do not want to filter out any high frequencies set this parameter to BYPASS Delay C Level 0 127 Volume of each delay Delay L Level Delay R Level Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct sound D0 100W D and the delay sound W Level 0 127 Output level 20 QUADRUPLE TAP DELAY This effect has four delays Balance D Lin D Rin Parameter Value Description Delay 200 1000 ms Adjusts the time until the delay is heard Acceleration 0 15 Adjusts the time over which the Delay Time changes from the current setting to a specified new setting The rate of change for the Delay Time directly affects the rate of pitch change Feedback 98 98 Adjusts th
238. er 3 reduces the volume of frequencies above the cutoff fre quency While similar to LPF2 it reduces the frequencies more gently than LPF2 This can also be effective with acoustic instrument based Tones This disables the Resonance setting CUTOFF 0 127 Adjusts the frequency at which the filter begins to have an effect on the waveform s Cutoff Frequency frequency components With LPF LPF2 LPF3 selected for the Filter Type param eter lower cutoff frequency settings reduce a Tone s upper harmonics for a more rounded warmer sound Higher settings make it sound brighter When Filter Type is BPF the cutoff frequency setting determines the range of frequencies within the Tone that will be heard This can be useful when creating sounds that need to stand out When Filter Type is HPF higher settings of the cutoff frequency decrease the level of the Tone s low frequencies preserving its brighter qualities When Filter Type is PKG the cutoff frequency setting determines the range of frequencies to be emphasized 57 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description RES 0 127 Increases the level of the cutoff frequency itself to add a popular classic synth char Resonance acter to the sound Excessively high settings can produce oscillation causing the sound to distort LPF BPF HPF PKG High Level 4 A 4 A A 3 i SS Frequency Cutof
239. er 6 12768 52768 1 00 49 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 00 1C 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 15 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 7 12768 52768 It 00 4D 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I In 00 20 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 16 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 8 12768 52768 1 00 51 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I In 00 24 0000 aaaa I 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 17 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 9 12768 52768 1 00 55 0000 aaaa I I I I 20000 20000 0000 bbbb I 00 28 0000 aaaa 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 18 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 10 12768 52768 D 00 59 0000 aaaa I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 bbbb I 1 00 2C 0000 aaaa I l 0000 cccc I I 0000 bbbb I I 0000 dddd MFX Parameter 19 12768 52768 I 0000 cccc I I I I 20000 20000 I 0000 dddd Chorus Parameter 11 12768 52768 1 00 5D 0000 aaaa
240. er is moved fully to the right or up on some MIDI controllers PITCH BEND RANGE DOWN 48 0 Specifies the amount of pitch change that s applied to the Patch s pitch when the Pitch Bend lever is moved fully left or down on some MIDI controllers PORTAMENTO SW OFF ON Portamento is a function that causes the Patch s pitch to change smoothly from Portamento Switch one note to the next note played When the Key Mode Assign is MONO this can be effective in simulating performance techniques such as a violinist s glis sando Turn this switch on when you wish to use PORTAMENTO MODE NORMAL LEGATO Chooses the way in which Portamento is applied NORMAL Portamento is always applied LEGATO Portamento is applied only for notes played legato i e when you press a second key before releasing the first PORTAMENTO TYPE RATE TIME Determines the way in which the pitch difference between the two notes affects the time it takes to glide from one note to the next RATE The time it takes depends on the distance between the two pitches TIME The time it takes is constant regardless of how far apart in pitch the notes are 47 lt OO 2 bd a D w D O Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description PORTAMENTO START PITCH NOTE its key is pressed Portamento begins anew if you press another key during a pitch movement This setting specifies how the new portamento starts PITCH
241. eringLd 027 Asian Split 028 PhasePadStk 029 Hybrid Str 030 Dear Friends 031 Pop Kit 032 Bell Layer Preset B No Name 001 Symphony2020 002 Barococo 003 ChildrenSplt 004 Huge Space 005 DulcitarStk 006 NebularVoxx 007 Asian Dream 008 Pizz Stack 009 Pad SoftLd 010 Organ Lead 011 Bass Lead 012 S amp H Pad 013 Drone Pipe 014 Seq Template 015 Seq R amp B 016 Seq Hip Hop 017 Seq Techno 018 Seq House 019 Seq Trance 020 Seq Pop 021 Seq FunkRock 022 Seq HardRock 023 Seq Blues 024 Seq Ac Jazz 025 Seq Cont Jz 026 Seq BigBand 027 Seq Latin 028 Seq World 029 Seq NewAge 030 Seq Orch 031 Seq Film 032 Seq GM2Temp Song Title 1 U feel Me 2 Negativa Trance 3 Eye on the Universe 4 First Impression Composer Copyright Kazuhiko Maeda 2002 Roland Corporation Mark Lawrence 2002 Roland Corporation Takayuki Aihara STUDIO CARNAVAL 2002 Roland Corporation Scott Wilkie 2002 Scott Wilkie ASCAP www scottwilkie com All rights reserved Unauthorized use of this material for purposes other than private personal enjoyment is a violation of applicable laws Ave 40459023 1 PD
242. es or in parallel Parameters marked with a sharp can be simultaneously controlled using the selected controller 1 STEREO EQ p 82 2 OVERDRIVE p 82 3 DISTORTION p 82 4 PHASER p 83 5 SPECTRUM p 83 6 ENHANCER p 83 7 AUTO WAH p 83 8 ROTARY p 83 9 COMPRESSOR p 84 10 LIMITER p 84 11 HEXA CHORUS p 84 12 TREMOLO CHORUS p 84 13 SPACE D p 85 14 STEREO CHORUS p 85 15 STEREO FLANGER p 85 16 STEP FLANGER p 85 17 STEREO DELAY p 86 18 MODULATION DELAY p 86 19 TRIPLE TAP DELAY p 87 20 QUADRUPLE TAP DELAY p 87 21 TIME CONTROL DELAY p 87 22 2 VOICE PITCH SHIFTER p 87 23 FB PITCH SHIFTER p 88 24 REVERB p 88 25 GATED REVERB p 88 26 OVERDRIVE gt CHORUS p 88 27 OVERDRIVE gt FLANGER p 89 28 OVERDRIVE gt DELAY p 89 29 DISTORTION gt CHORUS p 89 30 DISTORTION gt FLANGER p 89 31 DISTORTION gt DELAY p 89 32 ENHANCER gt CHORUS p 89 33 ENHANCER gt FLANGER p 90 34 ENHANCER gt DELAY p 90 35 CHORUS gt DELAY p 90 36 FLANGER gt DELAY p 90 37 CHORUS gt FLANGER p 91 38 CHORUS DELAY p 91 39 FLANGER DELAY p 91 40 CHORUS FLANGER p 91 1 STEREO EQ Stereo Equalizer This is a four band stereo equalizer low mid x 2 high Lin 4 Band EQ L out Rin 4 Band EQ R out Parameter Value Description Low Freq 200
243. et to 3 or 4 48 Creating a Patch PATCH amp VELOCITY KEY RANGE PATCH VELOCITY RANGE Parameters that can be set independently for each Tone are indicated by TMT Velocity Fade Width Upper Parameter Value Description VELOCITY CONTROL OFF ON RANDOM Determines whether Velocity messages from a MIDI keyboard or sequenc TMT Velocity Control er are recognized ON or ignored OFF When set to RND the Patch s constituent Tones sound randomly regardless of any Velocity messages TMT CONTROL SW OFF ON This setting determines whether or not the TMT is controlled by the Ma TMT Control Switch trix Control When TMT Velocity Control is set to OFF turning this pa rameter on and off is a simple way to switch between playing all Tones or controlling them with the Matrix Control making this an effective tool for auditioning Tones What is a TMT With the XV 2020 you can set each Tone s expression range or key range You can also change the way the Tone responds to the force or velocity with which a key is pressed These settings are collectively re ferred to as the TMT FADE LOWER 0 127 Determines what happens to the Tone s level when the Tone is played at TMT Velocity Fade Width Lower a velocity lower than its specified velocity range Higher settings result in a more gradual change in volume If you don t want notes played below the specified velocity
244. eters that can be selected depend on which type of Multi effects is set to MFX Type SENS 1 4 Multi Effects Control Sensitivity 1 4 63 63 If you wish to modify the selected parameter in a positive direction i e a higher value toward the right or faster etc from its current set ting select a positive value If you wish to modify the selected param eter in a negative direction i e a lower value toward the left or slower etc from its current setting select a negative value Higher numbers produce a greater amount of change SOURCE MFX Multi Effects Source PERFORM PART 1 16 Selects the Multi effects parameter settings that will be used by the Perfor mance If you wish to use the Performance settings select PERFORM If you wish to use the settings of the Patch Rhythm Set assigned to one of the Parts select the Part number When using the XV Editor you can make this setting in the PERFORM PART ALL screen p 71 PATCH PERFORMANCE CHORUS Chorus Settings Parameter Value Description TYPE OFF CHORUS This determines whether or not chorus is used Chorus Type LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the volume of the sound that has passed through chorus Chorus Level OUTPUT SELECT MAIN REV Specifies how the sound routed through Chorus will be output Chorus Output Select MAIN REV MAIN Output to the OUTPUT jacks in stereo REV Output to Reverb in mono
245. eting the Found New Hardware Wizard appear S The wizard has finished installing the software for Make sure that the display indicates Q de ROLAND XV 2020 and click Finish Th cet tae in vk irid pou ea Wait until Found New Hardware appears near the taskbar Click Finish to close the wizard 19 Restart Windows When driver installation has been completed the System Setting Change dialog box will appear Click Yes If you changed What action do you want Windows to take If you changed the What action do you want Windows to take setting in step 4 restore the original setting after Windows restarts If you are using Windows XP Professional log on to Windows using the user name of an administrative account e g Administrator Click the Windows start menu and from the menu select Control Panel In Pick a category click Performance and Maintenance In or pick a Control Panel icon click the System icon The System Properties dialog box will appear Click the Hardware tab and then click Driver Signing The Driver Signing Options dialog box will appear Return the What action do you want Windows to take setting to the original setting either Warn or Block and click OK Click OK The System properties dialog box will close For Those Using a Computer If in step 4 the What action do you want Windows to take setting was not set to Ignore
246. ettings gt p 76 Select the Chorus type to be used and set each of the parameters for the selected Chorus 7 Setting the Output Destination and Volume for the Sounds Passing Through the Chorus gt p 80 Select the output jack and set the output level volume of the sounds passing through the Chorus You can also apply Reverb to the sound that passes through Chorus 8 Making Reverb Settings gt p 76 Select the Reverb type to be used and set each of the parameters for the selected Reverb 9 Setting the Output Destination and Volume for the Sounds Passing Through the Reverb gt p 81 Select the output jack and set the output level volume of the sounds passing through the Reverb Audio Signal Flow The audio path of direct sounds or sounds that have been passed through the effects in Patch Rhythm Set mode is shown in the figure below Output Assign OUTPUT Effects a au gt x o D ad D 77 Using the XV 2020 Effects PATCH RHYTHM KEY TVA Parameter Value Description SEND LEVEL DRY 0 127 Sets the direct sound s volume for each Tone or Rhythm Tone When Multi effects are being Dry Send Level applied this sets the amount of the effect that is applied when Multi effects are not applied this sets the volume of the direct sound SEND LEVEL CHO 0 127 Sets the chorus depth for individual Tone Rhythm Tone If you don t want to add th
247. ettings result in a more gradual change in volume If Lower you don t want the Part to sound at all when a note below the keyboard range is played set this parameter to 0 LOWER C 1 UPPER Specifies the lowest note that causes the Part to play its sound Part Keyboard Range Lower UPPER LOWER G9 Specifies the highest note that causes the Part to play its sound Part Keyboard Range It is not possible to set Lower to a value greater than the Upper value or Upper to a value Upper less than the Lower value FADE UPPER 0 127 Determines what happens to the Part s level when a note that s higher than its specified Part Keyboard Fade Width Upper keyboard range is played Higher settings result in a more gradual change in volume If you don t want the Part to sound at all when a note above the keyboard range is played set this parameter to 0 Level Key number o t Lower Upper t er L Fade value U Fade value 73 re E E 2 ao G D E 2 O Creating a Performance PERFORM MIDI SETTING Establishing a Part s MIDI Settings Parameters that can be set independently for each Tone are indicated by Parameters that can be set independently for each MIDI channel are indicated by Parameter Value Description RCV CHANNEL 1 16 Sets the MIDI channel to which the Part responds Recei
248. expansion KE FART Aa RK CH EE lt gt PHONES VOLUME O O te a H creas 5 O UI 7 4 ETHNIC EXP A 8 RHVASFX Ss vi K WE d s use ant preve 0 O 1 USB Connector Use this for connecting a computer to the XV 2020 using a USB cable p 13 2 PHONES Jack This is the jack for connecting headphones sold separately Use headphones with an impedance of 8 to 150 Ohms 3 VOLUME Knob This adjusts the volume level for the OUTPUT jack and the PHONES jack You can also check out a sound using the XV 2020 alone by pressing the VOLUME knob Playing Patches Phrase Preview p 34 When in a mode other than the Patch mode pressing the VALUE knob while holding down the VOLUME knob switches you to the Edit mode 4 PART Knob In the Patch mode it changes the receive channel In the Performance mode or the GM mode it selects the Part to which settings are to be applied 5 Display Displays a variety of information about the operation being performed 6 MIDI Indicator Lights up when MIDI messages are received 7 MODE Indicators The indicator for the currently active mode lights up 8 VALUE Knob This changes the setting values for parameters Turning the knob rapidly makes the value change in larger increments Pressing the knob switches the mode Pressing the VALUE knob while holding down the VOLUME knob switches you to the Edit mode 9 CATEGORY BANK Knob Used to switch the s
249. f frequency g g a E A A A A g A E lt laos ada 4 4 4 4 2 A m s A al AT LOL NG 4 4 4 4 A ZA Le kt Ae ON Low RES VEL SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want velocity to affect the amount of Resonance TVF resonance velocity With higher settings there is a greater difference in the amount of Resonance be sensitivity tween softly and strongly played notes Negative values reverse the direction of the change CUTOFF KF 200 200 Use this parameter if you want the cutoff frequency to change according to the key Cutoff Key follow that s pressed At Middle C C4 the original Cutoff value is used Positive set tings cause the cutoff frequency to rise for notes higher than Middle C and nega tive settings cause the cutoff frequency to fall for notes higher than Middle C Higher settings produce greater amounts of change to the original Cutoff setting Cutoff frequency Octave C7 Key VEL CURVE FIXED 1 7 Chooses one of seven curves that determine how keyboard playing dynamics ve Cutoff Frequency Velocity locity influence the Tone s cutoff frequency When V Curve is set to FIXED the Curve cutoff frequency remains unchanged regardless of how hard or soft the keys are played 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 VEL SENS 63 63 Sets the amount of change to the Cutoff setting to be applied as a result of changes Cutoff Frequency Velocity Sensi in playing velocity With higher settings there is a greater am
250. for a long period of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears you should immediately stop using the unit and consult an audiologist e This unit either alone or in combination with an S Donotallow any objects e g flammable material coins pins or liquids of any kind water soft S drinks etc to penetrate the unit Immediately turn the power off remove the AC adaptor from the outlet and request servicing by AN your retailer the nearest Roland Service Center or an authorized Roland distributor as listed on the Information page when e The AC adaptor the power supply cord or the plug has been damaged or e Objects have fallen into or liquid has been spilled onto the unit or The unit has been exposed to rain or otherwise has become wet or e The unit does not appear to operate normally or exhibits a marked change in performance e In households with small children an adult should provide supervision until the child is capable of following all the rules essential for the safe operation of the unit Protect the unit from strong impact Do not drop it an outlet with an unreasonable number of other devices Be especially careful when using extension cords the total power used by all devices you have connected to the extension cord s outlet must never exceed the power rating watts amperes for the ex
251. ge 7FH Device ID Broadcast 04H Sub ID 1 Device Control 03H Sub ID 2 Master Fine Tuning 1H Master Fine Tuning LSB mmH Master Fine Tuning MSB F7H EOX End Of Exclusive mm ll 00 00H 40 00H 7F 7FH 100 0 99 9 cents The Master Tune parameter System Common will change OMaster Coarse Tuning Status Data byte Status FOH 7FH 7FH 04H 04H LH mmH F7 Byte Explanation FOH Exclusive status 7FH ID number universal realtime message 7FH Device ID Broadcast 04H Sub ID 1 Device Control 04H Sub ID 2 Master Coarse Tuning In Master Coarse Tuning LSB mmH Master Coarse Tuning MSB F7H EOX End Of Exclusive IIH ignored processed as 00H mmH 28H 40H 58H 24 0 24 semitones The Master Key Shift parameter System Common will change MIDI Implementation Global Parameter Control Not received in Patch mode OReverb Parameters Status FOH 01H 01H 01H 01H ppH vvH F7H Data byte Status 7FH 7FH 04H 05H 01H 01H F7H 01H 01H 01H ppH vvH Explanation Exclusive status ID number universal realtime message Device ID Broadcast Sub ID 1 Device Control Sub ID 2 Global Parameter Control Slot path length Parameter ID width Value width Slot path MSB Slot path LSB Effect 0101 Reverb Parameter to be controlled Value for the parameter pp 0 Reverb Type vv 00H Small Room vv 01H Medium Room vv 02H Large Room vv 03H Medium Hall vv
252. gs for Pitch Shift B Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the delay sound that s Fine BH 100 4100 cent The parameters are the same as for fed back into the effect Negative settings Pitch Shift A invert the phase Pre Dly B 0 0 500 0 ms HF Damp 200 8000 Adjusts the frequency above which sound Pan B L64 63R Hz BYPASS fed back to the effect is filtered out If you do Mode 1 2 3 4 5 Setting a higher value for this parame not want to filter out any high frequencies ter results in a slower response but set this parameter to BYPASS steadier pitch Delay Level 1 0 127 Volume of each delay Level Bal A100 0B Volume balance between Pitch Shift A Delay Level 2 A0 100B and Pitch Shift B Delay Level 3 Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct Delay Level 4 D0 100W sound D and the pitch shifted sound Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct sound w D0 100W D and the delay sound W Level 0 127 Output level Level 0 127 Output level 87 a N PA x o D n Effects Using the XV 2020 Effects 23 FB PITCH SHIFTER This allows the pitch shifted sound to be fed back into the effect Lin L out ve D x H O Pitch Shifter Ko CY Balance W Feedback Rin O R out Balance D Parameter Value Description Coarse 1 24 12 semi Adjusts the pitch of the pitch shifted sound in semitone steps Fine 1 100 100 cent Adjusts t
253. h FXM Frequency Cross Modulation FXM uses a specified waveform to apply frequency modula tion to the currently selected waveform creating complex overtones This can be useful when creating wilder sounds or sound effects TEMPO SYNC OFF ON Determines whether the waveform is synchronized ON or Wave Tempo Sync not synchronized OFF to the Patch s tempo FXM COLOR 14 Specifies how FXM will perform its frequency modulation Wave FXM Color Higher settings result in a grainier sound while lower settings result in a more metallic sound FXM DEPTH 0 16 Specifies the depth of the modulation produced by FXM Wave FXM Depth COARSE TUNE 48 48 Adjusts the pitch of the Tone in semitone steps over a range of Tone Coarse Tune 4 octaves FINE TUNE 50 50 Adjusts the pitch of the Tone in 1 cent steps 1 100th of a semi Tone Fine Tune tone over a range of half a semitone up or down RANDOM PITCH 0 1200 Specifies the width of random pitch deviation that occurs each Tone Random Pitch Depth time a key is pressed If you don t want a random pitch change set this parameter to 0 The setting is adjustable in units of 1 cent 1 100th of a semitone PITCH KF 200 200 Sets the amount of pitch change that occurs per octave on the Wave Pitch Key follow keyboard If you want the pitch to change by one octave for each 12 keys on the keyboard as on traditional keyboard in struments set this parameter to 100 For a two o
254. he Setupint dialog box will appear You are now ready to install the driver Do not click OK at this time 11 Connect the XV 2020 1 With the XV 2020 s power switch turned off connect it to the AC adaptor 2 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC power outlet 3 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer For Those Using a Computer Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it For you E win2000 x 2020 SETUPINF EXE OK Cancel Browse amp Setuplnf 3 TY Ready to install the driver 1 Please use a USB cable to connect the XV 2020 and your computer and then turn on the power of the XV 2020 2 The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box will appear so select Install from a list or specific location and then click the Next button 3 Select Dont search will choose the driver to install and then click the Next button 4 Make sure that Roland XV 2020 is selected in the Models field and click the Next button 5 Ifthe Insert Disk dialog box appears at this time click the OK button 6 The Files Needed dialog box will appear so input the name of the folder containing the driver EWin2000V 2020 into the Copy files from area and perform the installation 7 After inputting the folder name click the OK button in the dialog box The setup program will finish 12 Set the XV 2020 s power sw
255. he loudest volume Currently sounding notes are turned off beginning with the lowest volume voice MONO POLY MONO POLY Sets how the Patch s notes are played The MONO setting is effective when Key Mode Assign playing a solo instrument Patch such as sax or flute MONO Only one note sounds at a time POLY Two or more notes can be played simultaneously LEGATO SW OFF ON Turn this parameter on when you want to use the Legato feature and off when Legato Switch you don t Legato is a function that works only when the Key Assign Mode is MONO When Legato is ON pressing one key when another is already pressed causes the currently playing note s pitch to change to that of the newly pressed key while continuing to sound This can be effective when you wish to simulate performance techniques such as a guitarist s hammering on and pulling off strings LEGATO RETRIGGER OFF ON The setting determines whether sounds are replayed or not when performing legato Normally you will leave this parameter ON When Delay Key follow is set to OFF if one key is pressed while another key is held down only the pitch changes which with some waveforms may result in an unnatural sound Set this to OFF when performing wind and string phrases or when using modulation with the mono synth keyboard sound If the Legato Switch is OFF this setting is ignored PITCH BEND RANGE UP 0 48 Specifies the pitch change that occurs when the Pitch Bend lev
256. he pitch of the pitch shifted sound in 2 cent steps Pre Delay 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the pitch shift ed sound is heard Mode 1 2 3 4 5 Setting a higher value for this pa rameter results in a slower response but steadier pitch Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the pitch shifted sound that s fed back into the effect Negative settings invert the phase Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the pitch shifted sound W Level 0 127 Output level Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the pitch shifted sound 24 REVERB Adds reverberation to the sound simulating an acoustic space Lin LI Balance D O E O Balance D R in Parameter Value Description Type ROOMT ROOM2 Type of reverb STAGE1 STAGE2 ROOM1 dense reverb with short de HALL1 HALL2 cay ROON2 sparse reverb with short de cay STAGE1 reverb with fewer early re flections STAGE2 reverb with strong early re flections HALL clear reverb HALL2 rich reverb Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the reverb is heard Time 0 127 Duration of reverberation HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above which BYPASS the reverb is reduced in level As the frequency is set lower more of the high frequencies are cut resulting in a
257. he specified Delay Time when sounds after the specified Delay Time the key is released However for this setting unlike KEY when the key is released OFF NOR the TVA envelope of the Tone begins when the key is first pressed As a result in most cases only the decay portion of the sound is heard i Delay Time N A A A press key release key press key release key TONE DELAY TIME 0 127 note Specifies the time after which the Tone sounds when using eee E J Tone Delay When the Structure Type parameter has a setting A SC fm Sixty tourth note eg rote Thirty second note of 2 10 the outputs of Tones 1 3 and 2 4 are combined with A oe be thiry second Sixteenth note Da Eighth note triplet Tone 2 4 Tone 1 or 3 settings are ignored Dotted sixteenth Eighth note 4 a a Dotted eighth note J Quarter note A Half note triplet H Dotted half note J Half note o3 Whole note triplet Dotted half note o Whole note ap Double note triplet SE See Int Double note GAIN 6 0 6 12 dB Specifies the gain or amplitude of the waveform An increase Wave Gain of 6 dB doubles the waveform s gain If you intend to use the Booster to distort the waveform s sound set this parameter to its highest value 53 s 2 bd a D S w D 2 oO Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description FXM ON OFF ON Sets whether FXM will be used ON or not OFF Wave FXM Switc
258. hen you play softly or hard Negative settings re verse the direction of change ENV T1 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics to affect T1 Time TVF Envelope Time 1 Velocity 1 of the TVF envelope If you want T1 to be sped up for strongly played notes set Sensitivity this parameter to a positive value If you want it to be slowed down set this to a negative value ENV T4 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want key release speed to affect T4 Time 4 of the TVF Envelope Time 4 Velocity TVF envelope If you want T4 to be sped up for quickly released notes set this pa Sensitivity rameter to a positive value If you want it to be slowed down set this to a neg ative value ENV T1 T4 0 127 Specify the TVF envelope times Higher settings lengthen the time until the next TVF Envelope Time 1 4 cutoff frequency level is reached For example T2 is the time over which L1 chang es to L2 ENV LO L4 0 127 Specify the TVF envelope levels These settings specify how the cutoff frequency TVF Envelope Level 0 4 changes at each point relative to the standard cutoff frequency PATCH TVA Changing the Volume The TVA Time Variant Amplifier controls volume changes to the Tone as well as its stereo positioning lt s Parameter Value Description LEVEL 0 127 Sets the Tone s basic volume This setting is useful primarily for adjusting the volume D Tone
259. his is because if playback is halted during the song and then rewound or fast forwarded the sequencer may not be able to transmit the correct status and the sound generator will then misinterpret the data Take care to give each event its own status It is also necessary that the RPN or NRPN parameter number setting and the value setting be done in the proper order On some sequencers events occurring in the same or consecutive clock may be transmitted in an order different than the order in which they were received For this reason it is a good idea to slightly skew the time of each event about 1 tick for TPQN 96 and about 5 ticks for TPQN 480 TPON Ticks Per Quarter Note MIDI Implementation Example of an Exclusive Calculating a Checksum Roland Exclusive messages RQ1 DT1 are transmitted with a checksum at the end before Message and F7 to make sure that the message was correctly received The value of the checksum is determined by the address and data or size of the transmitted Exclusive message How to calculate the checksum hexadecimal numbers are indicated by H The checksum is a value derived by adding the address size and checksum itself and inverting the lower 7 bits Here s an example of how the checksum is calculated We will assume that in the Exclusive message we are transmitting the address is aa bb cc ddH and the data or size is ee ffH aa bb cc dd ee ff sum sum 128 qu
260. histle Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves WoodBlock Hi WoodBlock Lo Mute Cuica Open Cuica Mute Triangl Open Triangl Cabasa Cut Spectrum Wind Chimes Wood Block Mute Surdo Open Surdo Lite Kick Hybrid Kick Old Kick Pop Voice Wind Agogo OpHH FX 1 Anklungs OpHH FX 2 Metronome 2 R8 Click Metronome 1 Hand Claps Jazz CrCym Crash 2 Rock RdCym2 Crash 1 C2 C3 C4 2181 2817 z w wo i w oa zs w i ES o ES Le i ES oa R ES bai D R ol N mm Q a z O1 N O1 o o N 2 om KS ai C5 EN O D ki el Q O o i 2 wo Sue C6 o d F Ce oO o ob 5 C7 o D z o o oO ojo Preset A Group Rhythm Set List 004 XV Pop Kit Dance Kick Dry Kick Rock Roll Hybrid Kick1 Snare Ghost Round Kick Rock PdHH Hybrid Kick2 Old Kick Side Stick Wet SN Snare Ghost AmbientSN Maple Tom L Rock CIHH 1 Rock Flm L Rock CIHH 2 Maple Tom M Rock OpHH Rock Flm M Maple Tom H Crash Cymbal Rock Flm H Rock RdCym1 Crash 1 Rock RdCym2 Tambourine Rock CrCym Cowbell Lo Crash 2 Cowbell Hi Ride Bell 001 002 003 R amp B Kit House Kit Techno Kit Dance Kick House Kick 6 TechnoKick 6 Dry Kick House Kick 5 TechnoKick 5 R amp B SN Roll House CIHH 3 TechnoCIHH 4 Hybrid Kick1 House Kick 4 Te
261. hooting Are you running multiple applications If multiple applications are running simultaneously an error message may be displayed If this occurs click OK and exit the other applications Even if an application window is closed it is still running if it appears in the taskbar Be sure to exit unneeded applications displayed in the taskbar Was the driver installed correctly In order for you to play back MIDI data via the XV 2020 the driver must be installed For installation and settings refer to Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows p 13 Installing amp Setup the Driver Macintosh p 24 Is your audio playback equipment e g stereo system connected correctly Make sure that the USB connector of your computer is connected to the XV 2020 by a USB cable Make sure that the XV 2020 s OUTPUT jacks are connected by audio cables to the input jacks of your audio playback equipment For details on connections refer to Connecting to MIDI Devices and Audio Equipment p 11 E fe E wn Ko o 3 Is the power of your audio equipment turned on Make sure that the power is turned on for your audio equipment e g stereo and the XV 2020 Are the various volume settings of the XV 2020 set appropriately Use the Volume knob located on the front panel of the XV 2020 to adjust the volume Is your computer in Suspend or Sleep mode If so get your computer to resume normal operat
262. horus sound CHORUS FEEDBACK LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Chorus sound that is returned fed back to the Chorus Higher settings will create a more complex Chorus effect CHORSUS REVERB SEND LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the amount of Reverb to be applied to the sound routed through Chorus If you don t want to add the Reverb effect set it to 0 GM REVERB Parameter Value Description REVERB TYPE SMALL ROOM Selects the type of Reverb MEDIUMROOM SMALL ROOM Reverb resembling that obtained in a small room LARGE ROOM MEDIUM ROOM Reverb resembling that obtained in a somewhat larger room MEDIUM HALL LARGE ROOM Reverb resembling that obtained in a large room gs HALL MEDIUM HALL Reverb resembling that obtained in a medium sized concert hall LARGE HALL Reverb resembling that obtained in a large concert hall PLATE Plate type reverb effect REVERB TIME 0 127 Adjusts the length of the Reverb time 97 o a o o a s EN gt gt lt EN gt ES 5 pan General MIDI Sound Module Using the XV 2020 as a General MIDI Sound Module Making Settings for Each Part Here you can select the GM Patch Rhythm Set assigned to each Part and set the volume pan and pitch of each Part Parameter Value Description LEVEL 0 127 Adjusts the volume of an individual Part This setting s main purpose is to adjust the vol Part Level ume balance between Parts PAN RND
263. hown in lt Example 25 we get a message of F0 41 10 6A 11 10 00 00 00 00 00 2F 31 10 F7 to be transmitted lt Example4 gt Getting data RQ1 at once Temporary Performance data Temporary Patch data of whole part in Performance mode Temporary Rhythm data of whole part in Performance mode According to the Parameter Address Map p 146 the start address of the above all parameters is assigned as following 10 00 00 00H Temporary Performance 11 00 00 00H Temporary Patch Performance Mode Part 1 11 10 00 00H Temporary Rhythm Performance Mode Part 1 14 60 00 00H Temporary Patch Performance Mode Part 16 14 70 00 00H Temporary Rhythm Performance Mode Part 16 The offset address of Rhythm is also assigned as follows 00 00 00H Rhythm Common 00 10 00H Rhythm Tone Key 21 01 3E 00H Rhythm Tone Key 108 As the data size of Rhythm Tone is 00 00 01 41H summation of the size and the start address of Temporary Rhythm Tone 108 in Performance mode will be 14 70 00 OOH 01 3E 00H 00 00 01 41H 14 71 3F 41H And the size that have to be got should be 14 71 3F 41H 10 00 00 00H 04 71 3F 41H Therefore the system exclusive message should be sent is FO 41 10 0010 11 10000000 04 71 3F 41 2 F7 D 8 4 5 address data checksum 6 1 Exclusive Status 2 ID Roland 3 Device ID 17 4 Model ID XV 2020 5 Command ID RQ1 6 End of Exclusive Calculating the checksum as shown in lt Example
264. ialog box appears and you are unable to install the driver Windows Find new hardware wizard does not execute automatically jake Find new hardware wizard ends before the process is completed N Poy Pe NG It may take about 15 seconds or more after the USB cable is connected for the XV 2020 to be detected Is the USB cable connected correctly Make sure that the XV 2020 and your computer are correctly connected via a USB cable Is USB enabled on your computer Refer to the operation manual for your computer and make sure that USB is enabled Does your compuier meet the USB specifications If you are using a computer that does not fulfill the electrical requirements of the USB specifications operation may be unstable In this case you may be able to solve the problem by connecting a USB hub Does Unknown device appear for Other device or Universal serial bus controller Use the following procedure to delete Other device Universal Serial Bus Controller Unknown device and then restart your computer D e lt x D a Q 3 F In the Windows Control Panel double click System The System Properties dialog box will appear Click the Device Manager tab For Windows XP 2000 click the Hardware tab and then click the Device Manager button Double click Other device or Universal Serial Bus Controller to display a list of devices From the list select th
265. id you make Driver signature settings In order to install re install the driver you must make the settings described in Driver Signing Windows XP gt p 14 Windows 2000 gt p 17 Device Manager shows or USB Composite Device NO eS YP 10 11 12 Use the following procedure to re install the driver Turn off the power of your computer and start up Windows with all USB cables disconnected except for keyboard and mouse After Windows restarts use a USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer Turn on the power of XV 2020 Click the Windows Start button and from the menu that appears choose Settings Control Panel Double click the System icon The System Properties dialog box will appear Click the Device Manager tab Check whether you can see an indication of Composite USB Device USB Device USB Device or USB composite device displayed below Sound Video and Game Controllers Other Devices or Universal Serial Bus Controller If you find any such indication select it and click Delete A dialog box will ask you to confirm deletion of the device Verify the contents of the dialog box and then click OK In the same way delete all indications of Composite USB Device USB Device USB Device and USB composite device that you find If you find ROLAND XV 2020 USB Driver with a yellow or a red displayed besi
266. ime Variant Amplifier 44 62 Time Variant Filter susu n a qa auqa ua 44 62 RRC RR 49 Tone Alternate Pan Depth E 60 Tone Coarse Tune ana Sa a ae us 54 TONE DELAY EE 53 Tone Envelope Mode EE 50 Tone Fine EE 54 Tone Pan Key follow u s 60 Tone Random Pan Depth E 60 Tone Random Pitch Depth E 54 Tone Receive Bender Switch e 50 Tone Receive Expression Switch 50 Tone Receive Hold 1 Switch wee ccs 50 sa Tone Receive Pan Mode ss 50 O Tone Redamper Switch u u 50 a KT 44 TREMOLO CHO Sauna 84 TRIPLE TAP DELAY ss 87 TVA eene 44 62 TVA ENVELOPE ss 60 68 TVA Level Velocity Curve ss 59 TVA Level Velocity Sensitivity a 59 TVE ee eene 44 62 TIVE ENVELOPE siennes 58 67 TVE VELOCITY aman niet ae cttna mn 66 U USB DESCRIPTOR EE 95 V VELOCITY CURVE TYPE een 74 Velocity Range EE 64 VELOCITY SENS OFFSET ees 47 Voice Priority ss 47 VOICE RESERVE minasa PAALAM O 73 W Wave EXM Color nn 54 Wave FXM Depth ss 54 Wave Gait sn ein ci nn 53 Wave Generator ss 44 62 Wave Mix Table a nn aa sin ha 64 Wave Tempo Sync 54 WG Mie ARI ia NAAANINAG 44 62 Windows 2000 uns 17 Windows Me 98 sas 20 Windows EE 14 WRIT E206 NGA BB ABE Gite laa AA ea Dae diet LA 92 X KEE 93 XN Edilo u a aut a maaa du Qan ham as filets 30 165 Information When you need repair service call your nearest Rol
267. ing all cables grasp the connector itself never pull on the cable This way you will avoid causing shorts or damage to the cable s internal elements To avoid disturbing your neighbors try to keep the unit s volume at reasonable levels You may prefer to use headphones so you do not need to be concerned about those around you especially when it is late at night When you need to transport the unit package it in the box including padding that it came in if possible Otherwise you will need to use equivalent packaging materials To prevent the inadvertent disruption of power to your unit should the plug be pulled out accidentally and to avoid applying undue stress to the AC adaptor jack anchor the power cord using the cord hook as shown in the illustration To the Power Outlet Cord Hook The cord of the supplied AC Adaptor In some cases depending on the environment in which the unit is installed the surface of the panel may sometimes feel rough and grainy This is due to an infinitesimal electrical charge which is absolutely harmless However if you are concerned about this connect the ground terminal see figure with an external ground When the unit is grounded a slight hum may occur depending on the particulars of your installation If you are unsure of the connection method contact the nearest Roland Service Center or an authorized Roland distributor as listed on the Information
268. ing allows you to adjust the tuning of the LFO wave LFO1 Rate Detune form LFO1 2 DELAY TIME 0 127 Adjusts the time over which the LFO rises to its full effect or LFO Delay Time fades away Refer to the diagrams for Fade Mode LFO1 2 DELAY KEY 100 100 Adjusts the value for the LFO1 LFO2 Delay Time parameter FOLLOW depending on the key position relative to the C4 key center LFO Delay Keyfollow C To decrease the time that elapses before the LFO effect is applied the effect is continuous with each higher key that is pressed in the upper registers select a positive value To in crease the elapsed time select a negative value Higher values result in greater change If you don t want the elapsed time before the LFO effect is applied to change according to the key pressed set this to 0 Refer to the diagrams for Pitch Envelope Time Keyfollow LFO1 2 FADE MODE ON IN ON OUT OFF IN OFF OUT Sets how the LFO is applied LFO Fade Mode ON IN The LFO fades in after the key is ON OUT The LFO is immediately applied when the key is pressed pressed and then fades out Delay Fade L 1 high more 4 Time Time high more Delay Time Fade Time WG Pitch WG Pitch TVF Cutoff Frequency TVF Cutoff Frequency TVA Level TVA Pan key is TVA Level TVA Pan low less Pressed low less OFF IN The LFO fades in after the key is OFF OUT The LFO is immediately applied when the key is released pressed and begins fading
269. ing whenever a parameter Pagi is edited If you turn off the power or choose another Performance while the O pre PERFORM m indicator is blinked you new Performance settings will be lost If you wish to BA Ges preserve them save the changed settings using the Write operation p 92 GM Performance Parameters PERFORM COMMON Establishing Settings for an Entire Performance Parameter Value Description PERFORM NAME space A Z a z 0 9 You can give a Performance a name of up to 12 characters When using the Performance Name amp XV editor click B on the left side to name the Tone lt gt Y A SOLO PART SELECT OFF 1 16 Select the Part whose sound you want to hear Parts other than the Part you choose here will not sound MEX CTRL CH 1 16 OFF Sets the channel that controls Multi effects assigned to the Performance Multi Effects Control Channel SOURCE MFX Refer to PATCH RHYTHM MFX PERFORM MFX Multi Effects Settings p 80 Multi Effects Source CHORUS Refer to PATCH PERFORMANCE CHORUS Chorus Settings p 80 Chorus Source REVERB Refer to PATCH PERFORMANCE REVERB Reverb Settings p 80 Reverb Source PERFORM PART ALL Parameters that can be set independently for each Tone are indicated by Parameter Value Description MUTE OFF MUTE This silences or mutes the Part when set to MUTE Mute Switch Although the Parts s
270. ion OHold 1 Controller number 64 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 40H vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 0 63 OFF 64 127 ON n MIDI channel number vv Control value Not received when Tone Receive Hold 1 parameter Patch Tone or Rhythm Tone is OFF Not received in Performance mode when Receive Hold 1 parameter Performance MIDI is OFF OPortamento Controller number 65 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 41H vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 0 63 OFF 64 127 ON n MIDI channel number vv Control value In Performance mode the Part Portamento Switch parameter Performance Part will change OSostenuto Controller number 66 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 42H vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 0 63 OFF 64 127 ON n MIDI channel number vv Control value OSoft Controller number 67 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 43H vvH OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 0 63 OFF 64 127 ON n MIDI channel number vv Control value OLegato Foot Switch Controller number 68 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 44H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 0 63 OFF 64 127 ON In Performance mode the Part Legato Switch parameter Performance Part will change OHold 2 Controller number 69 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 45H vvH 0H FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 n MIDI
271. ion then exit all applications that are using the XV 2020 Next turn the XV 2020 s power off then switch it on again Did you reconnect the USB cable or turn the power of the XV 2020 off and on Exit all applications that are using the XV 2020 and turn the power of the XV 2020 off and then on once again Is OMS FreeMIDI set correctly As described in OMS settings p 26 or FreeMIDI settings p 29 check the OMS or FreeMIDI settings Also make sure that the device for MIDI IN OUT is correctly selected in the MIDI settings of your MIDI sequencer software Is the OMS setup enabled If a diamond shaped symbol is not displayed at the left edge of the title area in the OMS setup window the setup is not enabled From the OMS File menu choose Make Current OMS settings p 26 Has your computer been set to enter Sleep mode If your computer enters Sleep mode exit the software you are using and then restart your computer We recommend that you set your computer to not use Sleep mode Can t play back MIDI Macintosh Has the MIDI device you are using been selected correctly Make the settings for the MIDI output device again p 26 p 29 Are the track outputs set correctly MIDI tracks to which no MIDI playback device is assigned will not be heard If you want to play back a MIDI track you must make sure that the MIDI device you want to use is displayed in your software as the MIDI output port For det
272. ion on the display 36 A You cannot select EXP A or EXP B unless a Wave Expansion Board is installed into the corresponding slot NEMO Turning VALUE rapidly makes the value change in large increments Choosing Patches by Category Playing Sounds On the XV 2020 Patches are grouped into categories such as piano and guitar You can easily change to the category you like and select Patches with the CATEGORY BANK knob Procedure Roland XV 2020 gt sax expansion VALUE CATESORY BANK JODE PUSH USB MIDI PART patcH RX CH lt gt PHONES VOLUME 1 PREVIEW PUSH MIDI PATCH PERFORM PIANO OT 1 Press VALUE so the PATCH indicator lights up Press VALUE several times until the PATCH indicator lights up 2 Rotate the CATEGORY BANK knob to select the Patch category group CATEGORY PIANO KEY amp ORG GTR BS OCH BRS SYN PAD ETHNIC RHY amp SFX 3 Turn VALUE to choose the Patch You can listen to the selected patch sound by holding down VOLUME At this time the currently selected bank and the patch number appear in alternation on the display You can select the following categories Hi The indicator at the lower right of the patch number lights up when the first patch in any category is called up MEMO When you select a category group the Patches are shown in the order PST A D GM EXP A EXP B and USER wn Le
273. is the second or later time select FreeMIDI Preferences from the File menu FreeMIDI Preferences MEMO 4 In the FreeMIDI Preferences dialog box PAA MIDI Configuration There will be a version D Free applications oniy es check XV 2020 Port which is located K de dar a number following a 7 FA Always load at startup Gi inter application MIDI below XV 2020 Driver in MIDI SS so FreeMIDI Setup as the Configuration and click OK fe sere actual icon name Ee OK Cancel O Ru If the dialog box does not B The About Quick Setup dialog box appears wesp eras aug eye manner sanan nay show XV 2020 Driver Certain MIDI devices can be detected automatically if the device s MIDI In and MIDI Click Continue E check whether the XV 2020 Please note that Auto Config may not be able to detect every device in your studio DEE is connected correctly and Ee start up FreeMIDI Setup once again S New Device Current Configuration 6 Inthe dialog box that appears select the XV Manufacturer XV 2020 XV 2020 Port 2020 in Studio Location and click o 66 H gt gt Add gt gt oe s If the About Quick Setup dialog box is not displayed select Quick leet Setup from the Configuration menu O FreeMIDI Configuration H E 7 When settings are complete click Done A setting window like the follo
274. itch to the ON position Near the task bar your computer will indicate Found New Hardware Please wait 13 The Found New Hardware wizard will appear Make sure that the screen indicates ROLAND XV 2020 select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and click Next 14 The screen will indicate Please choose your search and installation options Select Don t search I will choose the driver to install and click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Roland Xv 2020 If your hardware came with an installation CD Q or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do O Install the software automatically Recommended install em a Isi or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options Ce S O Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed Don t search wil choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware If a message of The driver is already installed appears you can connect the XV
275. ived in Performance mode when the Receive Pitch Bend parameter Performance MIDI is OFF MIDI Implementation Channel Mode Messages Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Switch parameter Performance Part is OFF All Sounds Off Controller number 120 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 78H 00H n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 When this message is received all notes currently sounding on the corresponding channel will be turned off Reset All Controllers Controller number 121 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 79H 00H n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 When this message is received the following controllers will be set to their reset values Controller Reset value Pitch Bend Change 0 center Polyphonic Key Pressure 0 off Channel Pressure 0 off Modulation 0 off Breath Type 0 min Expression 127 max However the controller will be at minimum Hold 0 off Sostenuto 0 off Soft 0 off Hold 2 0 off RPN unset previously set data will not change NRPN unset previously set data will not change AII Notes Off Controller number 123 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 7BH 00H n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 When All Notes Off is received all notes on the corresponding channel will be turned off However if Hold 1 or Sostenuto is ON the sound will be continued until these are turned off OMNI OFF Controller number 124 Status 2nd
276. k Film M Rock Fim H Jazz Tom L p Jazz Tom Mp Jazz Tom Hp Jazz Tom L f Jazz Tom M f Jazz Tom H f Jazz Flm L Jazz Fim M Jazz Flm H Maple Tom 1 Maple Tom 2 Maple Tom 3 Maple Tom 4 808 Tom Verb Tom Hi Verb Tom Lo Dry Tom Hi Dry Tom Lo Rock CIHH1 p Rock CIHH1 mf Rock CIHH1 f Rock CIHH2 p Rock CIHH2mf Rock CIHH2 f Jazz CIHH1 p Jazz CIHH1 mf Jazz CIHH1 f Jazz CIHH2 p Jazz CIHH2mf Jazz CIHH2 f Cl HiHat 1 Cl HiHat 2 Cl HiHat 3 Cl HiHat 4 Cl HiHat 5 Rock OpHH p Rock OpHH f Jazz OpHH p Jazz OpHH mf Jazz OpHH f Op HiHat Op HiHat 2 Rock PdHH p Rock PdHH f Jazz PdHH p Jazz PdHH f Pedal HiHat Pedal HiHat2 Dance Cl HH 909 NZ HiHat 70s Cl HiHat 70s Op HiHat 606 Cl HiHat 606 Op HiHat 909 Cl HiHat 909 Op HiHat 808 Claps HumanClapsEQ Tight Claps Hand Claps Finger Snaps Rock RdCym1p Rock RdCym1f Rock RdCym2p Rock RdCym2f Jazz RdCym p Jazz RdCymmf Jazz RdCym f Ride 1 Wave Name Ride Bell Rock CrCym1p Rock CrCym1f Rock CrCym2p Rock CrCym2f Rock Splash Jazz CrCym p Jazz CrCym f Crash Cymbal Crash 1 Rock China China Cym Cowbell Wood Block Claves Bongo Hi Bongo Lo Cga Open Hi Cga Open Lo Cga Mute Hi Cga Mute Lo Cga Slap Timbale Cabasa Up Cabasa Down Cabasa Cut Maracas Long Guiro Tambourine 1 Tambourine 2 Open Triangl Cuica Vibraslap Timpani Timp3 pp Timp3 mp Applause Syn FX Loop Loop 1 Loop 2 Loop 3 Loop 4 Loop 5 Loop 6 Loop 7 R8 Click Metronome 1 Metronome 2
277. l 1 GENERAL Roland XV 202 0 2x sax EXPANSION lt lt PHONES VOLUME PTE xe O CATESONY K POWER 2 s ND PST A PATCH O D else uu lem MIN Max D 8 ola USB MIDI PREVIEW PUSH 3 1 Set the send channel of the MIDI keyboard to 1 Refer to the keyboard s owner s manual for instructions 2 Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up wn ne E D Ko D gt E a Immediately after Factory Reset is executed the Receive channel is set to the channel selected with the PART knob 3 Turn PART to choose 1 Here 1 becomes the XV 2020 s receive channel 4 Play the MIDI keyboard to hear the currently selected XV 2020 Patch MIDI message indicator will lights when a MIDI message is received via MIDI connector or USB connector upi PATCH PITT 1 o reen LILI O RHYTHM O Jam Choosing Patches You can use either of two methods to choose a patch choosing by bank display with white text or choosing by category display in blue text Choosing Patches by Bank Although the XV 2020 contains many Patches these are organized into eight banks You can easily switch banks and select Patches using CATEGORY BANK 35 Playing Sounds PST A SE SE A PST B lt EE BANK USER lt PST C T EE an PST C m PSTD ENEE 7 cu GM ng DE EXP A Mes TI L EXP B Patch Patch P
278. light up to switch to GM mode While holding down VOLUME press VALUE Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose UTILITY PIANO Press VALUE to choose ini When you press VALUE Sur is displayed and a confirmation screen appears Press VALUE Initialize is executed GM GM2 System On Message The GM GM2 System On messages put the unit in a state that conforms to the General MIDI System and initializes a General MIDI compatible sound generator Playing Back a GM Score 96 When the XV 2020 is in GM mode it plays back GM scores correctly But beyond this the XV 2020 provides many extended features not defined in GM System specifications and if you create music files using these extended features your song may not play back correctly on other GM compatible sound modules The beginning of a GM score normally contains a GM System On message So if you play back a GM score starting in the top of a song XV 2020 will switch itself to GM mode But if you play back a GM score starting in the middle of a song XV 2020 may not switch itself to GM mode and the GM score may not play back correctly So to be safe it s recommended to manually set the XV 2020 to GM mode before playing back a GM score although the XV 2020 can also be compatible with the GS format by receiving a GS Reset MIDI message Roland s Sound Canvas Series including the SC 8850 and SC 8820 features a different sound module system and extended tone m
279. ller number 82 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 52H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 The Tone Level parameter Patch Tone of Tone 3 will change OGeneral Purpose Controller 8 Controller number 83 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 53H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 The Tone Level parameter Patch Tone of Tone 4 will change 137 MIDI Implementation OPortamento control Controller number 84 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 54H kkH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 kk source note number 00H 7FH 0 127 A Note on received immediately after a Portamento Control message will change continuously in pitch starting from the pitch of the Source Note Number If a voice is already sounding for a note number identical to the Source Note Number this voice will continue sounding Oe legato and will when the next Note on is received smoothly change to the pitch of that Note on The rate of the pitch change caused by Portamento Control is determined by the Portamento Time value O Effect 1 Reverb Send Level Controller number 91 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 5BH vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Reverb Send Level 00H 7FH 0 127 In Performance mode the Part Reverb Send Level parameter Performance Part will change O Effect 3 Chorus Send Level Co
280. log Stack 008 Flying Keys 009 House Kit 010 Soaring 2020 011 Seven Hills 012 TeknoSplit 1 013 Nirvana 2020 014 StChorusStak 015 Bell Stack 016 Trance Fair 017 AggressiveXV 018 Techno Kit 019 PhsDyno amp Bs 020 Dawn Choir 021 DulcimaSteel 022 TeknoSplit 2 023 InstantScore 024 Voltage Ctrl 025 CrystalChoir 026 BlisteringLd 027 Asian Split 028 PhasePadStk 029 Hybrid Str 030 Dear Friends 031 Pop Kit 032 Bell Layer Demo Song List No 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 058 059 060 062 063 064 Name Symphony2020 Barococo ChildrenSplt Huge Space DulcitarStk NebularVoxx Asian Dream Pizz Stack Pad SoftLd Organ Lead Bass Lead S amp H Pad Drone Pipe Seq Template Seq R amp B Seq Hip Hop Seq Techno Seq House Seq Trance Seq Pop Seq FunkRock Seq HardRock Seq Blues Seq Ac Jazz Seq Cont Jz Seq BigBand Seq Latin Seq World Seq NewAge Seq Orch Seq Film Seq GM2Temp Preset A No Name 001 BigSweepStak 002 Suger Bell 003 R amp B Kit 004 Trance Split 005 My Orchestra 006 Road2Glass 007 Analog Stack 008 Flying Keys 009 House Kit 010 Soaring 2020 011 Seven Hills 012 TeknoSplit 1 013 Nirvana 2020 014 StChorusStak 015 Bell Stack 016 Trance Fair 017 AggressiveXV 018 Techno Kit 019 PhsDyno amp Bs 020 Dawn Choir 021 DulcimaSteel 022 TeknoSplit 2 023 InstantScore 024 Voltage Ctrl 025 CrystalChoir 026 Blist
281. lue Once RPN messages are received Data Entry messages that is received at the same MIDI channel after that are recognized as changing toward the value of the RPN messages In order not to make any mistakes transmitting RPN Null is recommended after setting parameters you need This device transmits the following RPNs RPN Data entry MSB LSB MSB LSB Notes 00H 00H mmH IH Pitch Bend Sensitivity mm 00H 18H 0 24 semitones Il ignored processed as 00H 00H 01H mmH UH Channel Fine Tuning mm ll 20 00H 40 00H 60 00H 4096 x 100 8192 0 4096 x 100 8192 cent 00H 02H mmH UH Channel Coarse Tuning mm 10H 40H 70H 48 0 48 semitones Il ignored processed as 00H 00H 05H mmH IIH Modulation Depth Range mm l 00 00H 06 00H 0 16384 x 600 16384 cent 7FH 7FH SE RPN null RPN and NRPN will be set as unspecified Once this setting has been made subsequent Program Change Status 2nd byte CnH ppH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 pp Program number 00H 7FH prog 1 prog 128 145 E s E E 2 Si e MIDI Implementation mSystem Exclusive Messages Universal Non realtime System Exclusive Message and Data Set 1 DT1 are the only System Exclusive messages transmitted by the XV 2020 Universal Non realtime System Exclusive Message Oldentity Reply Message Receiving Identity Request Message the XV 2020 send this message Status D
282. m by its number You can choose a separate waveform Wave number left for each of the XV 2020 s left and right channels WAVE NUMBER R For monaural tones assign a waveform to the L channel No sound will be heard if a waveform Wave number right is set for only the R channel TEMPO SYNC OFF ON This determines whether the waveform is synchronized ON or not synchronized Wave tempo sync OFF to the Rhythm Set s tempo GAIN 6 0 6 12dB This specifies the gain or amplitude of the waveform The value changes in 6 dB deci Wave gain bel steps an increase of 6 dB doubles the waveform s gain If you intend to use the Booster to distort the waveform s sound set this parameter to its maximum value LEVEL 0 127 This adjusts the volume of each of the Rhythm Tone s waveforms to establish the de Wave level sired volume balance between the waves The overall volume of each waveform is determined by the Rhythm Tone Level setting TVA p 67 combined with the WMT Wave Tone Level setting PAN L64 63R This establishes the stereo location of the waveform L64 places it hard left 0 outs it Wave pan dead center and 63R pans it hard right The overall panning of the entire Rhythm Tone is set by the Tone Pan parameter TVA p 68 offsetting the WMT Wave Pan value 64 Creating a Rhythm Set Parameter Value Description RANDOM PAN OFF ON Use this setting to cause the waveform s panning
283. mance Rhythm Set or Rhythm Tone is instantly copied into the Temporary memory when you select it During initialization only the copy is affected not the version saved in memory If you wish to restore all of the XV 2020 s settings to their factory values perform a Factory Reset p 12 1 Select the Performance Patch or Rhythm Set you wish to initialize 2 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE 3 Turn CATEGORY BANK to select UTILITY PIANO 4 Rotate VALUE until ini appears in the display 5 When you press VALUE Sur flashes in the display and a screen asking you to confirm whether or not you want to save appears 6 When you press VALUE once more the sound is initialized To cancel the procedure hold down VOLUME while you press VALUE Saving a Sound You Create Transmitting Sound Settings XFER The act of transmitting Patch Performance Rhythm Set or System data to an external MIDI device is called a Bulk Dump You can perform a bulk dump when two XV 2020s are connected to each other or when you wish to store Patch Performance Rhythm Set or System data on an external MIDI device as a safety backup of your XV 2020 data The following describes the relationship between the selected mode and the data that is transmitted Patch Mode Parameters for the currently selected Patch Rhythm Mode Parameters for the currently selected Rhythm Set Performance Mode
284. me Offset parameter Performance Part will change OVibrato Rate Controller number 76 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte 5 BnH 4CH vvH s n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 5 vv Vibrato Rate value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 E a In Performance mode the Part Vibrato Rate parameter Performance Part will change a OVibrato Depth Controller number 77 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4DH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Vibrato Depth Value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Vibrato Depth parameter Performance Part will change OVibrato Delay Controller number 78 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 4EH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Vibrato Delay value relative change 00H 40H 7FH 64 0 63 In Performance mode the Part Vibrato Delay parameter Performance Part will change OGeneral Purpose Controller 5 Controller number 80 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 50H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 The Tone Level parameter Patch Tone of Tone 1 will change OGeneral Purpose Controller 6 Controller number 81 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 51H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 The Tone Level parameter Patch Tone of Tone 2 will change OGeneral Purpose Controller 7 Contro
285. ment Time parameter Performance Part will change OData Entry Controller number 6 38 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 06H mmH BnH 26H IH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 mm ll the value of the parameter specified by RPN NRPN mm MSB Il LSB OVolume Controller number 7 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 07H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Volume 00H 7FH 0 127 Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Volume parameter Performance MIDI is OFF In Performance mode the Part Level parameter Performance Part will change OBalance Controller number 8 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 08H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Balance 00H 7FH 0 127 OPanpot Controller number 10 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 0AH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Panpot 00H 40H 7FH Left Center Right Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Pan parameter Performance MIDI is OFF In Performance mode the Part Pan parameter Performance Part will change OExpression Controller number 11 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH OBH vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Expression 00H 7FH 0 127 Not received when Tone Receive Expression parameter Patch Tone or Rhythm Tone is OFF Not received in Performance mode when Receive Expression parameter Performance MIDI is OFF MIDI Implementat
286. moisture Maintenance For everyday cleaning wipe the unit with a soft dry cloth or one that has been slightly dampened with water To remove stubborn dirt use a cloth impregnated with a mild non abrasive detergent Afterwards be sure to wipe the unit thoroughly with a soft dry cloth e Never use benzine thinners alcohol or solvents of any kind to avoid the possibility of discoloration and or deformation Handling CD ROMs Avoid touching or scratching the shiny underside encoded surface of the disc Damaged or dirty CD ROM discs may not be read properly Keep your discs clean using a commercially available CD cleaner Additional Precautions Please be aware that the contents of memory can be irretrievably lost as a result of a malfunction or the improper operation of the unit To protect yourself against the risk of loosing important data we recommend that you periodically save a backup copy of important data you have stored in the unit s memory in another MIDI device e g a sequencer e Unfortunately it may be impossible to restore the contents of data that was stored in another MIDI device e g a sequencer once it has been lost Roland Corporation assumes no liability concerning such loss of data e Use a reasonable amount of care when using the unit s buttons sliders or other controls and when using its jacks and connectors Rough handling can lead to malfunctions When connecting disconnect
287. mpet 2B Trumpet 2C HarmonMute1A HarmonMute1B HarmonMute1C Trombone 1 Trombone 2A Trombone 2 B Trombone 2 C Tuba A Tuba B Tuba C French 1A French 1C F Horns A F Horns B F Horns C Violin A Violin B Violin C Violin2 A Violin 2 B Violin 2 C Cello A Cello B Cello C Cello 2A Cello 2B Cello 2 C Cello Wave Pizz STR Attack A STR Attack B STR Aitack C DolceStr A L DolceStr A R DolceStr B L DolceStr B R DolceStr C L DolceStr C R JV Strings L JV Strings R JV Strings A JV Strings C JP Strings1A JP Strings1B JP Strings1C JP Strings2A JP Strings2B JP Strings2C PWM Pulse Mod Soft Pad A Soft Pad B Soft Pad C Fantasynth A Fantasynth B Fantasynth C D 50 HeavenA D 50 HeavenB D 50 HeavenC Fine Wine D 50 Brass A D 50 Brass B D 50 Brass C D 50 BrassA Doo Pop Voice Syn Vox 1 Syn Vox 2 Voice Aahs A Voice Aahs B Voice Aahs C Voice Oohs1A Voice Oohs1B Voice Oohs1C Voice Oohs2A Voice Oohs2B Voice Oohs2C Choir 1A Choir 1B Choir 1C Oohs Chord L Oohs Chord R Male Ooh A Male Ooh B Male Ooh C Org Vox A Org Vox B Org Vox C Org Vox ZZZ Vox Bell VOX Kalimba JD Kalimba Klmba Atk Wood Crak Block Gamelan 1 Gamelan 2 Gamelan 3 Log Drum Hooky Tabla Marimba Wave Xylo Xylophone Vibes Bottle Hit Glockenspiel Tubular Steel Drums Pole Ip Fanta Bell A Fanta Bell B Fanta Bell C FantaBell A Org Bell AgogoBells FingerBell DIGI Bell 1 DIGI Bell 1 JD Cowbell Bell Wave Chime Crystal
288. n Reverb 1 4 2 4 00 10 00 Rhythm Tone Key 21 4154235 00 12 00 Rhythm Tone Key 22 S I 01 3E 00 Rhythm Tone Key 108 O1 1 Setup Offset I Address Description I 00 00 0000 Oaaa Sound Mode 1 5 PATCH PERFORM GM1 GM2 GS I 00 01 Oaaa aaaa reserved I 00 02 Oaaa aaaa reserved 146 00 03 Oaaa aaaa reserved 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Performance Bank Select MSB CC 0 45 12793 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Performance Bank Select LSB CC 32 0 127 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Performance Program Number PC KO AT 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Patch Bank Select MSB CC 0 D I T27 00 08 Oaaa aaaa Patch Bank Select LSB CC 32 LAP 00 09 Oaaa aaaa Patch Program Number PC 0 127 00 OA 0000 000a MFX Switch tu 13 BYPASS ON 00 OB 0000 000a Chorus Switch 0 1 I OFF ON 00 OC 0000 000a Reverb Switch 0 1 l OFF ON 00 OD 0000 aaaa Transpose Value 59 TO I I I SE 00 OE 0000 Oaaa Octave Shift 61 67 I I I 3 3 I 00 00 00 OF Total Size ei O1 2 1 System Common g Offset Address Description I 00 00 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb 0000 cece 0000 dddd Master Tune 24 2024 l l I 100 0 100 0 cent
289. n ratio Release 0 127 Adjusts the time after the signal F L volume falls below the Threshold Lin out Level until compression is no long Balance W er applied Post Gain 0 6 12 18 dB Adjusts the output gain Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range Q Balance W High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Ri in R out Level 0 127 Output level Balance D Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the LIMITER output Parameter Value Description Cho Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Modulation frequency of the chorus effect Chorus Depth 0 127 Modulation depth of the cho rus effect Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the cho rus sound is heard Treml Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Modulation frequency of the tremolo effect Phase 0 180 deg Depth of the tremolo effect Treml Separation 0 127 Spread of the tremolo effect Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the D0 100W direct sound D and the trem olo chorus sound W Level 0 127 Output level 13 SPACE D This is a multiple chorus that applies two phase modulation in stereo It creates no audible modulation yet produces a transparent chorus effect Parameter Value Description Cho Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Cho Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Cho Phase 0 180 deg Spatial spread of the sound Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the chorus sound is heard Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency
290. ne receive expression rameter on If not turn it off switch RCV HOLD 1 OFF ON If you want the Tone to respond to Hold 1 messages turn this parameter on Rhythm tone receive hold 1 If not turn it off switch RCV PAN MODE CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS Pan messages will be responded to immediately instantly Rhythm tone receive pan mode KEY ON changing the stereo position of the Rhythm Tone KEY ON The stereo loca tion of the Rhythm Tone will be changed only when the next note is played If a Pan message is received while a note is sounding its stereo location will not change RHYTHM MFX Rhythm Multi Effects Parameter Description TYPE Multi Effects Type SEND LEVEL DRY Multi Effects Dry Send Level SEND LEVEL CHO Multi Effects Chorus Send Level Refer to p 80 SEND LEVEL REV Multi Effects Reverb Send Level CONTROL SOURCE 1 4 Multi Effects Control Source 1 4 DESTINATION 1 4 Multi Effects Control Destination 1 4 SENS 1 4 Multi Effects Control Sensitivity 1 4 RHYTHM CHORUS Parameter Description TYPE Chorus Type LEVEL Refer to p 80 Chorus Level OUTPUT SELECT Chorus Output Select RHYTHM REVERB Parameter Description TYPE Reverb Type Refer to p 80 LEVEL Reverb Level Adjusting Effect Settings Refer to Patch Rhythm Set Mode Settings p 77 Saving Rhythm Sets You Create Refer to Saving a Sound You Create p 92
291. nel 151 Zeg Z 00 01 0000 000a Receive Switch ton OFF ON 00 02 0000 000a Receive MIDI1 lt gt 9 gt 2 OFF ON 00 03 0000 000a Receive MIDI2 lt gt G Ly OFF ON 00 04 Oaaa aaaa Patch Bank Select MSB CC 0 Bess TA 00 05 Oaaa aaaa Patch Bank Select LSB CC 32 0 KAT 00 06 Oaaa aaaa Patch Program Number PC CO 147 E 00 07 Oaaa aaaa Part Level CC 7 0 127 00 08 Oaaa aaaa Part Pan CC 10 0 127 L64 63R 00 09 Oaaa aaaa Part Coarse Tune RPN 2 Le TLA 48 48 00 OA Oaaa aaaa Part Fine Tune RPN 1 14 114 ASO 00 OB 0000 OOaa Part Mono Poly MONO ON POLY ON 9 2 MONO POLY PATCH 00 OC 0000 OOaa Part Legato Switch CC 68 10 38 d EE H Ee E E VEEL NEE D ee eo MIDI Implementation OFF ON PATCH 00 OD 000a aaaa Part Pitch Bend Range RPN 0 0 25 0 24 PATCH 00 OE 0000 O0aa Part Portamento Switch CC 65 0 2 OFF ON PATCH IE 00 OF 0000 aaaa 0000 bbbb Part Portamento Time CC 5 0 128 O 127 PATCH I 00 11 Oaaa aaaa Part Cutoff Offset CC 74 0 127 I I I 64 63 00 12 Oaaa aaaa Part Resonance Offset CC 71 0 127 64 63 00 13 Oaaa aaaa Part Attack Time Offset CC 73 0
292. ng reference to be used by the Patch The LFO cycle M FX Patch Clock Source changes phrase loop break beats and Tone delay time can be synchronized to a clock or tempo PATCH Uses the Patch Tempo SYSTEM Uses the global System Tempo or clock messages received from an external sequencer TEMPO 20 250 Establishes the Patch s tempo when Clock Source is set to PATCH Patch Tempo Clock messages for the Patch Tempo are not transmitted from the MIDI OUT con nector CUTOFF OFFSET 63 63 Simultaneously lowers or raises the individual TVF cutoff frequency values of the Tones in the Patch RES OFFSET 63 63 Simultaneously lowers or raises the individual TVF Resonance values of the Resonance Offset Tones in the Patch ATTACK TIME OFFSET 63 63 Simultaneously lowers or raises the individual TVA ENVELOPE T1 values of the Tones in the Patch RELEASE TIME OFFSET 63 63 Simultaneously lowers or raises the individual TVA ENVELOPE T4 values of the Tones in the Patch VELOCITY SENS OFFSET 63 63 Simultaneously lowers or raises the individual TVF VELOCITY V Cutoff and TVA V Sens values of the Tones in the Patch PRIORITY LAST LOUDEST Determines how notes are managed when the XV 2020 s maximum polyphony Voice Priority limit is exceeded 64 voices LAST Gives priority to the last played voices Currently sounding notes are turned off in order beginning with the first played note LOUDEST Gives priority to the voices with t
293. nge to the Tone s volume Negative settings reverse the direction of the change BIAS POINT C 1 G9 Chooses the MIDI key at which the Tone s volume begins to change BIAS DIRECTION LOWER Determines whether the volume of notes above or below the Bias point or both UPPER changes according to their distance from the Bias Point LO amp UP LOWER Notes below the Bias Point are affected ALL UPPER Notes above the Bias Point are affected LO amp UP Notes below and above the Bias Point are affected ALL The volume of notes across the entire keyboard are biased according to the Bias Level slope based on their distance from the Bias Point 59 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description PAN L64 63R Specifies the stereo position of the Tone L64 places the Tone hard left 0 puts it dead Tone Pan center and 63R pans it hard right The overall panning of the entire Patch is set by the Patch Pan parameter PATCH COM MON p 46 shifting the Tone Pan values of its individual Tones leftward or rightward by the selected amount PAN KF 100 100 Use this parameter when you want each note s keyboard position to affect its stereo Tone Pan Key follow location Higher settings cause a greater shifting of the Tone s original pan position as you move further away from Middle C C4 where the original stereo TVA Pan value remains in effect Positive settings cause notes above Middle C to be panned
294. ntrolled using the two previous parameter settings ON activates the control of a Tone OFF de activates it and REV reverses the or nature of the change being applied Applications for Patches Syncing the LFO Cycle to the System Tempo 1 Click PATCH 2 Clickthe Y for PATCH NAME to select the Patch to be synchronized INIT PATI CATEGORY el PRESET ER EXP pa 3 Click DETAIL for PATCH COMMON then set CLOCK SOURCE to SYSTEM COMMON Or PATCH COMMON OUTPUT OCTAVE ASSIGN SHIFT LEVEL PAN 4 Click DETAIL for LFO 1 click RATE then set each tone s Rate to the note length corresponding to the synchronization tempo PATCH LEO 1 we MODE TIME e ITOH TVF TVA ah opp Www W A TONE1 TONE 4 are switched with TONE SELECT at the upper right of the screen 100 Examples of Applications Using the XV 2020 5 Click DETAIL for SYSTEM COMMON then set CLOCK SOURCE to INT PATCH COMMON When the System Clock Source parameter is set to MIDI or USB you can synchronize the LFO cycle to an external device 6 If TEMPO System Tempo changes the LFO Rate s os changes along with it 4 Click PARAM for MFX n AM This puts you in the PATCH MEX screen EE ESTEM Ca SYSTEM COMMON 88 MASTER MASTER 5 Click TYPE and select 16 STEP FLANGER Bx PE no Ss TR ge 2 Q S oN orF
295. ntroller number 93 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 5DH vvH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 vv Chorus Send Level 00H 7FH 0 127 In Performance mode the Part Chorus Send Level parameter Performance Part will change ORPN MSB LSB Controller number 100 101 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 65H mmH BnH 64H IH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 mm upper byte MSB of parameter number specified by RPN Il lower byte LSB of parameter number specified by RPN lt lt lt RPN gt gt gt Control Changes include RPN Registered Parameter Numbers which are extended When using RPNs first RPN Controller numbers 100 and 101 they can be sent in any order should be sent in order to select the parameter then Data Entry Controller numbers 6 and 38 should be sent to set the value Once RPN messages are received Data Entry messages that is received at the same MIDI channel after that are recognized as changing toward the value of the RPN messages In order not to make any mistakes transmitting RPN Null is recommended after setting parameters you need This device receives the following RPNs RPN Data entry MSB LSB MSB LSB Notes 00H 00H mmH IH Pitch Bend Sensitivity mm 00H 18H 0 24 semitones ll ignored processed as 00H Up to 2 octave can be specified in semitone steps In Performance mode the Part Bend Range parameter Performance Part will change 00H 01H mmH Un Channel Fin
296. nts pp 2 Amplitude Control rr 00H 7FH 0 200 pp 3 LFO Pitch Depth tr 00H 7FH 0 600 cents pp 4 LFO Filter Depth tr 00H 7FH 0 2400 cents pp 5 LFO Amplitude Depth rr 00H 7FH 0 100 EOX End Of Exclusive ol pp 1 Data byte Status 7FH 7FH 09H 03H OnH ccH ppH rrH F7H Explanation Exclusive status ID number universal realtime message Device ID Broadcast Sub ID 1 Controller Destination Setting Sub ID 2 Control Change MIDI Channel 00 OF Controller number 01 1F 40 5F Controlled parameter Controlled range F7H pp 0 Pitch Control rr 28H 58H 24 24 semitones pp 1 Filter Cutoff Control rr 00H 7FH 9600 9450 cents pp 2 Amplitude Control rr 00H 7FH 0 200 pp 3 LFO Pitch Depth tr 00H 7FH 0 600 cents pp 4 LFO Filter Depth tr 00H 7FH 0 2400 cents pp 5 LFO Amplitude Depth rr 00H 7FH 0 100 EOX End Of Exclusive OScale Octave Tuning Adjust Status FOH Byte FOH ZEH F7H Data byte Status 7EH 7FH 08H 08H ffH ggH hhH ssH F7 Explanation Exclusive status ID number Universal Non realtime Message Device ID Broadcast Sub ID 1 MIDI Tuning Standard Sub ID 2 scale octave tuning 1 byte form Channel Option byte 1 bits 0 to 1 channel 15 to 16 bit 2 to 6 Undefined Channel byte 2 bits 0 to 6 channel 8 to 14 Channel byte 3 bits 0 to 6 channel 1 to
297. o affect the Rhythm Tone volume Set this to a positive value to have the changes in tone volume increase the more forcefully the keys are played to make the Rhythm Tone play more softly as you play harder set this to a negative value PAN L64 63R This specifies the stereo position of the Rhythm Tone L64 places the Rhythm Tone Rhythm tone pan hard left 0 puts it dead center and 63R pans it hard right RANDOM PAN DEPTH 0 63 Use this parameter to activate random panning note by note Higher values result in more extreme fluctuations in the Rhythm Tone s stereo placement ALT PAN DEPTH L63 63R This setting causes panning to be alternated between left and right each time a key is Alternate pan depth pressed Higher values result in a greater left right width You can select the stereo placement of the first key using this parameter its opposite will be used for the sec ond note and so on back and forth If you want to alternate the pan position of two Rhythm Tones set them to the exact opposite L and R settings TVA ENVELOPE Covel T1 T2 13 T4 This specifies the manner in which keyboard ve locity will affect the times of the TVA envelope 1 i Time key is pressed key is released ENV T1 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics velocity to affect T1 TVA envelope time 1 velocity sensitivity Time 1 of the TVA envelope With higher settings the T1 value will change m
298. o that of the newly pressed key while continuing to sound This can be effective when you wish to simulate performance techniques such as a guitarist s hammering on and pulling off strings When PAT is selected the Patch s own settings take effect PORTAMENT SW OFF ON PAT Specifies whether the portamento effect is applied ON or not OFF When PAT is se Part Portamento Switch lected the settings for the assigned Patch take effect What is Portamento Portamento is an effect that smoothly changes the pitch from the first played key to the next played key When Key Assign is MONO applying portamento produces an effect similar to the slide performance technique of a violinist Portamento can also be applied when Key Assign is polyphonic POLY PORTAMENT TIME 0 127 PAT Specifies the time over which the pitch changes Higher settings cause the pitch Part Portamento Time change to the next note to take more time When PAT is chosen the settings for the assigned Patch take effect VIBRATO RATE 64 63 Adjusts the vibrato speed the rate at which the pitch is modulated The pitch will be Part Vibrato Rate modulated more rapidly for higher settings and more slowly with lower settings VIBRATO DEPTH 64 63 Adjusts the depth of the vibrato effect the depth at which the pitch is modulated The Part Vibrato Depth pitch will be modulated more greatly for higher settings and less with lower settings VIBRATO DELAY 64 63 Adjusts the delay tim
299. oard holders into the holes electricity you might have been carrying has been discharged When handling the board grasp it only by its edges Avoid touching any of the electronic components or connectors i Save the bag in which the board was originally shipped and a Deng put the board back into it whenever you need to store or transport it Do not touch any of the printed circuit pathways or connection Connector terminals e Never use excessive force when installing a circuit board If it 5 Use the tool supplied with the Wave Expansion Board to rotate the board holders to LOCK securing the Wave Expansion Board in place doesn t fit properly on the first attempt remove the board and try again When circuit board installation is complete double check your work Install only the specified board and remove only the specified screws Be careful not to cut your hands on the opening for installing i LOCK the board ra 6 Use the specified screws you removed in step 2 to reattach the cover This completes the installation of the Wave Expansion Board Next make sure the board is installed correctly 106 Installing a Wave Expansion Board Check to make sure the board has been installed properly 1 Press the POWER switch on the XV 2020 to switch on the power 2 Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up VALUE MODE PUSH O MIDI PATCH FT TT 1 O PER
300. oaring Saws HLD 2 6 MONO 86 Happy Brass TEK 66 8 POLY 23 FXM Saw Lead HLD 3 4 MONO 87 LFO Trance PLS 67 8 POLY 24 BOG HLD 4 3 MONO 88 Syncrosonix PLS 68 3 POLY 25 Square Roots HLD 5 2 MONO 89 GermanBounce PLS 69 4 POLY 26 Old School HLD 6 4 MONO 90 Trance Fair PLS 70 8 MONO 27 Retro Lead HLD 7 2 MONO 91 Cyber Pad PLS 71 4 POLY 28 Loud SynLead HLD 8 4 MONO 92 S amp H Pad PLS 72 1 POLY 29 PortaSynLd HLD 9 2 MONO 93 PressureDome PLS 73 4 POLY 30 OSC Sync2020 HLD 10 1 MONO 94 Pulsatronic PLS 74 3 POLY 31 Talking Box HLD 11 3 MONO 95 Cyber Dreams PLS 75 3 POLY 32 Blistering HLD 12 2 MONO 96 Alive PLS 76 3 POLY 33 MG Interval HLD 13 4 MONO 97 Trancing Pad PLS 77 2 POLY 34 Analog Lead HLD 14 2 MONO 98 Acid JaZZ PLS 78 5 MONO 35 5th Lead HLD 15 2 MONO 99 Alternative PLS 79 2 MONO 36 Classy Pulse HLD 16 2 POLY 100 Acid Line PES 80 1 MONO 37 TubbyTriangl HLD 17 2 MONO 101 Raggatronic PLS 81 4 POLY 38 Square Lead SLD 18 3 POLY 102 Temple of JV PLS 82 4 POLY 39 2020SquLead SLD 19 2 POLY 103 Blades PLS 83 4 POLY 40 Creamer SLD 20 2 MONO 104 Fooled Again PLS 84 1 POLY 41 Belly Lead SLD 21 4 POLY 105 Planet Asia PLS 85 4 POLY 42 Flyin High SLD 22 3 MONO 106 Afterlife PLS 86 3 POLY 43 SH 2000 SLD 23 2 MONO 107 Cultivate PLS 87 5 POLY 44 Soft Tooth SLD 24 2 MONO 108 Paz lt gt Zap PLS 88 1 MONO 45 Sine Lead SLD 25 1 MONO 109 Strobe Mode PLS 89 4 POLY 46 Smoothe SLD 26 2 MONO 110 Albion PLS 90 2 POLY 47 Basic Mg SLD 27 2 MONO 111 Running Pad PLS 91 4 POLY 48 Lega
301. omplete Click Customize to edit details of your setup Click Cancel to abort OMS setup Cancel Customize Troubleshoot O My Studio Setup PE DO Chs 1 16 3 140 Driver 8 Change the name of the keyboard icon to Port 1 or any other names except XV 2020 Studio Patches pgm ohg og QuickTime Music Roland XV 2020 STELI ED f acos9iEL 9 The Save dialog box appears OMS 2 3 8 Read Me Seen OMS Setup Input the desired file name and click D OMs Tech Pubs Studio Patches Editor Save New Save studio setup as My Studio Setup Thin Help 10 Select Test Studio in the Studio Menu and check it in New Device Sp New Patcher order to verify whether sound is produced MIDI Cards amp Interfaces Add Device Per Port Auto Detect Devices 11 In the My Studio Setup Window click the keyboard icon Device Icon Different In 0ut Ports Test Studio Sort by Port Name When you move the mouse pointer near the keyboard icon the pointer will change to the shape of an eighth note Verify that you can hear sound from your XV 2020 12 After you have finished the above check exit OMS Setup This completes driver settings This completes connections for the XV 2020 and Macintosh and installation of the MIDI driver Now MIDI data can be input and output reco
302. ontrol Panel system is set up the Sounds and Audio Devices icon may be e Windows XP displayed directly in the Click the Windows start button and from the menu that appears select Control Control Panel the Classic Panel display In this case double click the Sounds and Audio Devices icon 2 Open the Sounds and Multimedia Properties dialog box or in Windows XP Sounds and Audio Devices Properties Windows 2000 Me In Control Panel double click the Sounds and Multimedia icon to open the Sounds and Multimedia Properties dialog box e Windows XP In Pick a category click Sound Speech and Audio Devices Next in or pick a Control Panel icon click the sounds and Audio Devices icon 21 For Those Using a Computer 3 Click the Audio tab Sounds and Audio Devices Properties HE 4 For MIDI music playback click the Y located at the right of Preferred device eee or in Windows XP Default device and P Default device Volume Sounds Audio Voice Hardware Intel r Integrated Audio v select the ROLAND XV 2020 Volume J Advanced D Sound recordin B Click OK to complete the settings S s A Default device D Intel r Integrated Audio v MIDI music playback ECH Default device lt Roland xv 2020 v Roland XV 2020 Use only default devices OK Cancel Apply Proceed to the following page e Windows XP users gt Enabling background services p 23
303. or down in units of an octave 3 Part Octave Shift octaves COARSE TUNE 48 48 Adjusts the pitch of the Part s sound up or down in semitone steps over a Part Coarse Tune range of 4 octaves FINE TUNE 50 50 Adjusts the pitch of the Part s sound up or down in 1 cent steps 1 100th of a Part Fine Tune semitone over a range of half a semitone up or down Parameter Value Description PB RANGE 0 24 PAT Specifies the amount of pitch change that occurs when you move the Pitch Bend Le Part Pitch Bend Range ver This overrides the sound s own pitch bend settings The amount of pitch change downward or upward that occurs when the lever is moved is the same for both its left and right directions or down and up on some MIDI controllers When PATCH is chosen the bend range settings for the assigned Patch take effect MONO POLY MONO POLY PAT Sets how the Patch s notes play The MONO setting is effective when playing a solo Part Mono Poly instrument Patch such as sax or flute MONO Only one note sounds at a time POLY Two or more notes can be played simultaneously PAT The Part uses the Patch s Mono Poly setting LEGATO OFF ON PAT Turn this parameter ON when you want to use the Legato feature and OFF when you Part Legato Switch don t Legato is a feature that works only when the Key Assign Mode is MONO When Legato is ON pressing one key when another is already pressed causes the currently playing note s pitch to change t
304. ore sig nificantly depending on whether you play softly or with greater force With positive settings greater keyboard velocity will reduce the T1 setting With negative set tings greater keyboard velocity will increase the T1 setting ENV T4 SENS TVA envelope time 4 velocity sensitivity 63 63 Use this parameter when you want key off velocity the speed at which you release a key to affect T4 Time 4 of the TVA envelope With higher settings the T4 value will change more significantly depending on whether you release the key slowly or quick ly With positive settings faster key off velocity will reduce the T4 setting With negative settings faster key off velocity will increase the T4 setting ENV T1 T4 TVA envelope time 1 4 0 127 Specify the TVA envelope times Higher settings lengthen the time until the next vol ume level is reached For example T2 is the time over which L1 changes to L2 ENV L1 L3 TVA envelope level1 3 0 127 Specify the TVA envelope levels These settings specify how the volume changes at each point relative to the standard volume SEND LEVEL DRY Dry Send Level SEND LEVEL CHO Tone Chorus Send Level SEND LEVEL REV Tone Reverb Send Level OUTPUT ASSIGN Tone Output Assign Refer to p 78 RHYTHM CONTROL Other Settings Parameter Value Description PITCH BEND RANGE 0 48 Specifies the amount of pitch change tha
305. ormance to be used PRESET CATEGORY et es pa 3 Click PARAM for MFX 4 Clickthe Y for TYPE and select TYPE MFX TYPE MFX CHO Ri oe Ce PATCH MFX paran O ruraaman 5 Setthe parameter and the value PATCH MFX You cannot choose these parameters when the MFX Type is set to 00 THROUGH CONTROL SOURCE MFX CONTROL SOURCE1 4 OFF No controller is used CC01 95 Controller numbers 1 95 except for 32 BEND Pitch Bend AFTER Aftertouch SYS1 4 System Control 1 4 DESTINATION MFX CONTROL DESTINATION1 4 This chooses the Multi Effects parameter to be controlled using the MFX Control Source 1 4 SENS MFX CONTROL SENS1 4 If you wish to change the selected parameter in a positive direction i e a higher value toward the right or faster etc from its current setting choose a positive value If you wish to change the selected parameter in a negative direction i e a lower value toward the left or slower etc from its current setting choose a negative value Higher numbers produce a greater amount of change Changing Tone Settings You can use the Matrix Control parameter to manipulate Tone settings in real time Choosing the MIDI Messages Used for Control and the Parameters to Be Changed 1 Click PATCH 2 Clickthe Y for PATCH NAME to select the Patch to be used 3 Click MATRIX CONTROL MIDI MESSA
306. ot Tone Receive Expression Switch turn it off RCV HOLD 1 OFF ON Set this to ON if you wish the tone to respond to Hold1 messages these mes Tone Receive Hold 1 Switch sages cause sounds to continue playing when a sustain damper pedal is pressed Set this to OFF when you don t want the Tone to respond to Hold1 messages REDAMPER OFF ON Ifa Hold 1 message is received during the time between a note off when you Tone Redamper Switch release the key and the time at which the note actually disappears any cur rently sounding notes will be sustained if Redamper is set to ON To take ad vantage of this feature you must also turn on the Tone Receive Hold 1 setting RCV PAN MODE CONTINUOUS CONTINUOUS Pan messages are responded to immediately instantly Tone Receive Pan Mode KEY ON changing the stereo position of the Tone KEY ON The stereo location of the Tone is changed only when the next note is played If a Pan message is received while a note is sounding its stereo lo cation will not change ENV MODE NO SUS SUSTAIN When a loop type waveform is selected it normally continues to sound as Tone Envelope Mode long as a key is pressed If you want a note to decay naturally even when the key remains pressed set this to NO SUS Ifa one shot type Wave is selected it will not sustain even if this parameter is set to SUSTAIN 50 Creating a Patch PATCH SCALE TUNE One set of Scale Tune settings can be
307. ot found dialog box will appear Digital Signature Not Found xj If File signature verification is set to The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has Di been tested with Windows and that the software has not Warn 5 been altered since it was tested The software you are about to install does not contain a 1 Click Yes Microsoft digital signature Therefore there is no guarantee that this software works correctly with indows 2 Continue the installation Fits p If you want to search for Microsoft digitally signed software visit the Windows Update Web site at http windowsupdate microsoft com to see if one is available Do you want to continue the installation maa No More Info If File signature verification is setto TINTIN xl DI BI k 5 The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has oc been tested with Windows and that the software has nat been altered since it was tested x The software you are about to install does not contain a 1 Click O K Microsoft digital signature Therefore there is no guarantee that this software works correctly with Windows 2 When the New hardware E detection wizard appears click If you want to search for Microsoft digitally signed G software visit the Windows Update Web site at Fi nis h GE microsoft com to see if one is Perform the installation as described _ in the Trouble
308. otient remainder 128 remainder checksum lt Example1 gt Setting MFX Type of Performance Common MFX to OVERDRIVE DT1 According to the Parameter Address Map p 146 the start address of Temporary Performance is 10 00 00 00H the offset address of Performance Common MEX is 02 00H and the address of MFX Type is 00 00H Therefore the address of MFX Type of Performance Common MFX is 10 00 00 00H 02 00H 00 OOH 10 00 02 00H OVERDRIVE has the value of 02H So the system exclusive message should be sent is FO 41 10 0010 12 10000200 02 22 F7 1 3 4 5 address data checksum 6 1 Exclusive Status 2 ID Roland 3 Device ID 17 4 Model ID XV 2020 5 Command ID DT1 6 End of Exclusive Then calculate the checksum 10H 00H 02H 00H 02H 16 0 2 0 2 20 sum 20 sum 128 0 quotient 20 remainder checksum 128 20 remainder 108 6CH This means that FO 41 10 00 10 12 10 00 02 00 02 6C F7 is the message should be sent lt Example2 gt Getting the data RQ1 of Performance Part 3 in USER 03 According to the Parameter Address Map p 146 the start address of USER 03 is 20 02 00 00H and the offset address of Performance Part 3 is 00 22 00H Therefore the start address of Performance Part 3 in USER 03 is 20 02 00 00H su 00 22 00H 20 02 22 00H As the size of Performance Part is 00 00 00 31H the system exclusive message should be sent is FO 41 10 00
309. ound is muted the Part still receives MIDI messages Thus even when the Part s sound is switched on or off during playback of a song the Part continues to keep up with the latest received MIDI data 71 o re E e ao D E 2 O Creating a Performance Parameter Value Description SOLO Refer to the Performance Common column Solo Part Select Parameter Value Description TYPE PAT RHY Select the type of sound the Part plays Part Type GROUP USER PR A D GM Chooses the group Bank to which the desired Patch or Rhythm Set belongs Part Group EXP A EXP B It is not possible to choose EXP A EXP B unless a wave expansion board is insert ed into the corresponding slot p 105 NUMBER Chooses the Rhythm set number to which the desired Patch or Rhythm Set be Patch Rhythm Set Number longs LEVEL 0 127 Sets the volume of the Part This setting s main purpose is to adjust the volume Part Level balance between Parts PAN L64 63R Specifies the stereo position of the Part s sound L64 pans the sound hard left Part Pan 0 puts it dead center and 63R pans it hard right VEL SENS 63 63 Raises or lowers the VELOCITY V Cutoff and the TVA V Sens settings for Part Velocity Sensitivity each of the Tones in the Part s sound OCT SHIFT 3 3 Adjusts the pitch of the Part s sound up
310. ound selection range In the Edit mode it is used to select the parameter to be set For more information about the CATEGORY BANK knob s functions in Edit mode refer to the EDIT PARAMETER SELECT chart on the XV 2020 s top panel Level Level Push VALUE ENTER UTILITY Pan Pan USB Descriptor Coarse Tune Coarse Tune SYSTEM MIDI USB Thru Fine Tune Fine Tune PFM Ctrl CH Output Assign Output Assign Master Tune Cutoff Voice Reserve Resonance Reverb Send Attack Chorus Send Release Dry Send Octave Shift Part Type Analog Feek PFM MFX Src qe PATCH PERFORM EDIT PARAMETER SELECT 10 POWER Switch Pressed to switch the power on and off Rear Panel 9 1 AC Adaptor Jack Accepts connection of the supplied AC adaptor 2 Cord Hook To prevent the inadvertent disruption of power to your unit should the plug be pulled out accidentally and to avoid applying undue stress to the AC adaptor jack anchor the power cord using the cord hook 3 MIDI Connectors IN OUT THRU These connectors are used to connect the XV 2020 with other devices for sending and receiving MIDI messages MIDI IN This receives information from other MIDI instruments MIDI OUT This sends information from the XV 2020 MIDI THRU This sends out unaltered information received from MIDI IN 4 OUTPUT Jacks L MONO R These are for stereo L R output of audio signals to an amp o
311. ount of change be tivity tween softly and strongly played notes Negative settings reverse the direction of change TVF ENVELOPE Lo Cutoff Frequency gt Time key is a is 4 pressed released ENV DEPTH 63 63 This adjusts the amount of filter enveloping Higher settings produce more change TVF envelope depth Negative values invert the effect of the TVF envelope ENV TIME KF 100 100 Use this parameter when you want a note s keyboard position to affect times T2 TVF Envelope Time Key follow T4 of the TVF envelope Higher settings change the times by a greater amount as you move away from Middle C C4 at Middle C the original T1 T4 settings are in effect Positive settings cause the times to shorten as you play above Middle C Negative settings cause the times to lengthen as you play above Middle C p 55 58 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description ENV VEL CURVE FIXED 1 7 This selects one of seven velocity curves that determine how velocity will affect the TVF envelope velocity curve depth of the TVF Envelope When set to FIXED the TVF envelope depth remains unchanged regardless of how hard or soft you play ENV VEL SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics velocity to affect TVF envelope velocity the depth of the TVF Envelope With higher settings there is a greater difference sensitivity in the TVF envelope depth w
312. out If you do not want to filter out any high frequencies set this parameter to BYPASS Dly Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be D0 100W tween the sound sent through the delay W and the sound that s not sent through the delay D Level 0 127 Output level Using the XV 2020 Effects 37 CHORUS gt FLANGER 40 CHORUS FLANGER The parameters are the same as for 37 CHO gt FLANGER Balance D Balance D However the Flanger Balance parameter adjusts the volume balance between the direct sound and the flanger sound Balance D Lin Balance D Balance D Feedback eeabac Parameter Value Description racer 1a Q Balance W Cho Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the chorus is ees heard Rin O R out Cho Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Modulation frequency of the chorus Balance D effect Cho Depth 0 127 Modulation depth of the chorus effect note 1 Cho Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the chorus sound W Flg Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz ee mg frequency of the flanger Sixteenth note A Eighth note triplet A Dotted sixteenth note effect Flg Depth 0 127 Modulation depth of the flanger effect Eighth note A Dotted eighth note 1 Quarter note Flg Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the flanger 8 sound that s fed back into the effect b Halt note triplet il Dotted quarter note ds Half note triplet Negative
313. out when the key is released men pay Fa ngh or E WG Pitch WG Pitch Depth TVF Cutoff Frequency F Cutoff Frequency U gt TVA Level TVA Pan is keyis VA Level TVA Pan le is A pressed released pressed low less low less LFO1 2 FADE TIME 0 127 Adjusts the time over which the LFO rises to its full effect or LFO Fade Time fades away Refer to the diagrams for Fade Mode 56 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description LFO1 2 KEY SYNC OFF ON Sets whether you want the LFO cycle to start in sync with the LFO Key Sync timing of a key press ON or not OFF LFO1 2 PITCH DEPTH 63 63 Adjusts how much the LFO affects the Tone s pitch LFO1 2 TVF DEPTH 63 63 Adjusts how much the LFO affects the Tone s TVF cutoff fre quency LFO1 2 TVA DEPTH 63 63 Adjusts how much the LFO affects the Tone s TVA Level LFO1 2 PAN DEPTH 63 63 Adjusts how much the LFO affects the Tone s TVA Pan Noise may result from making the LFO PAN DEPTH too deep To prevent noise you can either lower the value for the PAN DEPTH or lower the LFO Rate PATCH TVF Changing the Brightness with a Filter The settings for the TVF Time Variant Filter allow you to change a Tone s timbral content by altering its brightness or thickness Parameter Value Description FILTER TYPE OFF LPF BPF Selects a filter type A filter typically reduces or atten
314. p 94 Immediately after Factory Reset is executed the Receive channel is set to the channel selected with the PART knob Send a Bank Select MSB Control Number 0 value of 87 to the XV 2020 If you want to select a Rhythm Set send a value of 86 Next send a Bank Select LSB Control Number 32 value of 65 Send a Program Change with a value of 18 The Patch number appearing in the display changes to 18 Each Patch or Rhythm Set has a corresponding Bank Select number and Program number as shown below Patches Bank Select number Program number Bank Number MSB LSB USER 001 128 87 00 001 128 PST A PRESET A 001 128 87 64 001 128 PST B PRESET B 001 128 87 65 001 128 PST C PRESET C 001 128 87 66 001 128 PST D PRESET D 001 128 87 67 001 128 GM GM2 001 256 121 0 001 128 EXP A EXPENSION A 001 93 0 001 EXP B EXPENSION B 001 93 0 001 Playing Sounds Rhythm Sets Bank Select number Program number Bank Number MSB LSB USER 001 004 86 00 001 004 PST A PRESET A 001 004 86 64 001 004 PST B PRESET B 001 004 86 65 001 004 GM GM2 001 009 120 00 001 057 EXP A EXPENSION A 001 92 0 001 EXP B EXPENSION B 001 92 0 001 Selecting Performances To switch Performances after matching the send channel for the external MIDI device with the XV 2020 s Performance Control channel p
315. page es OUTPUT ms L R L MONO O Ground Terminal Unsuitable places for connection Water pipes may result in shock or electrocution Gas pipes may result in fire or explosion Telephone line ground or lightning rod may be dangerous in the event of lightning Contents IMPORTANT NOTES uu a Susa qsqa BABABA 5 a 0 AA AA PAA PAPA 8 Front and Rear Paneel u Ee 9 Getting Ready lo Play viacsccsciuccisisasassiciccaceisandedusisienddacdcnduiudeansuaescudvicevansubiaesasenavendwades Attaching the Rubber Feet 2n naan GAN EEN Installing on the Rack Mount Adaptor Connecting to MIDI Devices and Audio Equipment Turning the Power On EE s ul S Sanapa EE Restoring the Factory Settings Factory Reset sens For Those Using a Computer J Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows sense Settings and checking a aan aso stihl hentai stale Hist abies editer nd lent Au Installing amp Setup the Driver Macintosh Connecting with MIDI Connectors een Installing the Included Editor Software sense About Patches and Performances 31 Quick Start BRB BBR K K K RRR RP RRR RRR RR RR RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR RRR Ree Ree ee eee eee 33 Playing Sound Seia aare ae inanar sa anciens ans a sentence as ut ira dans
316. played 31 lt MEMO gt 32 Quick Start Playing Sounds The XV 2020 comes with a rich palette of onboard sounds called Patches Let s listen to some Patches in Patch mode Playing Patches Phrase Preview Even when there s no MIDI keyboard or sequencer connected the XV 2020 allows you to audition sounds 1 Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up 2 Press and hold down VOLUME The Patch plays while VOLUME is depressed At this time the currently selected bank USr USER and the patch number appear in alternation on the display lt s USr Bank Patch number nd mm i LU OOOe O 00080 3 Rotate VALUE to reselect the Patch and check out the sounds of other patches Playing a Patch on the XV 2020 from an External MIDI Device MIDI Keyboard The XV 2020 produces sound in response to MIDI messages it receives from an external MIDI device such as a MIDI keyboard or sequencer Try connecting your MIDI keyboard and playing sounds on the XV 2020 Connecting the MIDI Keyboard Connect the MIDI keyboard as shown in the following XV 2020 MIDI IN MIDI OUT MIDI keyboard 34 Playing Sounds Matching MIDI Channels In order for the XV 2020 to respond to MIDI data sent by an external MIDI device both devices must be set to use the same MIDI channel or channels Here in Patch mode let s set both devices so that they use MIDI Channe
317. pression Switch a 74 Receive Hold 1 Switch 74 Receive Modulation Switch een 74 Receive Pan Switch ss 74 Receive Pitch Bend Switch 0 cece cece 74 Receive Polyphonic Pressure Switch 74 Receive Program Change Switch 74 94 d E 74 Receive Volume Switch nananana 74 Registered Parameter Number eneen 104 RESONANCE ua aa iis Res Beis eles 57 66 REVERB ee 88 E E 76 Reverb Parameters sense 81 Reverb Send Level Multi Effects tanins nn ner 80 part sers 79 TONE tte Re Me nl Rite 78 Reverb Source eege geed 80 Rhythm set clock source a 63 Rhythm Set Parameters 63 Rhythm set tempo ss 63 Rhythm tone coarse tune a 65 Rhythm tone fine tune ss 65 Ring Modulatotis ihn oae 48 ROTARY samana qaqan ahinan qana ayayay q 83 REN athe cittinet cleanin aemcte neuen ilvaite apa e shaya 104 s Scale Tune Pateha et Ee AA Ba p es 51 Performance u rss tale iota 75 SPACE D inenen ian e 85 SPECTRUM WE 83 SPIT onei se ananas aan nantes 70 STEP FLANGER nn nn 85 STEREO CHORUS s nat iano san 85 STEREO DELAY E 86 STEREO DE ie ane ee 82 RER ER 85 STRETCH TUNE DEPTH aasan asia aypay aqa 46 System Clock Source ss 94 System Control Source1 4 a 94 System Tempo ss 94 164 T TIME CONTROL DELAY ss 87 T
318. ps over a range of 4 octaves FINE TUNE 50 50 Adjusts the pitch of all of the Patch s Tones simultaneously in 1 cent steps 1 100th of a semitone over a range of 1 2 semitones up or down STRETCH TUNE DEPTH OFF 1 2 3 This setting allows you to apply stretch tuning to the Patch Acoustic pianos typically use stretch tuning with their lower range slightly flatter and their higher range slightly sharper than the actual mathematical tuning ratios dic tate Stretch is therefore useful when programming a Patch intended to sound like a real piano With a setting of OFF the Patch s tuning is equal tempera ment A setting of 3 produces the greatest difference in the pitch of the low and high ranges This diagram shows the pitch change relative to equal tempera ment that occurs in the low and high ranges Stretch has a subtle effect on the way in which chords resonate Pitch difference from equal temperament i Parameter value OFF 1 2 3 Low note range High note range 46 Creating a Patch Parameter Value Description ANALOG FEEL 0 127 Specifies the depth of Analog Feel that is applied to the Patch Traditional ana Analog Feel Depth log synthesizers often exhibited a degree of instability in their tuning The XV 2020 s Analog Feel feature can simulate this characteristic CLOCK SOURCE PATCH SYSTEM Selects the timi
319. puter and the XV 2020 are connected by a USB cable The driver sends data from your application to the XV 2020 and from the XV 2020 to your application The following items are required for connections and installation Please have the following items ready e XV 2020 e AC adaptor e USB cable e XV Editor CD ROM Turn off the power of the Macintosh and all peripheral devices connected to the Macintosh With the XV 2020 s power switch turned off connect it to the AC adaptor Plug the AC adaptor into an AC power outlet Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer Uu kh W N Turn on the peripheral devices connected to the Macintosh except for the XV 2020 Then turn on the power of the Macintosh itself Do not turn on the power of the XV 2020 at this time 24 For Those Using a Computer If the power of the XV 2020 is turned on a message like the following will appear when the Macintosh is started up Perform the steps described below as appropriate for the message that is displayed If the screen indicates Driver required for USB device unknown device is not available Search for driver on the Internet gt click Cancel If the screen indicates Software required for using device unknown device cannot be found Please refer to the manual included with the device and install the necessary software gt click OK Use either OMS or FreeMIDI as the MIDI
320. r a For example Click the Windows Start button Win98 SETUPINF EXE From the menu that appears select Run E 5 Run HE SETUPINF EXE file found Inthe dialog box that appears input the a following into the Open field and click OK ams EE Ap Open fEWinSB Xv2020 Setupintexe m E Win98 XV 2020 SETUPINF EXE ae Cancel Browse The drive name E may be different for your system Specify the drive name of your CD ROM drive ERT A 6 The SETUPINF dialog box will appear ee S Please use a USB cable to connect the XV 2020 and your computer You are now ready to install the driver and then turn on the power ofthe XV 2020 Ifthe Insert Disk dialog box appears after turning on the power Do not click OK at this time ee es The New Hardware Found dialog box will appear so input the name of the folder containing the driver EWIN98xV 2020 into the Copy files from area and perform the installation After inputting the folder name click the OK button in the dialog box The setup program will finish For Those Using a Computer 7 Connect the XV 2020 1 With the XV 2020 s power switch turned off connect it to the AC adaptor 2 Plug the AC adaptor into an AC power outlet 3 Use the USB cable to connect the XV 2020 to your computer 8 Set the XV 2020 s power switch to the ON position 9 If you are using Windows 98 an Insert a Please insert the disk labeled
321. r Slam Engine Car Stop Car Pass Crash Gun Shot Siren Train Jetplane Starship Breath Laugh Scream Punch Heart Steps Machine Gun Laser Thunder 2 AmbientSN pL AmbientSN pR AmbientSN fL AmbientSN fR Wet SN pL Wet SNpR Wet SNfL Wet SN f R Dry SN p Dry SN f Sharp SN Piccolo SN Maple SN Old Fill SN 70s SN SN Roll Natural SN1 Natural SN2 Ballad SN Rock SN p L Rock SN p R Rock SN mf L Rock SN mf R Rock SN f L Rock SN f R Rock Rim p L Rock Rim p R Rock Rim mfL Rock Rim mfR Rock Rim f L Rock Rim f R Rock Gst L Rock Gst R Snare Ghost Jazz SNp L Jazz SNp R Jazz SN mf L Jazz SN mf R Jazz SN f L Jazz SN f R Jazz SN ff L Jazz SN ff R Jazz Rim p L Jazz Rimp R Jazz Rim mfL Jazz Rim mfR Jazz Rim f L Jazz Rim f R Jazz Rim ffL Jazz Rim ffR Brush Slap Brush Swish Jazz Swish p Jazz Swish f 909 SN 1 909 SN 2 808 SN Rock Roll L Rock Roll R Jazz Roll Brush Roll Dry Stick Dry Stick 2 Side Stick Woody Stick RockStick pL RockStick pR RockStick fL RockStick fR Dry Kick Maple Kick Rock Kick p Rock Kick mf Rock Kick f Jazz Kick p Jazz Kick mf Jazz Kick f Jazz Kick Pillow Kick JazzDry Kick Lite Kick Old Kick Hybrid Kick Hybrid Kick2 Verb Kick Round Kick Moll mtr Kick 70s Kick 1 70s Kick 2 Dance Kick 808 Kick 909 Kick 1 909 Kick 2 Rock TomL1 p Rock TomL2 p Rock Tom M p Rock Tom Hp Rock TomL1 f Rock TomL2 f Wave Name Rock Tom M f Rock Tom H f Rock Fim L1 Rock Fim L2 Roc
322. r a mixer For monaural output connect to the left L jack Two types of jacks are provided for the OUTPUT jacks 1 4 phone jacks L MONO R and RCA phono jacks L R Getting Ready to Play Attaching the Rubber Feet If you will not be using the separately available RAD 50 rack mount adaptor attach the rubber feet that were supplied with the XV 2020 as shown in the figure Use the small holes on the bottom as a guide for positioning the rubber feet when attaching them affix the supplied rubber feet onto the bottom of the unit Installing on the Rack Mount Adaptor When installing on the rack mount adaptor RAD 50 sold separately use the screw NOTE M4 x 8 included with the rack mount adaptor When mounting the unit using the rack mount adaptor install it onto the rack mount adaptor without attaching the rubber feet L Screw M4 x 8 10 Getting Ready to Play Connecting to MIDI Devices and Audio Equipment The XV 2020 is not equipped with an internal amp or speakers To hear sound you will need to connect it to a keyboard amp or audio system or connect headphones gt Ko D fe 8 gt oO 0 aa D S E Ep O Refer to the following figure when connecting the XV 2020 with external devices If using the XV 2020 with a computer also refer to the following pages e USB connection Windows gt p 13 e USB connection Macintosh gt p 24 e Connection with MIDI
323. range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the chorus sound W Level 0 127 Output level 14 STEREO CHORUS This is a stereo chorus A filter is provided so that you can adjust the timbre of the chorused sound Balance D Balance D Using the XV 2020 Effects 15 STEREO FLANGER This is a stereo flanger The LFO has the same phase for left and right It produces a metallic resonance that rises and falls somewhat like a jet airplane taking off or landing A filter is provided so that you can adjust the timbre of the flanged sound Lin OHA O Balance D O oH O Balance W Feedback Feedback L out Qf Balance W Rin R out Balance D Parameter Value Description Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the flanger sound that s fed back into the effect Negative settings invert the phase Phase 0 180 deg Spatial spread of the sound Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the flanger sound is heard Filter Type OFF LPF HPF Type of filter OFF no filter is used LPF cuts the frequency range above the Cutoff Freq HPF cuts the frequency range below the Cutoff Freq Cutoff Freq 200 8000 Hz Basic frequency of the filter Low Gain 15
324. range to be heard at all set this to 0 LOWER 1 UPPER Sets the lowest velocity at which the Tone sounds TMT Velocity Range Lower UPPER LOWER 127 Sets the highest velocity at which the Tone sounds TMT Velocity Range Upper It is not possible to set the Lower value higher than the Upper value or the Up per value below the Lower value FADE UPPER 0 127 Determines what happens to the Tone s level when the Tone is played at a velocity greater than its specified velocity range Higher settings result in a more gradual change in volume If you don t want notes played above the specified velocity range to be heard at all set this to 0 Level Le Velocity I Lower Upper t U Fade value L Fade value PATCH KEY RANGE Parameters that can be set independently for each Tone are indicated by TMT Key Fade Width Upper Parameter Value Description FADE LOWER 0 127 Determines what happens to the Tone s level when a note that s lower than the Tone s TMT Key Fade Width Lower specified keyboard range is played Higher settings result in a more gradual change in volume If you don t want the Tone to sound at all when a note below the keyboard range is played set this parameter to 0 LOWER C 1 UPPER Specifies the lowest note that causes the Tone to sound TMT Key Range Lower UPPER LOWER G9 Specifies the highest note that causes the Tone to sound TMT Key Rang
325. rcussion sound key using up to 12 alphanumeric t lt gt A _ characters When using the XV editor click on the left side to name the Tone LEVEL 0 127 This sets the overall volume of the Rhythm Set Rhythm set level To set the volume of each Rhythm Tone use the Rhythm Tone Level p 67 OUTPUT ASSGIN MEX A 1 2 TONE This sets the output destination of the Rhythm Set Rhythm output assign MFX The Rhythm Set is sent into the Multi Effects A Output from OUTPUT 1 Output from L 2 Output from R TONE Each Rhythm Tone in the Rhythm Set is sent to its pro grammed output destination CLOCK SOURCE RHYTHM SYSTEM The LFO cycle M FX changes phrase loop break beats and Tone de Rhythm set clock source lay time can be synchronized to a clock or tempo The Clock Source set ting selects the timing reference to be used by the Rhythm Set RHYTHM The Rhythm Set Tempo will be used SYSTEM The global System Tempo or clock messages received from an external sequencer will be used TEMPO 20 250 When Clock Source is set to RHYTHM this setting establishes the Rhythm set tempo Rhythm Set s tempo Clock messages for the Rhythm Tempo are not transmitted from the MIDI OUT jack Setting up Individual Rhythm Tones Parameters that can be set for each of the percussion instruments Rhythm Tones in Rhythm Sets are organized into the Parameter Groups listed below ao E E
326. rded and played For Those Using a Computer Installing the XV 2020 driver FreeMIDI 28 Use the following procedure to install the XV 2020 driver The included XV 2020 FreeMIDI driver is an add on module for using the XV 2020 with FreeMIDI In order to use it FreeMIDI must be installed on the hard disk from which you started up Exit all applications before you begin installing the driver Install OMS if using the XV Editor software included with the unit The XV 2020 FreeMIDI Driver included on the disc is provided as an additional module that allows the XV 2020 to be used with FreeMIDI In order to use it FreeMIDI must already be installed on the start up hard disk Disconnect the XV 2020 from the Macintosh before beginning the installation Exit all currently running software applications If you are using a virus checker or similar software be sure to exit this as well Prepare the CD ROM Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive Double click the FM E icon found in the XV 2020 folder XV Driver E folder of the CD ROM to start up the installer D FM E Verify the installation location and click Install If a message like the following is a I p This installation requires your computer to displayed click Continue restart after installing this software Click Continue to automatically quit all other running applications Click Cancel to leave The other currently running applications your disks
327. rect Check the setting p 94 e Is Scale Tune selected Check the setting p 51 p 75 Are the pitch settings for each Tone and each Part correct Check each setting Tone p 46 Part p 72 e Have pitch bend messages received from an external device caused the pitch to stick The pitch will return to normal when the power is turned on Effects do not apply Are MFX CHORUS and REVERB turned off Check the setting p 76 e Are the various effect settings correct If the send levels to each effect are at 0 effects will not apply Check each setting p 78 p 79 p 80 110 Troubleshooting Even if the send level to each effect is above 0 effects will not apply if the MFX Output Level Chorus Level and Reverb Level are set to 0 Check each setting p 80 If Output Assign is set to PAT PATCH for each Part of the Performance the sound will be output according to the Output Assign settings of the Patch for each Tone which is assigned to those Parts This means that if the Output Assign of each Tone in the Patch is set to PAT PATCH the MFX sound will not be output p 80 MIDI messages are not received correctly Song data does not playback correctly Are the receive channel and receive switch settings correct Check the settings for the MIDI receive channel p 35 and the various switches for reception of MIDI messages p 94 Are the exclusive receive settings correct To receive System Exclu
328. rent Patch to each range This can be done by selecting the same MIDI reception channel for multiple Parts and then changing the pitch range over which each Part plays This type of keyboard setup is referred to as a Split A split is like a layer in which the Parts pitch ranges don t overlap Playing Multiple Layered Patches Performance MIDI data Channel 1 Part 2 Receive Channel 1 Patch Part 1 Receive Channel 1 BASS PIANO 70 Creating a Performance Using the XV 2020 as a Multitimbral Sound Module In Performance mode you can use the XV 2020 as a 16 part multitimbral sound module Let s try choosing some Parts and their sounds and then play the multiple Parts together as a Performance The basic steps for doing this include Choosing the Parts to Play p 45 e Choosing a Patch for each Part p 35 e Setting the Parts MIDI reception channels p 74 After you ve completed setting up your Performance try playing a sequence from your computer or sequencer using the Performance s sounds Switching Parts You can switch parts by rotating PART in Performance Part Play mode or Performance Play mode numerals correspond to the part numbers Turning a Tone On or Off Refer to Choosing the Tones That Sound Tone On Off p 45 Confirming Tones Refer to Confirming Tones p 45 The PERFORM indicator change from solidly lit to flash
329. rformance B 001 032 e a 086 000 001 004 User Rhythm 001 004 I 064 001 002 Preset Rhythm A 001 004 I 065 001 002 Preset Rhythm B 001 004 Io 087 000 001 128 User Patch 001 128 I 064 001 128 Preset Patch A 001 128 I 065 001 128 Preset Patch B 001 128 IK 092 000 001 SRX Rhythm 001 I l I 093 000 001 SRX Patch 001 I ES D 120 001 057 GM Rhythm 001 009 121 000 001 128 GM Patch 001 256 rs OModulation Controller number 1 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 01H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Modulation depth 00H 7FH 0 127 Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Modulation parameter Performance MIDI is OFF OBreath type Controller number 2 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 02H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 OFoot type Controller number 4 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 04H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Control value 00H 7FH 0 127 OPortamento Time Controller number 5 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 05H vvH n MIDI channel number 0H FH ch 1 16 vv Portamento Time 00H 7FH 0 127 In Performance mode the Part Porta
330. rix Control Destination 1 4 OFF PITCH CUTOFF RESONANCE LEV EL PAN DRY LEVEL CHORUS SEND REVERB SEND LFO1 2 PCH DEPTH LFO1 2 TVF DEPTH LFO1 2 TVA DEPTH LFO1 PAN DEPTH LFO1 2 RATE PCH ENV A D R TIME TVF ENV A D R TIME TVA ENV A D R TIME TMT FXM DEPTH MFX CTRL1 4 Selects a parameter to be controlled SENS1 4 63 63 Adjusts the amount of change that occurs in response to controller chang Matrix Control es Negative values invert the change For LFO rates negative values Sens 1 4 slow down the LFO and positive values speed it up TONE1 4 OFF ON REV Selects the Tone to which the two previous parameter settings are ap Matrix Control plied ON turns signifies that the Tone is selected for control OFF Tone Control that it s not selected and REV REVERSE that the change being ap Switch 1 4 plied is inverted when applied to this Tone PATCH CONTROL SWITCH These settings determine each Tone s response to received Pitch Bend Expression Pan Hold1 Damper and Envelope Mode MIDI messages Parameters that can be set independently for each Tone are indicated by Parameter Value Description RCV BENDER OFF ON If you want the Tone to respond to Pitch Bend messages turn this parameter Tone Receive Bender Switch on If not turn it off RCV EXP OFF ON If you want the Tone to respond to Expression messages turn this on If n
331. rkTrumpet 1 1 186 Atmosphere 2 0 100 250 Punch 1 3 059 12 str Gt 2 1 123 Trombone 1 0 58 187 Brightness 2 0 101 251 Heart Beat 1 4 060 Mandolin 2 2 124 Trombone 2 1 1 188 Goblin 2 0 102 252 Footsteps 1 5 061 Steel Body 2 3 125 Bright Tb 1 2 189 Echo Drops 1 0 103 253 Gun Shot 1 0 128 062 Jazz Gt 1 0 27 126 Tuba 1 0 59 190 Echo Bell 2 1 254 Machine Gun 1 1 063 Pedal Steel 1 1 127 MutedTrumpet 1 0 60 191 Echo Pan 2 2 255 Lasergun 1 2 064 Clean Gt 1 0 28 128 MuteTrumpet2 1 1 192 Star Theme 2 0 104 256 Explosion 2 3 Voice number of voice LSB Bank Select LSB MSB is all 121 PC Program Change Number Key Assign all POLY 129 Patch List Rhythm User Group 001 Note No R amp B Kit 28 Dance Kick 29 Dry Kick EU R8B SN Roll 31 Hybrid Kick1 RB SN Ghost ER Round Kick 35 C2 36 IE R8B Stick 38 R amp B SN 1 E Snare Ghost 40 R amp B SN 2 41 R amp B Tom L ES R amp B CIHH 1 43 Rock Fim L PME R88 CIHH2 45 R amp B Tom M E R amp B OpHH BZ Rock Fim M C3l48 R amp B Tom H E R amp B CrCym1 50 Rock Fim H CR Rock RdCym1 52 R amp B CrCym2 53 Rock RdCym2 EEN Tambourine 55 Rock CrCym IEG Cowbell Lo 57 Crash E cowbell Hi 59 Ride Bell Cal6o Bongo Hi EIls Bongo Lo 62 Cga Mute Hi EEN Ccoa Open Hi 64 Cga Open Lo Timbale Hi ER Timbale Lo 67 R amp B AgBel1 ER R amp B AgBel2 69 R amp B AgBel3 ei 0 Maracas ZI 606 Cl HiHat csl72 606 CI HiHat BE 73 606 Op HiHat 74 Long Guiro E caves
332. rt the that s fed back into the effect Negative prase S settings invert the phase Mode EH Su way in a SC e Mode NORMAL Selects the way in which delay sound EE See CROSS is fed back into the effect See the fig the figures above ures above HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above which HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above which BYPASS a EEN e the effect is E BYPASS sound fed back to the effect is filtered tere SC Gen on Ewan Se ter out If you don t want to filter out any out any high frequencies set this pa high frequencies set this parameter to rameter to BYPASS BYPASS Phase L hoe Phase of the delay sound Rate 0 05 10 00 Hz Frequency of modulation Phase R Depth 0 127 Depth of modulation Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range Phase 0 180 deg Spatial spread of the sound High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct 7 High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Level ae OW sound D and the delay sound WW Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct eve uiput leve D0 100W sound D and the delay sound W Level 0 127 Output level Using the XV 2020 Effects 19 TRIPLE TAP DELAY Produces three delay sounds center left and right Balance D Lin 21 TIME CONTROL DELAY This effect allows you to use a specified controll
333. s Chorus Reverb The Multi effects are multi purpose effects that completely change the sound type by changing the sound itself Contained are 40 different effects types select and use the type that suits your aims In addition to effects types composed of simple effects such as Distortion Flanger and other such effects you can also set up a wide variety of other effects even connecting effects in series or in parallel Furthermore while chorus and reverb can be found among the Multi effects types the following chorus and reverb are handled with a different system In GM mode you cannot use Multi effects Chorus adds fatness and breadth to the sound A GM exclusive Chorus can be used in GM mode Reverb adds an ambience to sounds so they seem to be playing in an actual physical space A GM exclusive Reverb is used in GM mode The XV 2020 does not have a built in equalizer Turning Effects On Off 76 The XV 2020 s onboard effects can be turned on off as a whole Turn these settings OFF when you wish to listen to the unprocessed sound as you create a sound or when you wish to use external effects processors instead of the built in effects When using XV Editor included with the XV 2020 make the settings in the following screen You can also select the effect parameters from the same screen MEN CHO REV ON OFF ew er lt PARAN Using the XV 2020 Effects Patch Rhythm Set Mode Settings Only one Multi
334. s itive settings cause the pitch to be higher than the standard pitch and negative settings cause it to be lower 65 Creating a Rhythm Set RHYTHM KEY TVF Modifying the Brightness of a Sound with a Filter The settings for the TVF Time Variant Filter allow you to change a Rhythm Tone s timbral content by altering its brightness or thickness Parameter Value Description FILTER TYPE Filter type OFF LPF BPF HPF PKG LPF2 LPF3 This selects a filter type A filter typically reduces or attenuates a specific frequency range within a Tone in order to accentuate its other frequencies OFF No filter is used LPF A Low Pass Filter reduces the volume of frequencies above the cutoff frequency in order to round off or un brighten the sound This is the most common filter used in synthesizers BPF A Band Pass Filter reduces the volume of frequencies below and above the cutoff frequency range This is most effective when creating sounds with strong characteris tics since it can accentuate a desired range of frequencies anywhere in the sound HPF A High Pass Filter reduces the volume of the frequencies below the cutoff fre quency This is suitable for creating percussive sounds by rolling of their lower fre quencies thus emphasizing their higher ones PKG A Peaking Filter emphasizes frequencies around the cutoff frequency by raising their level You can use this to create wah wah
335. s and even greater compatibility Issues not covered by the original General MIDI standard such as how sounds are to be edited and how effects should be handled are precisely defined in General MIDI 2 Moreover the available sounds have been expanded General MIDI 2 compliant sound modules are capable of reliably playing back music files that carry either the General MIDI or General MIDI 2 logo In some cases the conventional form of General MIDI which does not include the new enhancements is referred to as General MIDI 1 as a way of distinguishing it from General MIDI 2 Playing Sounds Using an External MIDI Device to Select Patches and Change Other Settings Selecting Patches and Rhythm Sets 40 x You can change Patches including the Patches in each Part of a Performance and Rhythm Sets on the XV 2020 via MIDI Part In this example after setting the send channel for the external MIDI device and the XV 2020 s reception channel Patch Rx Channel p 35 to 1 we ll send a MIDI message from the external MIDI device to select the XV 2020 Patch PB018 Preset B No 18 Use a MIDI cable to connect the MIDI OUT connector on the external MIDI device to the XV 2020 s MIDI IN connector Press VALUE to make the PATCH indicator lights up The XV 2020 reverts to Patch play mode Set the channel used for transmission by the external MIDI device and the XV 2020 s reception channel to the same MIDI channel see
336. s equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Unauthorized changes or modification to this system can void the users authority to operate this equipment This equipment requires shielded interface cables in order to meet FCC class B Limit For Canada NOTICE This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations AVIS Cet appareil num rique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du R glement sur le mat riel brouilleur du Canada Roland Corporation 03011445 03 03 A3 21N Performance List USER No Name 001 BigSweepStak 002 Suger Bell 003 R amp B Kit 004 Trance Split 005 My Orchestra 006 Road2Glass 007 Ana
337. screen appears 5 Press VALUE once more to execute the factory reset To cancel the procedure while holding down VOLUME and pressing VALUE A This unit is equipped with a protection circuit A brief interval a few seconds after power up is required before the unit will operate normally A If there is important data you ve created that s stored in memory all such data is discarded and everything is returned to the factory defaults when a Factory Reset is performed If you have data that you want to keep choose Save SVD File from the File menu in XV Editor included with the XV 2020 Alternatively you could use an external MIDI device to send a message requesting all data p 143 A You cannot carry out this procedure when DEMO is selected with the CATEGORY BANK knob 12 For Those Using a Computer If you are using music software running on a computer you can use the computer to operate the XV 2020 s controls Not only can you create and play back song data you can also have Tones switch automatically What s more you can use the included XV Editor software to create Tones using the computer Which type of connection You can either use the USB cable or use the MIDI cable to make a MIDI connection Depending on the type of connection you are using install the appropriate driver and make the appropriate settings e USB connection Windows gt p 13 e USB
338. se 0 180 deg Spatial spread of the sound Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the flanger sound is heard Step Rate 0 10 20 00 Hz note Rate period of pitch change 1 Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W D0 100W Volume balance between the direct sound D and the flanger sound W Level 0 127 Output level 85 a N PA x o D a wn D Effects Using the XV 2020 Effects 17 STEREO DELAY This is a stereo delay When Mode is NORMAL Balance D O Balance W Feedback Feedback b4 Ta H CY Balance W aa Balance D Lin Rin When Mode is CROSS Feedback Feedback Balance D 18 MODULATION DELAY Adds modulation to the delayed sound producing an effect similar to a flanger When Mode is NORMAL Feedback Feedback Rin Balance D When Mode is CROSS Feedback Feedback Parameter Value Description Delay L 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the delay Parameter Value Description Delay R sound is heard Delay Left 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the delay sound Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the delay Delay Right is heard na rid that 4 ted back into Wes ES Feedback 98 98 Adjusts the amount of the delay sound SE settings inve
339. shooting section on Ess Device Manager shows or USB Composite Device p 114 19 For Those Using a Computer If you changed File signature verification If you changed the File signature verification setting in step 5 restore the original setting after Windows restarts 1 After Windows restarts log in to Windows as a user with administrative privileges such as Administrator In the Windows desktop right click the My Computer icon and from the menu that appears select Properties The System Properties dialog box will appear Click the Hardware tab and then click Driver signature The Driver Signing Options dialog box will appear Return the File signature verification setting to the original setting either Warn or Block and click OK Click OK The System properties dialog box will close Windows Me 98 users l With the XV 2020 disconnected start up Windows Disconnect all USB cables except for a USB keyboard and USB mouse if used 2 Exitall currently running software applications Also close any open windows If you are using virus checking or similar software be sure to exit it as well MEMO In this manual the location 3 Prepare the CD ROM Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive of your computer of folders and files is given in terms of the file path 4 Open the Run dialog box usine a gt he delimite
340. sign CONTROL SOURCE 1 4 Multi Effects Control Source 1 4 DESTINATION 1 4 Multi Effects Control Destination 1 4 SENS 1 4 Multi Effects Control Sensitivity 1 4 PATCH CHORUS Parameter Description TYPE Chorus Type LEVEL Refer to p 80 Chorus Level OUTPUT SELECT Chorus Output Select PATCH REVERB Parameter Description TYPE Reverb Type Refer to p 80 LEVEL Reverb Level Adjusting Effect Settings Refer to Multi Effects Parameters p 82 Refer to p 80 lt s B bd a D w D 2 O Saving Patches You Create Refer to Saving a Sound You Create p 92 61 Creating a Rhythm Set How Percussion Instruments Are Organized A Rhythm Set is a collection of Rhythm Tones each of which represents a percussion instrument played on a single key An instrument consists of the following four elements Rhythm Set Note Number 98 D7 Note Number 97 C 7 S Note Number 35 B1 Rhythm Tone Percussion instrument sound De wg us t t t Envelope Envelope Envelope WG Wave Generator This specifies the PCM waveform or wave that forms the basis of the Rhythm Tone four waveforms can be assigned to each Rhythm Tone You can also determine how the pitch of the Rhythm Tone will change The XV 2020 has 1083 different waveforms
341. sive messages the Device ID number must match that of the transmitting device Is the DEMO mode selected When the DEMO mode is selected MIDI messages received from an external device will be ignored D e c D Ka Q 3 F Are you playing back from the middle of the song The beginning of a General MIDI score song contains a GM System On message In some cases a General MIDI Score cannot be played back correctly unless this message is received Are you playing back GS format song data Since the XV 2020 is a General MIDI system compatible sound source there may be cases in which GS format song data will not playback correctly If playing back GM scores is the sound generator in GM mode Switch to GM mode p 39 Is the Patch mode selected When song data is played back in the Patch mode only the sound of a single Part is played Change to the Performance mode then play the song data p 31 Problems related to the USB driver If you are using Windows or Macintosh for the first time and as a result find it difficult to follow the procedural explanations please refer to the manuals that came with your computer or operating system Troubleshooting is organized according to different operating systems Refer to the icon s at the left of the title to find the items you need Windows Macintosh i lt Problems common to Windows and Macintosh Windows Problems occurring only in Windows Macintosh
342. softer and more muted reverb If you don t want to cut any high fre quencies set this parameter to BY PASS Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W D0 100W Volume balance between the direct sound D and the reverb sound W Level 0 127 Output level 25 GATED REVERB This is a special type of reverb in which the reverb is cut off without being allowed to decay naturally Lin O L out Balance D J Gate Reverb Rin R out Balance D Parameter Value Description Type NORMAL Type of reverb REVERSE NORMAL conventional gated reverb SWEEP1 REVERSE backwards reverb SWEEP2 SWEEP1 the reverb moves from right to left SWEEP2 the reverb moves from left to right Pre Delay 0 0 100 0 ms Adjusts the time until the reverb sound is heard Gate Time 5 500 ms Adjusts the time from when the re verb is first heard until it disappears Low Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the low frequency range High Gain 15 15 dB Gain of the high frequency range Balance D100 0W Volume balance between the direct D0 100W sound D and the reverb sound W Level 0 127 Output level 26 OVERDRIVE gt CHORUS Lin O L out Balance D Rin O R out Balance D Parameter Value Description OD Drive 0 127 Degree of distortion Also changes the volume OD Pan L64 63
343. ssages will be received ON or not OFF Receive Bank Select Switch SYSTEM CTRL SRC 1 4 System Control Source1 4 OFF CC01 31 33 95 BEND AFTER These settings allow you to choose four MIDI controllers for global use when controlling the parameters of any Patch or Performance The settings in each Patch or Performance will determine whether the two controllers you choose here will actually be used In each Patch or Performance you will also need to specify the parameters to be controlled OFF No controller is used CC01 95 Controller numbers 1 95 except for 32 BEND Pitch Bend AFTER Aftertouch 94 Other Settings Making USB Related Settings With these parameters changes in the settings are not reflected until the power is turned off and then on again Furthermore only the XV 2020 can be used to make the settings Parameter Value Description MIDI USB Thru OFF ON OFF MIDI messages arriving at the MIDI IN and the USB connectors are all sent to the sound generator ON MIDI messages arriving at the MIDI IN connector are output as is from the USB con nector while the MIDI messages that arrive at the USB connector are output through the MIDI OUT connector When this parameter is set to ON the sound generator receives MIDI messages only from the USB connector For the sound generator to receive MIDI messages from the MIDI IN connector the MIDI Thru function on your computer m
344. t RPN null For more detailed information about RPN messages please refer to MIDI Implementation p 136 Appendix Installing a Wave Expansion Board Two Wave Expansion Boards SRX series sold separately can be Ex p a nsi on Bo a rd installed in the XV 2020 Waveform data patches and rhythm sets are stored on the Wave 1 Before installing the Wave Expansion Board switch off the Expansion Board so you can increase the number of available power to the XV 2020 and any connected equipment sounds by installing the board in the XV 2020 2 Detach the cover on the upper portion of the XV 2020 NOTE Loosen the screw on the upper portion of the cover Installing a Wave Expansion Board increases the patches and drum sets for Parts but the number of Parts doesn t change NG river The Wave Expansion Board can be installed by removing the top COVET Cautions When Installing an Wave Expansion Board 3 Position the board holders so they are oriented To avoid the risk of damage to internal components that can be Holder wd caused by static electricity please carefully observe the following whenever you handle the board Before you touch the board always first grasp a metal object o such as a water pipe so you are sure that any static 4 Insert the connector for the Wave Expansion Board into the connector on the unit and at the same time fit the b
345. t Guiro Long Guiro Claves Woodblock Woodblock Mute Cuica Open Cuica MuteTriangl OpenTriangl Shaker Jingle Bell Bongo High Bongo Lo Mute H Conga Conga Hi Opn Conga Lo Opn High Timbale Low Timbale Agogo Agogo Cabasa Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves Woodblock Woodblock Mute Cuica Open Cuica MuteTriangl OpenTriangl Shaker Jingle Bell Bongo High Bongo Lo Mute H Conga Conga Hi Opn Conga Lo Opn High Timbale Low Timbale Agogo Agogo Cabasa Maracas Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves Woodblock Woodblock Mute Cuica Open Cuica MuteTriangl OpenTriangl Shaker Jingle Bell Bongo High Bongo Lo Mute H Conga Conga Hi Opn Conga Lo Opn High Timbale Low Timbale Agogo Agogo Cabasa Maracas S S Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves Woodblock Woodblock Mute Cuica Open Cuica MuteTriangl OpenTriangl Shaker Jingle Bell Bongo High Bongo Lo 808 Conga 808 Conga 808 Conga High Timbale Low Timbale Agogo Agogo Cabasa Short Guiro Long Guiro 808clave Woodblock Woodblock Mute Cuica Open Cuica MuteTriangl OpenTriangl Shaker Jingle Bell Bongo High Bongo Lo Mute H Conga Conga Hi Opn Conga Lo Opn High Timbale Low Timbale Agogo Agogo Cabasa Maracas Short Guiro Long Guiro Claves Woodblock Woodblock Mute Cuica Open Cuica MuteTriangl OpenTriangl Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree Castanets Mute Surdo Open Surdo Bell Tree Castanets Mute Surdo Open Surdo Bell Tree Castanets Mut
346. t T1 Time 1 TVA Envelope Time 1 Velocity of the TVA envelope If you want T1 to be sped up for strongly played notes set this Sensitivity parameter to a positive value If you want it to be slowed down set this to a nega tive value ENV T4 SENS 63 63 se this parameter when you want key release speed to affect T4 Time 4 of the TVA TVA Envelope Time 4 Velocity envelope If you want T4 to be sped up for quickly released notes set this parameter Sensitivity to a positive value If you want it to be slowed down set this to a negative value ENV T1 T4 0 127 Specify the TVA envelope times Higher settings lengthen the time until the next vol TVA Envelope Time 1 4 ume level is reached For example T2 is the time over which L1 changes to L2 ENV LI L3 0 127 Specify the TVA envelope levels These settings specify how the volume changes at TVA Envelope Level 1 3 each point relative to the standard volume EFFECTS SEND LEVEL DRY Dry Send Level SEND LEVEL CHO Tone Chorus Send Level SEND LEVEL REV Tone Reverb Send Level OUTPUT ASSIGN Tone Output Assign Refer to p 78 60 Creating a Patch PATCH MFX Patch Multi Effects Parameter Description TYPE Multi Effects Type SEND LEVEL DRY Multi Effects Dry Send Level SEND LEVEL CHO Multi Effects Chorus Send Level SEND LEVEL REV Multi Effects Reverb Send Level OUTPUT ASSIGN Multi Effects Output As
347. t will occur when you move the Pitch Rhythm tone pitch bend range Bend Lever MUTE GROUP OFF 1 31 The Mute Group function allows you to designate two or more Rhythm Tones that are not allowed to sound simultaneously For example in a real world acoustic drum set an open hi hat and a closed hi hat sound will never occur simultaneously since they re produced by the same instrument To simulate this behavior on the XV 2020 you can set the open and closed hi hat Rhythm Tones to the same Mute Group You can have up to 31 Mute Groups per Rhythm Set If you do not want a Rhythm Tone to use a Mute Group turn the feature off ASSIGN TYPE Assign type MULTI SINGLE This setting determines whether a Rhythm Tone note that is playing is stopped when the same note is played again SINGLE or whether it will con tinue to play layered with the new note 68 Creating a Rhythm Set Parameter Value Description ENV MODE NO SUS SUSTAIN When a loop type waveform is selected it will normally continue to sound as Rhythm tone envelope mode long as a key is pressed If you want a note to decay naturally even when the key remains pressed set this to NO SUSTAIN Ifa one shot type Wave is selected it will not sustain even if this parameter is set to SUSTAIN RCV EXP OFF ON If you want the Rhythm Tone to respond to Expression messages turn this pa Rhythm to
348. tely Changing Pitch p 141 Coarse Controller number 100 value is 0 Controller number 101 value is 2 Controller number 6 value is 16 112 e Fine Controller number 100 value is 0 Controller number 101 value is 1 Controller number 6 value is 32 96 Controller number 38 value is 0 127 When changing the Coarse parameter set the amount of change in pitch using Control Number 6 Data Entry MSB value There is no change in pitch when the value is set to 64 The pitch is raised as the value increases from 64 and is lowered as the value decreases below 64 When changing the Fine parameter set the amount of change in pitch using Control Number 6 Data Entry MSB and Control Number 38 Data Entry LSB settings There is no change in pitch when Data Entry MSB is set to 64 and Data Entry LSB to 0 The pitch is raised as the respective values increase and lowered as the respective values decrease Remotely Specifying the Range of Pitch Bend p 138 Bend Range Controller number 100 value is 0 Controller number 101 value is 0 Controller number 6 value is 0 12 Procedure 1 Enable the external MIDI device to send a Control Change message For example if you want to change the volume level set the external MIDI device to send Control Number 7 Volume message In this case the MIDI channel is matched to the MIDI channel of the Part whose volume you want to change For information on how
349. tension cord Excessive loads can cause the insulation on the cord to heat up and eventually melt through Do not force the unit s power supply cord to share S Before using the unit in a foreign country consult with your retailer the nearest Roland Service Center or an authorized Roland distributor as listed on the Information page Always turn the unit off and unplug the AC adaptor before attempting installation of the circuit board SRX series p 12 DO NOT play a CD ROM disc on a conventional audio CD player The resulting sound may be of a S level that could cause permanent hearing loss Damage to speakers or other system components may result CAUTION The unit and the AC adaptor should be located so their location or position does not interfere with their proper ventilation Always grasp only the output plug or the body of the AC adaptor when plugging into or unplugging from this unit or an outlet e Whenever the unit is to remain unused for an extended period of time disconnect the AC adaptor Try to prevent cords and cables from becoming entangled Also all cords and cables should be placed so they are out of the reach of children the unit Never climb on top of nor place heavy objects on S e Never handle the AC adaptor body or its output plugs with wet hands when plugging into or lt unplugging from an outlet or this unit adaptor and all cords
350. th 0 127 0 100 0 3 I 40 2x 57 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO2 Rate Control 0 127 I I I 10 0 10 0 Hz I 40 2x 58 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO2 Pitch Control 0 127 I I I 0 600 cent I 40 2x 59 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO2 TVF Depth 0 127 I I I 0 2400 cent 40 2x 5A Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO2 TVA Depth D I 127 I I I 0 100 0 x BLOCK NUMBER 0 F Part 1 MIDI ch 1 x 1 Part 2 MIDI ch 2 x 2 Part 9 MIDI ch 9 x 9 Part10 MIDI ch 10 x 0 Part11 MIDI ch 11 x A Part12 MIDI ch 12 x B Part16 MIDI ch 16 x F ODrum Setup Parameter Start I I Address Description I I 41 mO 00 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 1 32 127 32 127 ASCII I 41 mO 01 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 2 32 127 32 127 ASCII I 41 mO 02 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 3 32 127 32 127 ASCII I 41 mO 03 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 4 32 127 32 127 ASCII I 41 mO 04 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 5 32 127 I 32 127 ASCII 41 mO 05 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 6 32 127 I I 32 127 ASCII 41 m0 06 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 7 32 127 I I I 32 127 ASCII I 41 mO 07 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 8 32 127 I I 32 127 ASCII 41 mO 08 Oaaa aaaa Drum Map Name 9 32 127 32 127 ASCII 41 mO 09 O
351. th when you play softly or hard Negative settings reverse the direction of change ENV T1 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want keyboard playing dynamics velocity to affect T1 TVF envelope time 1 velocity Time 1 of the TVF envelope With higher settings the T1 value will change more signif sensitivity icantly depending on whether you play softly or with greater force With positive set tings greater keyboard velocity will reduce the T1 setting With negative settings greater keyboard velocity will increase the T1 setting Use this parameter when you want velocity to affect T1 time of the TVF envelope For higher settings there will be a greater difference between softly and strongly played notes For positive settings keyboard velocity will speed up the T1 time For negative settings keyboard velocity will slow down the T1 time ENV T4 SENS 63 63 Use this parameter when you want key off velocity the speed at which you release a TVF envelope time 4 velocity key to affect T4 Time 4 of the TVF envelope With higher settings the T4 value will sensitivity change more significantly depending on whether you release the key slowly or quickly With positive settings faster key off velocity will reduce the T4 setting With negative settings faster key off velocity will increase the T4 setting ENV T1 T4 0 127 Specify the TVF envelope times Higher settings lengthen the time until the next cutoff
352. the Advanced tab By cere the computer is set to use a greater share of memory to run your programs Adjust for best performance of 7 Inthe Processor Scheduling field select Programs O system cache Background services and click OK Virtual memory paging File is an area on the hard disk that Windows uses as 8 In the System Properties dialog box click EE OK Change The System Properties dialog box will lose OK J Cancel J Apply Deleting the USB MIDI Driver If you were not able to install the XV 2020 driver according to the procedure or if you are unable to use the XV 2020 even after installing the driver you must delete the driver After deleting the driver use the procedure described in Installing amp Setup the Driver Windows p 13 to re install the driver For details on how to delete the driver refer to the explanation provided in the on line manual within the XV Editor CD ROM e Windows XP 2000 users In the XV Editor CD ROM folder Win2000 open the README_E HTM file and read To uninstall e Windows 98 Me users In the XV Editor CD ROM folder Win98 open the README_E HTM file and read To uninstall 23 Installing amp Setup the Driver Macintosh What is a driver Application USB cable XV 2020 Computer A driver is software that transfers data between the XV 2020 and application software running on your computer when your com
353. the XV 2020 is called a Patch A Patch is a combination of Tones which are the smallest units of sound Each Patch can contain up to four Tones If we use the analogy of an orchestra then Patches are the musical instruments of the performers For information on Tones see p 44 Patch Tone Tone Tone Tone 1 2 3 4 You can turn the Tones in a Patch on or off Only Tones that are turned on are heard when you play the Patch p 45 What is a Performance It may be easiest to think of a Performance as being the orchestra itself To continue the orchestra analogy a Performance is made up of the parts assigned to the respective instruments called naturally enough Parts You can enjoy ensemble play by combining a total of 16 Patches or Rhythm Sets into one such Part Performance Part 10 Rhythm set In other words a Performance allows you to produce sixteen separate sounds with a single XV 2020 If You re Playing Back Song Data Using an External MIDI Instrument or Sequencing Program Now let s select an XV 2020 Performance and play back some song data Press VALUE on the XV 2020 a number of times until the PERFORM indicator lights up you can now select the Performance Performance Mode p 39 p 70 The Patch mode p 39 is selected by default Please be aware that if you try to play song data while in the Patch mode only the sound of one Part is
354. the phase Flg Delay 0 0 100 0 ms EES time until the flanger Balance D Flg Balance D100 0W Adjusts the volume balance be Lin Feedb ep o L out D0 100W tween the sound sent through eedbac the flanger W and the sound qm EEEE 111 that s not sent through the flanger D C Balance W Level 0 127 Output level Rin O R out 28 OVERDRIVE gt DELAY Balance D 31 DISTORTION gt DELAY The parameters are essentially the same as in 28 OD gt DELAY Lin L out O Balance D Delay Feedback J Balance W with the exception of the following two OD Drive gt Dist Drive OD Pan gt Dist Pan O Balance D O Overdrive O Balance W L out Rin R out Lin Balance D Balance W Parameter Value Description Distortion ei Balance W OD Drive 0 127 Degree of distortion Feedback Also changes the volume a OD Pan L64 63R Stereo location of the overdrive Rin R out Delay Time 0 0 500 0 ms Adjusts the time until the delay is Balanga D heard Dly Feedback 98 98 Yo Adjusts the amount of the delay 3 2 e EN H AN CER gt CH O RU S sound that s fed back into the ef fect Negative settings invert the phase Dly HF Damp 200 8000 Hz Adjusts the frequency above Lin L out BYPASS which sound fed back to the effect Balance D is filtered out If you don t want to J Balance W a filter
355. thedral ORG 50 4 POLY 28 FM BellPiano EP 28 3 POLY 92 Church Harmn ORG 51 4 POLY 29 FM Delight EP 29 2 POLY 93 Wedding Mass ORG 52 5 POLY 30 Ring E Piano EP 30 4 POLY 94 XV Accordion ACD 53 2 POLY 31 XV Crystal EP 31 4 POLY 95 Harmo Blues HRM 54 2 POLY 32 Rhodes Trem EP 32 2 POLY 96 Nylon Gtr AGT GTR BS1 1 POLY 33 Waterhodes EP 33 2 POLY 97 Soft Nylon AGT 2 4 POLY 34 PsychoRhodes EP 34 2 POLY 98 Steel Away AGT 3 3 POLY 35 MK 80 Phaser EP 35 1 POLY 99 SteelRelease AGT 4 4 POLY 36 SmoothRhodes EP 36 4 POLY 100 Thick Steel AGT 5 4 POLY 37 EP Mod Pad EP 37 4 POLY 101 XV Steel Gtr AGT 6 4 POLY 38 Mr Mellow EP 38 4 POLY 102 Comp Steel AGT K A POLY 39 Wurlie EP 39 2 POLY 103 12str Guitar AGT 8 3 POLY 40 PureSineKey EP 40 1 POLY 104 Nylozzicato AGT 9 3 POLY 41 Dreams Sine EP 41 1 POLY 105 SpanishNight AGT 10 5 POLY 42 Cutter Clav KEY KEY amp ORG1 2 POLY 106 Hybrid Nylon AGT 11 3 POLY 43 Funky D6 KEY 2 3 POLY 107 DesertCrystl AGT 12 4 POLY 44 Phaze Clav KEY 3 2 POLY 108 Two Ensemble AGT 13 5 POLY 45 Nasty Clav KEY 4 2 POLY 109 Clear Guitar EGT 14 3 POLY 46 Velo Rez Clv KEY 5 1 POLY 110 Jz Gtr Hall EGT 15 1 POLY 47 Analog Clav KEY 6 1 POLY 111 LetterFrmPat EGT 16 4 POLY 48 St Harpsichd KEY 7 4 POLY 112 JC Strat EGT 17 1 POLY 49 Square Keys BEL 8 2 POLY 113 Twin Strats EGT 18 3 POLY 50 D 50 Stack BEL 9 4 POLY 114 Plug n Play EGT 19 2 POLY 51 Stacc Heaven BEL 10 4 POLY 115 Swell Strat EGT 20 1 POLY 52 Heavenals BEL 11 4 POLY 116 Fab 4 Guitar EGT 21 4 POLY 5
356. tions dialog box Click the Hardware tab and then click Driver Signing Make sure that What action do you want Windows to take is set to Ignore If it is set to Ignore simply click OK If itis not set to Ignore make a note of the current setting Warn or Block Then change the setting to Ignore and click OK Close the System Properties dialog box Click OK System Properties System Restore Automatic Updates Remote Hardware Advanced General Computer Name Add Hardware Wizard The Add Hardware Wizard helps you install hardware Kal Add Hardware Wizard Manager 7 The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device Driver Signing J d Device Manager Hardware Profile Hardware profiles provide a way for you to set up and store SA diferent hardware configurations Hardware Profiles Cancel Driver Signing Options During hardware installation Windows might detect software that has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows Tell me why this testing is important What action do you want Windows to take Ignore Install the software anyway and don t ask For my approval O warn Prompt me each time to choose an action O Block Never install unsigned driver software Administrator option
357. tions Using the XV 2020 6 Click DETAIL for SYSTEM COMMON then set CLOCK Cha nging Pa rt Setti ngs from SOURCE to INT an External MIDI Device By sending Control Change messages for different Part settings SYSTEM gx SYSTEM COMMON EE MASTER MASTER including volume panning and pitch you can change these settings remotely from an external MIDI device connected to the XV 2020 This lets you control fade ins and fade outs open and close filters can synchronize the LFO cycle to an external device Control Change messages that can be used to change the values are 2 Ss and exercise other controls in real time from the external MIDI a Q device z pi QE When the System Clock Source parameter is set to MIDI or USB you The parameters that can be used for changing the settings and the 30 25 SD Pad W shown below 7 When TEMPO System Tempo changes the speed of the phrase loop changes along with it For more detailed information about Control Change messages please refer to MIDI Implementation p 136 The phrase loop sounds at the system s tempo regardless of which key you press The settings for pitch and EXM are ignored To change multi effects reverb or chorus effects from an external MIDI device send a System Exclusive message p 140 Using a Pedal Switch to Change the Remotely Controlling Volume p 136 Rotary Speed of the Rotary Effect Volume Con
358. to change randomly each time a key Wave random pan switch is pressed ON or not OFF The range of the panning change is set by the Tone Ran dom Pan Depth setting TVA p 68 ALT PAN OFF ON REV Set this to ON to pan the Wave according to the Alternate pan depth TVA p 68 set Wave alternate pan switch tings or to REVERSE when you want the panning reversed If you do not want the pan ning to change each time a key is pressed set this to OFF COARSE TUNE 48 48 This adjusts the pitch of Rhythm Tone in semitone steps 4 4 octaves Wave coarse tune FINE TUNE 50 50 This adjusts the pitch of the Rhythm Tone in 1 cent steps 1 100th of a semitone over a Wave fine tune range of half a semitone up or down FXM ON OFF ON This sets whether FXM will be used ON or not OFF Wave FXM switch FXM Frequency Cross Modulation FXM uses a specified waveform to apply frequency modulation to the currently select ed waveform creating complex overtones This can be useful when creating wilder sounds or sound effects FXM COLOR 14 This specifies how FXM will perform its frequency modulation Higher settings result Wave FXM color in a grainier sound while lower settings result in a more metallic sound FXM DEPTH 0 16 This specifies the depth of the modulation produced by FXM Wave FXM depth RHYTHM KEY PITCH Changing Pitch Parameter Value Description COARSE TUNE C 1 G9 This selects th
359. toJupitr SLD 28 1 MONO 112 Rippling PLS 92 1 POLY 49 Soaring Sqr SLD 29 4 MONO 113 Random Pad PLS 93 4 POLY 50 Soaring Sync SLD 30 4 MONO 114 SoundtrkDANC PLS 94 4 POLY 51 Nasal Spray SLD 31 2 MONO 115 Flying Waltz PLS 95 4 POLY 52 Soft Lead SLD 32 3 POLY 116 Phazweep FES 96 4 POLY 53 House Piano TEK 33 2 POLY 117 Mad Bender PLS 97 6 POLY 54 Techno Dream TEK 34 3 POLY 118 X mod Reso FX 98 1 POLY 55 Organizer TEK 35 3 POLY 119 Shapeshifter FX 99 4 POLY 56 Auto TB 303 TEK 36 3 MONO 120 Glistening FX 100 4 POLY 57 Dist TB 303 TEK 37 2 MONO 121 Atmospherics FX 101 4 POLY 58 Resojuice TEK 38 2 MONO 122 Vektogram FX 102 4 POLY 59 B on d moov TEK 39 3 POLY 123 Feedback VOX FX 103 4 POLY 60 Con Sequence TEK 40 2 POLY 124 Helium Queen FX 104 4 MONO 61 Technoheadz TEK 41 4 POLY 125 Halographix FX 105 2 POLY 62 Phunky DG TEK 42 2 MONO 126 Shattered FX 106 2 POLY 63 Shortrave TEK 43 2 POLY 127 Pure Tibet FX 107 1 POLY 64 Cross Fire TEK 44 2 POLY 128 X Tension FX 108 2 POLY For more information on Category refer to p 37 127 Preset D No Name 1 Dark Side 2 Dunes 3 The Beast 4 Ocean Floor 5 Cyber Space 6 Nexus Re ForestMoon 8 Planet Meta 9 Predator 2 10 Flashback 11 JUNO Keys 12 Poly Key 13 Poly Saws 14 Dual Profs 15 Saw Mass 16 Streamer 17 Soft Puff 18 Dreams East 19 Sugar Key 20 D50FantaPerc 21 Galactic 22 Pulse Key 23 Wire Pad 24 Waspy Pulse 25 Glider 26 80s Retrosyn 27 Powerwiggle 28 Trance Saws1 29 Trance Saws2 30 Don t
360. tr ff C StIGtr sid A StIGtr sid B StIGtr sld C StlGtr Hrm A StlGtr Hrm B StlGtr Hrm C Gtr Harm A Gtr Harm B Gtr Harm C Jazz Gtr A PC a DT DI DT TT Jazz Gtr B Jazz Gtr G LP Rear A LP Rear B LP Rear C Rock lead 1 Rock lead 2 Comp Gtr A Comp Gtr B Comp Gtr C Comp Gtr A Mute Gtr 1 Mute Gtr 2A Mute Gtr 2B Mute Gtr 2C Muters Pop Strat A Pop Strat B Pop Strat C JC Strat A JC Strat B JC Strat C JC Strat A JC Strat B JC Strat C Clean Gtr A Clean Gtr B Clean Gtr C Stratus A Stratus B Stratus C Scrape Gut Strat Sust Strat Atk OD Gtr A OD Gtr B OD Gtr C OD Gtr A Heavy Gtr A Heavy Gtr B Heavy Gtr C Heavy Gtr A Heavy Gtr B Heavy Gtr C PowerChord A PowerChord B PowerChord C EG Harm Gt FretNoise Syn Gtr A Syn Gtr B Syn Gtr C Harp 1A Harp 1B Harp 1C Harp Harm Pluck Harp Banjo A Banjo B Banjo C Sitar A Sitar B Sitar C E Sitar A E Sitar B E Sitar C Santur A Santur B Santur C Dulcimer A Dulcimer B Dulcimer C Shamisen A Shamisen B Shamisen C Taishokoto A Taishokoto B Taishokoto C Pick Bass A Pick Bass B Pick Bass C Fingerd Bs A Fingerd Bs B Fingerd Bs C E Bass P Bass 1 P Bass 2 Stick Fretless A Fretless B Fretless C Fretless 2A Fretless 2B Fretless 2C UprightBs 1 UprightBs 2A UprightBs 2B UprightBs 2C Ac Bass A Ac Bass B Ac Bass C Slap Bass 1 Slap amp Pop Slap Bass 2 Slap Bass 3 Jz Bs Thumb Jz Bs Slap 1 Jz Bs Slap 2 Jz Bs Slap 3 Jz Bs Pop Funk Bass1
361. trix Control 1 Sens 4 1 127 63 63 00 34 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Source 0 109 I OFF CC01 CC31 CC33 CC95 l I BEND AFT SYS1 SYS4 VELOCITY l I KEYFOLLOW TEMPO LFO1 LFO2 I I PIT ENV TVF ENV TVA ENV 00 35 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Destination 1 0 33 l I OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN I DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 l I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 l I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I I TVF ATK TVF DCY TVF REL l I TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL l I TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 l I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRL4 00 36 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Sens 1 1 127 l 63 63 00 37 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Destination 2 0 33 l l OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN l DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 I I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE l I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I TVF ATK TVF DCY TVF REL I TVA ATK TVA DCY TVA REL l I TMT FXM MFX CTRLI MFX CTRL2 l I MFX CTRL3 MFX CTRLA 00 38 Oaaa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Sens 2 1 127 63 63 00 39 00aa aaaa Matrix Control 2 Destination 3 H 33 l OFF PCH CUT RES LEV PAN I I DRY CHO REV PIT LFO1 PIT LFO2 l I TVF LFO1 TVF LFO2 TVA LFO1 TVA LFO2 I PAN LFO1 PAN LFO2 LFO1 RATE LFO2 RATE l I PIT ATK PIT DCY PIT REL I I TVF ATK TVF DCY TVF REL l I TVA ATK TVA DC
362. troller number 7 1 Connect a pedal switch DP 2 DP 6 etc to your external Remotely Controlling Stereo Positioning p 136 MIDI controller MIDI keyboard etc e Panpot Controller number 10 2 Set the pedal switch of the external MIDI controller to generate FOOT TYPE CC04 control change messages Remotely Applying Portamento p 136 p 137 Port to troll b Port t itch To learn how to set up the pedal switch refer to the external MIDI pa geg wa KS 1 ENER t t to ti controller s owner s manual Ge 3 Clickthe Y for PATCH NAME and select a Patch that Remotely Changing Sounds Attack and Release uses ROTARY as the Multi Effect Time p 137 4 Click PARAM for MFX e Release Time Controller number 72 e Attack Time Controller number 73 MES CHO REV z onor OCO Remotely Changing the Cutoff Frequency p 137 Paan BG e Cutoff Controller number 74 5 Set CONTROL SOURCE 1 to CC04 Remotely Changing Resonance p 137 6 Set DESTINATION 1 to SPEED and SENS 1 to 63 e Resonance Controller number 71 PATCH MFX E Remotely Changing the Amount of Internal Chorus Reverb p 145 r SEND LEVEL E Effect 3 Chorus Send Level Controller number 93 DRY CHO REV Effect1 Reverb Send Level Controller number 91 7 When you wish to speed up the rotary effect press the pedal switch Release the pedal switch to slow down the rotary effect 103 Examples of Applications Using the XV 2020 Remo
363. u select a new Patch or Rhythm Set in Patch mode In addition when ON is selected the Volume and Pan data and the Key Mode and other settings received via MIDI CC 5 7 10 65 68 71 74 RPN 0 1 2 MONO ON POLY ON are passed on MASTER KEY SHIFT 24 24 Shifts the overall pitch of the XV 2020 in semitone steps CLOCK SOURCE INT MIDI USB Specifies the tempo clock of the system System Clock Source INT The internal clock MIDI An external clock received via MIDI IN connector USB An external clock received via USB connector TEMPO 20 250 Sets the system tempo When Clock Source is set to MIDI or USB the System Tempo tempo will synchronize to the clock messages received from an external de vice so the tempo value will be ignored PERFORM CTRL CH 1 16 OFF When changing Performances by MIDI messages from the external device Performance Control Channel set the transmit channel of the external device and this channel to the same channel When you perform a Factory Reset operation Control Channel is reset to 16 PATCH RCV CH 1 16 Set this channel to use an external MIDI device such as a MIDI keyboard for Patch Rhythm Set Receive Channel playing Patches and Rhythm Sets or to have Patches or Rhythm Sets changed as the result of MIDI messages RCV PC OFF ON Specifies whether Program Change messages will be received ON or not Receive Program Change Switch OFF RCV BS OFF ON Specifies whether Bank Select me
364. uates a specific frequency HPF PKG range within a Tone in order to accentuate its other frequencies LPF2 LPF3 OFF No filter is used LPF A Low Pass Filter reduces the volume of frequencies above the cutoff fre quency in order to un brighten the sound This is the most common filter used in synthesizers BPF A Band Pass Filter reduces the volume of frequencies below and above the cutoff frequency range This is most effective when creating sounds with a strong character since it can accentuate a desired range of frequencies anywhere in the sound HPF A High Pass Filter reduces the volume of the frequencies below the cutoff frequency This is suitable for creating percussive sounds by rolling of their low er frequencies thus emphasizing their higher ones PKG A Peaking Filter emphasizes frequencies around the cutoff frequency by raising their level You can use this to create wah wah effects by employing an LFO to change the cutoff frequency cyclically LPF2 Low Pass Filter 2 This reduces the volume of all frequencies above the cutoff frequency This differs from LPF in that you can control the amount of the reduction using the TVF ENVELOPE settings while still maintaining a fixed cut off frequency This can be very effective with acoustic instrument based Tones since nothing is done to weaken the power and energy of the sound lt OO S bd a D w D 2 WW This disables the Resonance setting LPF3 Low Pass Filt
365. ugh the Multi effects You can also apply Chorus or Reverb to the sound that passes through Multi effects 78 Using the XV 2020 Effects 6 Making Chorus Settings gt p 80 Select the Chorus type to be used and set each of the parameters for the selected Chorus 7 Setting the Output Destination and Volume for the Sounds Passing Through the Chorus gt p 80 Select the output jack and set the output level volume of the sounds passing through the Chorus You can also apply Reverb to the sound that passes through Chorus 8 Making Reverb Settings gt p 80 Select the Reverb type to be used and set each of the parameters for the selected Reverb 9 Setting the Output Destination and Volume for the Sounds Passing Through the Reverb gt p 80 Select the output jack and set the output level volume of the sounds passing through the Reverb Audio Signal Flow The audio path of direct sounds or sounds that have been passed through the effects in Performance mode is shown in the figure below Output Assign OUTPUT PERFORM PART ALL Performance Part All Parameter Parameter Value Description SEND LEVEL DRY 0 127 Sets the direct sound s volume for each Part When Multi effects are being applied this sets the Part Dry Send Level amount of the effect that is applied when Multi effects are not applied this sets the volume of the direct sound SEND LEVEL CHO 0 127 Adjusts th
366. umber OH FH ch 1 16 00H 7FH 0 127 00H 7FH 0 127 kk note number vv Polyphonic Key Pressure Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Poly Key Pressure parameter Performance MIDI is OFF Control Change If the corresponding Controller number is selected for the Patch Control Source 1 2 3 or 4 parameter Patch Common the corresponding effect will occur If a Controller number that corresponds to the System Control Source 1 2 3 or 4 parameter System Common is selected the specified effect will apply if Patch Control Source 1 2 3 or 4 parameter Patch Common is set to SYS CTRL1 SYS CTRL2 SYS CTRL3 or SYS CTRL4 OBank Select Controller number 0 32 Status 2nd byte 3rd byte BnH 00H mmH BnH 20H IH n MIDI channel number OH FH ch 1 16 mm ll Bank number 00 00H 7F 7FH bank 1 bank 16384 Not received in Performance mode when the Receive Bank Select Performance MIDI is OFF The Performances Patches and Rhythms corresponding to each Bank Select are as follows The SRX series corresponding to each Bank Select are to see the SRX series owner s manual T n BANK SELECT PROGRAM GROUP NUMBER I MSB LSB NUMBER I a 085 000 001 064 User Performance 001 064 I 064 001 032 Preset Performance A 001 032 I 065 001 032 Preset Pe
367. ust be set to ON MIDI USB Thru OFF MIDI USB Thru ON MIDI N MIDI OUT MIDI N MIDI OUT Sound Sound Generator Generator XV 2020 USB i Compstat MIDI messages received at MIDI IN are routed MIDI Thru ON through the computer to the sound generator USB DESCRIPTOR VEN GEN VEN VENDOR Select this when using the supplied driver with a USB connection GEN GENERIC Select this when using a generic USB driver included with the OS with HEnce 1GEn 2 a USB connection 2 With these parameters changes in the settings are not reflected until the power is turned off and then on again Furthermore only the XV 2020 can be used to make the settings Procedure 1 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE 2 Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose MIDI USB Thru or USB DESCRIPTOR 3 Turn VALUE to select the desired setting 4 Press VALUE to set write the value 5 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE Initialize is executed Checking the Program Version Parameter Description PROGRAM VERSION Shows the version of the XV 2020 s system program Procedure 1 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE 2 Turn CATEGORY BANK to choose UTILITY PIANO 3 When you rotate VALUE the program version number is displayed 4 While holding down VOLUME press VALUE The XV 2020 exits Edit mode 95 o
368. ve Channel RCV MIDI OFF ON This enables ON or disables OFF the Part s response to received MIDI messages Receive Switch RCV PC OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Program Change messages ON or Receive Program Change Switch not OFF RCV BS OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Bank Select messages ON or not Receive Bank Select Switch OFF RCV PB OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Bender messages ON or not OFF Receive Pitch Bend Switch RCV CH PRESS OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Aftertouch messages ON or not Receive Channel Pressure Switch OFF RCV POLY PRESS OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Polyphonic Aftertouch messages Receive Polyphonic Pressure Switch ON or not OFF RCV MOD OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Modulation messages ON or not Receive Modulation Switch OFF RCV VOLUME OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Volume messages ON or not Receive Volume Switch OFF RCV PAN OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Pan messages ON or not OFF Receive Pan Switch RCV EXP OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Expression messages ON or not Receive Expression Switch OFF RCV HOLD 1 OFF ON Sets whether the Part responds to received MIDI Hold 1 messages ON or not OFF Receiv
369. wing appears V 2020 2020 Port l ei Lap m 8 From the File menu select Save and save your settings This completes connections for the XV 2020 and Macintosh and installation of the MIDI driver Now MIDI data can be input and output recorded and played For Those Using a Computer Connecting with MIDI Connectors A MIDI interface is required for making MIDI connections with a computer The MIDI interface is connected to the computer and two MIDI cables connect the MIDI connectors of the MIDI interface to the XV 2020 s MIDI connectors Computer without XV 2020 rear panel a USB connector MIDI MIDI THRU OUT IN Interface t t t1 MIDI OUT MIDI IN MIDI cable Installing the Included Editor Software 30 To help you get more out of your XV 2020 it comes with XV Editor software Use XV Editor to freely create your own original sounds Detailed instructions on installing the software can be found in the online manual contained on the XV Editor CD ROM Windows users In the XV Editor CD ROM open the Readme_E txt Macintosh users In the XV Editor CD ROM open the ReadMe About Patches and Performances On the XV 2020 sounds are organized according to units called Tones Patches Rhythm Sets and Performances This section describes the relationship between a Patch and a Performance What is a Patch The type of sound most commonly played on
370. x 41 Oaaa aaaa CCl TVF Cutoff Control 0 127 I I I 9600 9600 cent I 40 2x 42 Oaaa aaaa CCl Amplitude Control 0 127 I I I 100 0 100 0 I 40 2x 43 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO1 Rate Control 0 127 I I I 10 0 10 0 Hz I 40 2x 44 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO1 Pitch Control 0 127 I I I 0 600 cent I 40 2x 45 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO1 TVF Depth 0 127 I I I 0 2400 cent I 40 2x 46 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO1 TVA Depth 0 127 I I I 0 100 0 8 I 40 2x 47 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO2 Rate Control 0 127 I I I 10 0 10 0 Hz I 40 2x 48 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO2 Pitch Control 0 127 I I I 0 600 cent I 40 2x 49 Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO2 IVF Depth 0 127 I I I 0 2400 cent I 40 2x 4A Oaaa aaaa CCl LFO2 TVA Depth 0 127 0 100 0 I I 40 2x 50 Oaaa aaaa CC2 Pitch Control 40 88 I I I 24 24 semitone I 40 2x 51 Oaaa aaaa CC2 TVF Cutoff Control 0 127 I I I 9600 9600 cent I 40 2x 52 Oaaa aaaa CC2 Amplitude Control 0 127 I I I 100 0 100 0 8 I 40 2x 53 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO1 Rate Control 0 127 I I I 10 0 10 0 Hz I 40 2x 54 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO1 Pitch Control 0 127 I I I 0 600 cent I 40 2x 55 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO1 TVF Depth 0 127 I I I 0 2400 cent I 40 2x 56 Oaaa aaaa CC2 LFO1 TVA Dep
371. y 64 voices Wave Memory 64 M Bytes 16 bit linear equivalent Waveforms 1083 Expansion Slot Wave Expansion Board SRX Series 2 slots Preset Memory Patches 512 128 x 4 banks 256 General MIDI 2 Patches Rhythm Sets 8 4 x 2 banks 9 General MIDI 2 Rhythm Sets Performances 64 32 x 2 banks User Memory Patches 128 Rhythm Sets 4 Performances 64 Effects Multi effects 40 sets Chorus 1 set Reverb 1 set 8 types Display 7 segments 3 characters LED Connectors Headphones Jack Stereo 1 4 inch phone type USB Connector Output Jacks L MONO R 1 4 inch phone type Output Jacks L R RCA phono type MIDI Connectors IN OUT THRU DC IN Jack Ground Terminal Power Supply DC 9 V AC Adaptor Current Draw 600 mA Dimensions 218 W x 237 D x 45 H mm 8 5 8 W x 9 3 8 D x 1 13 16 H inches Weight 1 4 kg 3 lbs 2 oz excluding AC Adaptor 162 Accessories Owner s Manual AC Adaptor ACI 120C ACI 230C PSB 1U CD ROM XV Editor USB Driver Rubber Feet Options Wave Expansion Board SRX Series Rack Mount Adaptor RAD 50 In the interest of product improvement the specifications and or appearance of this unit are subject to change without notice Numerics 2 VOICE PITCH SHIFTER ee 87 A Analog Feel Depth EE 47 ASSIGN LY PC En 68 AUTO WABI ZE 83 B bank sss BN ALAN BING BNG PADRE SN N ah sa 35 Bank Select UA dite pen cents 40 BING sumagana Seg
372. z donc augmenter 1 Avant d installer la carte d extension teindre le XV 2020 et le nombre de sons disponibles en installant la carte dans le XV 2020 tous les appareils qui y sont reli s 2 D tacher le couvercle de la partie sup rieure du XV 2020 Nove Devisser la vis de la partie sup rieure du couvercle Installer une carte d expansion Wave augmente les retouches et les groupes de percussion pour les partitions mais le nombre de partitions ne change pas Driver Pr cautions a prendre lors de Pinstallation d une carte d ex pansion Wave 3 Orienter le support a carte tel qu indiqu sur le sch ma Veuillez suivre attentivement les instructions suivantes quand vous manipulez la carte afin d viter tout risque d endom Support d extension Wave S magement des pi ces internes par l lectricit statique e Toujours toucher un objet m tallique reli la terre comme un tuyau par exemple avant de manipuler la carte pour vous d charger de l lectricit statique que vous auriez pu 2 accumuler e Lorsque vous manipulez la carte la tenir par les c t s vitez 4 Dans l appareil vous trouverez des emplacements pour de toucher aux composants ou aux connecteurs carte extension de s rie SRX En vous r f rant au sch ma ci dessous ins rer le connecteur de la carte d extension l emplacement correspondant tout en enfon ant simultan ment le support cart

Kenwood CD-406 Stereo System User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents